diff --git a/.github/workflows/test.yml b/.github/workflows/test.yml index b7583a5eda..0cbd6e1456 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/test.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/test.yml @@ -34,13 +34,4 @@ jobs: - name: Run tests from the Test directory run: | cd P5 - make clean validate test XSL=${GITHUB_WORKSPACE}/Stylesheets - - - name: Slack Notification - if: always() - continue-on-error: true - uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@v2 - env: - SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.SLACK_WEBHOOK }} - SLACK_COLOR: ${{ job.status }} - MSG_MINIMAL: commit,actions url + make clean validate test XSL=${GITHUB_WORKSPACE}/Stylesheets \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml deleted file mode 100644 index 7ed4394c10..0000000000 --- a/.travis.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -sudo: required - -language: java - -services: - - docker - -# before we can run the docker image for the tests, we need to -# * pull the docker image -# * get the current VERSION file of the stylesheets from the artifacts server -# * get the latest stylesheets zip file from the artifacts server -# * install the stylesheets within our working dir in a dedicated sub dir -before_install: - - docker pull teic/jenkins:dev - - curl https://jenkins.tei-c.org/view/TEI%20dev/job/Stylesheets-dev/lastSuccessfulBuild/artifact/dist/doc/tei-xsl/VERSION -o XSLVERSION - - curl https://jenkins.tei-c.org/view/TEI%20dev/job/Stylesheets-dev/lastStableBuild/artifact/tei-xsl-`head -1 XSLVERSION`.zip -o stylesheets.zip - - mkdir stylesheets - - unzip stylesheets.zip -d stylesheets - -script: - - docker run --rm -w /var/tei/P5 -it -v `pwd`:/var/tei -v $TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/stylesheets/xml/tei/stylesheet:/usr/share/xml/tei/stylesheet -u $UID --entrypoint "make" teic/jenkins:dev clean validate test - -notifications: - slack: tei-c:3IFCBSmTvNx3j1GUMDWS9Dom \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/driver.tei b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/driver.tei index b1b5022c47..ef4ee3e119 100644 --- a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/driver.tei +++ b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/driver.tei @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/justMetadata.xml b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/justMetadata.xml index 6f17a6e3d7..6984e59ec1 100644 --- a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/justMetadata.xml +++ b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/justMetadata.xml @@ -16,24 +16,25 @@ First draft - + - - -
- The metadata ODD specification -

This schema specification supplies the metadata elements we will need in our project - .

- - - - - - - - +
+ Métadonnées du projet +

Cette specification fournit les elements de métadata utilisés par notre projet

+ + + + + + + + +
diff --git a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/metadata.xml b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/metadata.xml index 9684976eb3..20b673e0fc 100644 --- a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/metadata.xml +++ b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/metadata.xml @@ -10,7 +10,11 @@

Part of TEI Chaining tutorial

+ + Jules Verne + + @@ -28,4 +32,5 @@ + diff --git a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.compiled b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.compiled deleted file mode 100644 index aa21760af8..0000000000 --- a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.compiled +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7788 +0,0 @@ - - - - - ODD Chaining Example - 1 - Lou Burnard - - -

Unpublished

-
- -

Born digital

-
-
- - First draft - -
- - - - -
- The Mother ODD specification -

This schema specification supplies all the elements we will need in our project, - both for transcription and for metadata.

- - provides attributes which can be used to associate a representation such as a name or title - with canonical information about the object being named or referenced. - fournit des attributs qui peuvent être utilisés pour - associer une représentation telle qu'un nom ou un titre à l'information canonique concernant - l'objet nommé ou auquel il est fait référence. - - - provides an externally-defined means of identifying the entity (or entities) being - named, using a coded value of some kind. - fournit un moyen, défini de façon externe, - d'identifier l'entité (ou les entités) nommé(es), en utilisant une valeur codée - d'un certain type. - - - - - [New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council] - - - - - - - Victor Hugo - - - - -

The value may be a unique identifier from a database, or any other externally-defined - string identifying the referent.

-

No particular syntax is proposed for the values of the key attribute, since - its form will depend entirely on practice within a given project. For the same reason, this - attribute is not recommended in data interchange, since there is no way of ensuring - that the values used by one project are distinct from those used by another. In such - a situation, a preferable approach for magic tokens which follows standard practice - on the Web is to use a ref attribute whose value is a tag URI as defined in - RFC 4151.

-
- -

La valeur peut être un identifiant unique dans une base de données, ou toute autre chaîne - définie de façon externe identifiant le référent.

-
-
- - reference - référence - provides an explicit means of locating a full definition or identity for the entity being named by - means of one or more URIs. - fournit un moyen explicite de localiser une - définition complète de l'entité nommée au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs. - - - - Seamus Heaney - - - -

The value must point directly to one or more XML elements or other resources by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more than one is supplied the implication is that the name identifies several distinct entities.

-
- -

La valeur doit pointer directement vers un ou plusieurs éléments XML au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs, séparés par un espace. Si plus d'un URI est fourni, cela implique que le nom identifie plusieurs entités distinctes.

-
-
-
- - 13.1.1. Linking Names and Their Referents - -
- provides attributes for describing numerical ranges. - - - gives a minimum estimated value for the approximate measurement. - donne une estimation de la valeur minimum pour la - mesure. - - - - gives a maximum estimated value for the approximate measurement. - donne une estimation de la valeur maximum pour la - mesure. - - - - where the measurement summarizes more than one observation - or a range, supplies the minimum value - observed. - lorsque la mesure résume plus d'une observation, - fournit la valeur minimum observée. - - - - where the measurement summarizes more than one observation - or a range, supplies the maximum value - observed. - lorsque la mesure résume plus d'une observation, - fournit la valeur maximum observée. - - - - specifies the degree of statistical confidence (between zero and one) that a value falls within the range - specified by min and max, or the proportion of observed values that fall within that range. - - - - - -The MS. was lost in transmission by mail from Philadelphia to the Graphic office, New York. - - - - provides attributes for describing the size of physical objects. - 물리적 대상의 크기를 기술하는 속성을 제공한다. - 提供符合某種度量值的屬性值。 - 物理的対象の大きさを表す属性を示す. - fournit des attributs - pour décrire la taille des objets physiques - assegna degli attributi che descrivono la grandezza di - oggetti fisici - proporciona atributos que califican una determinata - medición. - - - - - - names the unit used for the measurement - 측정 단위의 이름을 기술한다. - 度量單位的名稱。 - 当該大きさの単位を示す. - noms des unités utilisées pour la mesure. - especifica las unidades usadas para la medición. - specifica le unità usate per la misurazione - - - - centimetres - centimètres - centímetros - centimetri - - - millimetres - millimètres - milímetros - millimetri - - - inches - pouces - pulgadas - pollici - - - lines of text - 텍스트의 행 - líneas de texto - テキスト行 - lignes de texte - righe di testo - - - characters - 문자 - caracteres - caratteri - characters of text - 텍스트의 문자 - caracteres del texto - 文字列 - caractères du texte - caratteri di testo - - - - - specifies the length in the units specified - 명시된 단위의 길이를 명시한다. - especifica la longitud en las unidades especificadas - 当該単位の大きさを示す. - spécifie la longueur dans les unités indiquées - specifica la lunghezza nelle unità indicate - - - - indicates the size of the object concerned using a project-specific vocabulary combining - quantity and units in a single string of words. - indique la dimension de l'objet en utilisant - un vocabulaire spécifique à un projet qui combine la quantité et - l'unité dans une chaîne seule de mots. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - characterizes the precision of the values specified by the other attributes. - caractérise la précision des valeurs spécifiées par les autres attributs. - - - - where the measurement summarizes more than one observation, specifies the applicability - of this measurement. - 측정의 적용가능성을 명시하며, 하나 이상의 대상이 측정된다. - 測量多個物件時,標明此度量的可應用範圍。 - 対象物が複数あった場合に,当該数値の適応範囲を示す. - spécifie l'applicabilité de cette mesure, là où plus - d'un objet est mesuré. - especifica la aplicabilidad de esta medición, en los - casos en que se mida más de un objeto. - indica l'applicabilità della misurazione, laddove - venga misurato più di un oggetto - - - - measurement applies to all instances. - 측정은 모두 사례에 적용된다. - 度量可應用於所有實例。 - la medida se aplica a todos los casos. - 全インスタンスに当てはまる単位. - la mesure s'applique à tous les cas. - la misurazione fa riferimento a tutti i - casi - - - measurement applies to most of the instances inspected. - 측정은 대부분의 사례에 적용된다. - 度量可應用於大部分實例。 - la medida se aplica a la mayoría de los casos - examinados. - 計測インスタンスの殆どに当てはまる単位. - la mesure s'applique à la plupart des cas - examinés - la misurazione fa riferimento alla maggior parte - dei casi esaminati - - - measurement applies to only the specified range of instances. - 측정이 사례의 명시적 범위에 한정하여 적용된다. - 度量僅應用於特定範圍的實例。 - la medida se aplica solamente a los casos - especificados - 特定インスタンスにのみ当てはまる単位. - la mesure s'applique seulement à l'ensemble des - exemples indiqués. - la misurazione fa riferimento solo ai casi - specificati - - - - - - provides an attribute to indicate the hand in which - the textual content of an element was written in the source being transcribed. - - - - points to a handNote element describing the hand considered responsible for the - textual content of the element concerned. - - - - - 간섭을 만든 당사자의 필적을 나타낸다. - - 当該調整を行った主体の筆致を特定する. - - signale la main de celui qui est intervenue. - indica il responsabile dell'aggiunta o della cancellazione - indica el responsable de la adición o de la omisión. - - - - - - - - 1.3.1. Attribute Classes - - - provides an attribute to indicate whether or not the element - concerned is considered to mark the end of an orthographic token in the same way - as whitespace. - fournit un attribut pour indiquer si un élément est -consideré ou pas comme marquant la fin d'un mot orthographique, comme -le fait une espace. - - - indicates whether or not the element - bearing this attribute should be considered to mark the end of - an orthographic token in the same way as whitespace. - indique si l'élément qui porte cet attribut - peut être considéré comme une espace blanc indiquant la fin d'un mot - orthographique. - - - - the element bearing this attribute is considered -to mark the end of any adjacent orthographic token irrespective of the presence -of any adjacent whitespace - l'élément qui porte cet attribut - peut être considéré comme indiquant la fin d'un mot - orthographique - - - the element bearing this attribute is considered -not to mark the end of any adjacent orthographic token irrespective of the presence -of any adjacent whitespace - l'élément qui porte cet attribut - ne peut être pas considéré comme indiquant la fin d'un mot - orthographique - - - the encoding does not take any position on this issue. - l'encodage ne prends aucune position sur la question. - - - -

In the following lines from the Dream of the Rood, - linebreaks occur in the middle of the words lāðost - and reord-berendum. -

- - - ...eƿesa tome iu icƿæs ȝeƿorden ƿita heardoſt . - leodum la ðost ærþan ichim lifes - ƿeȝ rihtne ȝerymde reord be - rendum hƿæt me þaȝeƿeorðode ƿuldres ealdor ofer... - - -
-
-
- - 3.10.3. Milestone -Elements - -
- provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain - datable events conforming to the W3C - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. - W3C 데이터 유형을 사용하여 날짜가 명기된 사건을 포함하는 요소의 규격화를 위한 속성을 제공한다. - 提供用於元素規格化的屬性,這些元素包含以W3C datatypes所定義的日期明確之事件。 - W3Cに従い,時間事象の正規化方法を示す属性を示す. - fournit des attributs - pour la normalisation d'éléments qui contiennent des mentions - d'événements datés ou susceptibles de l'être - indica degli attributi per la normalizzazione di elementi che contengono eventi databili utilizzando i tipi di dati del W3C - proporciona atributos para la normalización de elementos que contienen eventos datables. - - - - The @when attribute cannot be used with any other att.datable.w3c attributes. - - - - - - - The @from and @notBefore attributes cannot be used together. - - - - - - - The @to and @notAfter attributes cannot be used together. - - - - - - supplies the value of the date or time in a standard form, - e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - 표준형식으로 날짜 또는 시간의 값을 제공한다. - 日付や時間を,標準形式で示す. - spécifie une date exacte pour un événement sous - une forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj. - indica il valore di una data o di un orario in un formato standard - proporciona el valor de una fecha o una hora en un formato estandard. - - -

Examples of W3C date, time, and date & time formats.

- -

- 24 Oct 45 - September 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning - - - October of 1962 - June 12th - the first of the month - August - MMVI - AD 56 - 56 BC -

-
-
- - -

- 24 Oct 45 - 24 septembre 1996 à 3h 25 du matin - - - octobre 1962 - 12 juin - premier du mois - Août - MMVI - 56 ap. J.-C. - 56 av. J.-C. -

-
-
- - Shakespeare meurt dix jours plus tard, à Stratford-on-Avon, - Warwickshire, dans l'Angleterre protestante et dans le - calendrier julien, le - mardi 23 avril ancien style, - c'est-à-dire le - 3 mai dans - le calendrier grégorien. - - - This list begins in - the year 1632, more precisely on Trinity Sunday, i.e. the Sunday after - Pentecost, in that year the - 27th of May (old style). - - - - Dorchester, Village,March 2d. 1828.To - Mrs. Cornell, Sunday - - - -
- - specifies the earliest possible date for the event in - standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - yyyy-mm-dd와 같은 표준 형식으로 사건의 가능한 한 이른 날짜를 명시한다. - 以標準格式說明該事件可能發生的最早日期,例如年-月-日。 - 当該事象の一番古い日付を,標準形式で示す.例えば,yyyy-mm-dd. - spécifie la date la plus ancienne pour - l'événement sous une forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj - specifica la prima data possibile per un evento nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg - especifica la fecha más temprana posible para un evento en un formato estándard, p.ej. aaaa-mm-dd. - - - - specifies the latest possible date for the event in - standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - yyyy-mm-dd와 같은 표준 형식으로 사건의 가능한 한 나중 날짜를 명시한다. - 以標準形式標明該事件可能的最晚日期,例如年-月-日。 - 当該事象の一番新しい日付を,標準形式で示す.例えば,yyyy-mm-dd. - spécifie la date la plus récente possible pour - l'événement sous une forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj - specifica l'ultima data possibile per un evento nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg - especifica la fecha más tardana posible para un evento en un formato estándard, p.ej. aaaa-mm-dd. - - - - indicates the starting point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - 표준 형식으로 기간의 시작 지점을 표시한다. - 以標準格式表示該段時間的起始點。 - 標準形で当該時間幅の始点を示す. - indique le point de départ d'une période sous une - forme normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj - indica l'inizio del periodo nel formato standard - indica el punto de inicio del período en el formato estándard. - - - - indicates the ending point of the period in standard - form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - 표준 형식으로 기간의 종료 지점을 나타낸다. - 以標準格式表示該段時間的結束點。 - 標準形で当該時間幅の終点を示す. - indique le terme de la période sous une forme - normalisée, par ex. aaaa-mm-jj - indica la fine del periodo nel formato standard - indica el punto final de un periodo en formato estándard. - - -
- - - - 28 May through 1 June 1863 - - - -

The value of these attributes should be a normalized - representation of the date, time, or combined date & time - intended, in any of the standard formats specified by XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second - Edition, using the Gregorian calendar.

-

The most commonly-encountered format for the date portion of - a temporal attribute is yyyy-mm-dd, but - yyyy, --mm, ---dd, - yyyy-mm, or --mm-dd may also be - used. For the time part, the form hh:mm:ss is - used.

-

Note that this format does not currently permit use of the - value 0000 to represent the year 1 BCE; instead the - value -0001 should be used.

-
- -

La valeur de l'attribut when doit être une représentation normalisée de la date ou de l'heure, ou des deux, dans l'un des formats spécifiés par le XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, selon le calendrier grégorien.

-

Pour la date, le format le plus courant est yyyy-mm-dd, mais on trouve aussi yyyy, --mm, ---dd, yyyy-mm, ou --mm-dd. Pour l'heure, on utilise le format hh:mm:ss.

-

Il faut noter qu'actuellement ce format ne permet pas d'utiliser la valeur 0000 pour représenter l'année précédant le début de l'ère chrétienne ; on doit utiliser la valeur -0001.

-
- -

El valor del atributo cuando es una serie que representa una fecha o una hora, o ambas, en cualquiera de los siguientes formatos: - una fecha en los formatos estándares descritos por la XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, p.ej. en el formato más común aaaa-mm-dd, pero también - aaaa, --mm, ---dd, - aaaa-mm, o --mm-dd - ; una hora en el formato estándar descrito en - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second - Edition, es decir. hh: mm: ss - ; o una fecha y una hora combinadas en los formatos estándares descritos en XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second - Edition, es decir. aaaa-mm-ddThh: mm: ss - .

-

Obligatoriamente el valor de cuando aparecerá en un formato de fecha, tiempo, o ambos formatos combinados, de los reconocidos por W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. Esto se dará si el componente de la fecha (eventualmente) es una fecha gregoriana o proléptica gregoriana.

-

A la hora de esta escritura, W3C no permite el año 0000, que sería utilizado normalmente para representar el año 1 antes de nuestra era. Usando el sistema actual de W3C, el año 1 a.C. se indica con -0001, el año 2 a.C. con -0002, etc. Es la intención del grupo de trabajo del esquema de XML permitir 0000 como la representación léxica de 1 a.C. (que es un año bisiesto), - -0001 se convertiria en la representación léxica de 2 a.C., -0002 de 3 a.C., etc. Así en algunos casos puede ser ventajoso utilizar en su lugar el atributo cuando-ISO - para indicar los años anteriores a nuestra era.

-
- -

- 属性whenの値は,日付や時間またはその組み合わせによ - り,以下のような形式の文字列になる. - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに - ある標準形式で示された日付.例えば, - yyyy-mm-dd, yyyy, --mm, - ---dd, yyyy-mm, --mm-dd - など. - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに - ある標準形式で示された時間.例えば, - hh:mm:ss. - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに - ある標準形式で示された日付と時間.例えば, - yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss. - -

-

- 属性whenの値は,日付や時間またはその組み合わを, - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに従って示される. - 当該日付の値が,グレゴリオ暦またはそれ以前の前グレゴリオ暦シス - テムの場合に真となる. -

-

- 現時点では,W3Cは年号の値として0000を認めていない. - この場合,一般的には,1BCE(紀元前1世紀)と記される. - 現行W3Cのシステムを採用すれば,1BCEは-0001,2BCEは, - -0002と記される. - この背景には,XML Schema Working Groupが,値 - 0000を1BCE(閏年)の文字表記として,-0001 - を2BCEの文字表記として,-0002を3BCEの文字表記として - 利用したかったためである. - - 従って,場合によっては,属性when-isoにより紀元前 - を示した方が便利かもしれない. -

-
- - 3.5.4. Dates and Times - 13.3.6. Dates and Times - -
- provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain - dates, times, or datable events. - 날짜, 시간 또는 날짜 명기 - 사건을 포함하는 요소의 규격화에 대한 속성을 제공한다. - 提供用於元素規格化的屬性, - 這些元素包含日期明確的事件。 - 日付や時間または時間事象を含む要素の正規化手法を示す属性を示す. - fournit des attributs - pour la normalisation d'éléments qui contiennent des mentions - d'événements datés ou susceptibles de l'être - atributos para registrar expresiones temporales normalizadas. - assegna attributi per la normalizzazione di elementi che contengono eventi databili - - - - - - - - indicates the system or calendar to which the date represented by the content of this - element belongs. - 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. - 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 - 当該日付の歴システムを示す. - indique le système ou le calendrier auquel appartient - la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. - indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra una - fecha. - indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data - appartiene. - - - - - -@calendar indicates the system or calendar to which the date represented by the content of this element -belongs, but this element has no textual content. - - - - - He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 - ( Feb. 11, 1731/32, O.S.). - - - L'année - 1960 fut, en vertu du calendrier grégorien, bissextile ; le 22 juin tomba ainsi le jour - de l'été, le 22 juin. - - -

Note that the calendar attribute (unlike - datingMethod defined in att.datable.custom) defines - the calendar system of the date in the original material defined by the parent element, not - the calendar to which the date is normalized.

-
- - supplies a pointer to some location defining a named - period of time within which the datable item is understood to - have occurred. - 시간을 명시할 수 있는 항목이 일어난 시간의 기간명을 정의하는 특정 위치로의 포인터를 제공한다. - suministra un indicador a una localización concreta que define un periodo de tiempo conocido dentro del cual el item datable se ha producido. - 時間事象の名前付き時間幅を定義する時点を示す. - fournit un pointeur vers un emplacement donné - définissant une période de temps nommée durant laquelle l'item - concerné s'inscrit. - fornisce un puntatore a una data posizione definendo un determinato periodo di tempo entro il quale l'oggetto da datare è collocabile - - -
- -

This superclass provides attributes that - can be used to provide normalized values of temporal information. - By default, the attributes from the att.datable.w3c class are provided. If the - module for names & dates is loaded, this class also provides - attributes from the att.datable.iso and - att.datable.custom classes. In general, the possible values of attributes restricted to - the W3C datatypes form a subset of those values available via the - ISO 8601 standard. However, the greater expressiveness of the ISO - datatypes may not be needed, and there exists much greater - software support for the W3C datatypes.

-
- -

Cettesuperclasse fournit des attributs qui peuvent être employés - pour donner des valeurs normalisées à des informations relatives au temps. Par - défaut, les attributs de la classe att.datable.w3c sont - fournis. Si le module pour les noms et les dates est chargé, cette classe fournit - également des attributs de la classe att.datable.iso. En - général, les valeurs possibles des attributs, limitées aux types de données W3C, - forment un sous-ensemble des valeurs que l'on trouve dans la norme ISO 8601. - Cependant, il n'est peut-être pas nécessaire de recourir aux possibilités très - étendues des types de données de l'ISO. Il existe en effet une bien plus grande - offre logicielle pour le traitement des types de données W3C.

-
- -

Esta superclase proporciona atributos que pueden ser utilizados para proporcionar valores normalizados de información temporal. - Por defecto, los atributos de la clase att.datable.w3c son proporcionados. Si el módulo para los nombres y las fechas se acciona, esta clase también proporciona atributos de att.datable.iso. En general, los valores posibles de los atributos son los restringidos por la forma de los datatypes de W3C, un subconjunto de esos valores disponibles vía el estándar de ISO 8601. Sin embargo, la mayoría de expresiones de los datatypes de ISO pueden no ser necesarios, y existe software de soporte para los datatypes de W3C.

-
- -

- このいわゆる親クラス(スーパークラス)は, - 正規化された値を属性値として持つ,時間情報を示す属性になる. - デフォルト値として,当該属性は,クラスatt.datable.w3cが付与されている. - 名前と日付に関するモジュールが使用される場合,当該クラスは,クラス - att.datable.isoから属性が与えられる. - 一般には,W3Cのデータ形式に従った属性値は,ITO8601に従った属性値の - 下位要素になっている.しかし,より強力な表現力を持つISOのデータ形 - 式が必要になることはない.さらに強力な表現力をサポートするソフトウェ - アも存在する. -

-
- - 3.5.4. Dates and Times - 13.3.6. Dates and Times - -
- provides attributes for those elements in the TEI header which - may be independently selected by means of the special purpose decls attribute. - 특별한 목적의 decls 속성을 통해서 독립적으로 선택될 수 있는 TEI 헤더의 요소에 대한 속성을 제공한다. - 提供屬性,用於TEI標頭內可單獨以特殊目的的屬性decls選出的元素。 - 特定の働きを持つ属性declsで独自に選択されたTEIヘダー中の - 要素に関する属性を示す. - fournit des attributs pour ces éléments de - l'en-tête TEI qui peuvent être choisis indépendamment au moyen de l'attribut - decls. - proporciona atributos para los elementos contenidos en el encabezado que pueden ser seleccionados autónomamente mediante el atributo decls adecuado. - individua attributi per gli elementi contenuti nell'intestazione che possono essere selezionati autonomamente grazie all'apposito attributo decls - - - - indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when -its parent is selected. - 그 부모가 선택될 때 기본값으로 이 요소가 선택되었는지를 표시한다. - 當父元素被選擇時,指出此元素是否會被選擇。 - 親要素が選択された場合に,当該要素がデフォルトとして選択されるか - どうかを示す. - - Indique si oui ou non cet élément est affecté par - défaut quand son élément parent a été sélectionné. - indica si el elemento es seleccionado automáticamente o no cuando es seleccionado el padre - indica se l'elemento è selezionato automaticamente quando è selezionato il genitore - - false - - - This element is selected if its parent is selected - 그 부모가 선택된다면 이 요소가 선택된다. - 若父元素被選擇,則此元素會被選擇。 - Este elemento se selecciona si sus padres son seleccionados - 親要素が選択された場合,当該要素が選択される. - cet élément est choisi si son parent -est choisi - l'elemento è selezionato se è selezionato il genitore - - - This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the -only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. - 이런 유형 중 유일한 경우가 아니라면, 이 요소는 명시적으로만 선택될 수 있다. 유일한 경우에는, 그 부모가 선택된다면 이 요소가 선택된다. - 此元素僅能被明確選擇,若此元素為其類別中之唯一,則父元素被選擇時,此元素會被選擇。 - Este elemento sólo se puede seleccionar explícitamente, a menos que sea el único de su clase, en este caso se selecciona si su padre es seleccionado. - 当該要素は,明示的にのみ選択される.または,親要素が選択され, - これが唯一の選択肢であるときのみに,これは選択される. - cet élément ne peut être sélectionné -qu'explicitement, à moins qu'il ne soit le seul de ce type, auquel cas -il est sélectionné si son parent a été choisi - l'elemento deve essere esplicitamente selezionato, a meno che non sia l'unico del suo genere, nel qual caso è selezionato se è selezionato il genitore - - - - - -

The rules governing the association of declarable elements with - individual parts of a TEI text are fully defined in chapter 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text. Only one element of a particular type may have a - default attribute with a value of true.

-
- -

Les règles régissant l'association d'éléments déclarables avec des parties - individuelles d'un texte TEI sont entièrement définies - au chap1itre 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text. Un seul élément - d'un type particulier peut avoir un attribut default avec une valeur - true.

-
- -

Las reglas que gobiernan la asociación de los elementos declarables con las partes individuales de un texto de TEI se definen completamente en el capítulo 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text. Solamente un elemento de un tipo determinado puede tener algún atributo de default con un valor de verdad.

-
- -

- このような選択可能要素の関連性を決める規則は, - 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Textにおいて詳しく規定されている. - 属性値trueをとるのは,ひとつの要素だけである. -

-
- - 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text - -
- provides attributes for elements which may be independently associated with a particular declarable element within the header, thus overriding the inherited default for that element. - 헤더에서 선언 가능한 어떤 요소와 독립적으로 연관될 수 있는 속성을 제공한다. 이를 통해 그 요소의 상속된 기본값은 무효가 된다. - 提供元素屬性,這些元素可單獨與標頭中一特定可宣告元素相關連,因此超越該特定元素本身的預設值。 - TEIヘダーにある特定の宣言可能要素向けの属性を示す.これにより,当該 - 要素の継承値を上書きすることになる. - fournit des attributs pour les éléments qui peuvent - être associés indépendamment à un élément particulier déclarable dans l'en-tête TEI, ignorant - ainsi la valeur dont cet élément devrait hériter par défaut - proporciona atributos a los elementos que pueden ser asociados autonomamente a un elemento determinado declarado en el encabezado, no teniendo en cuenta el default heredato por aquel elemento. - assegna attributi agli elementi che possono essere autonomamente associati a un determinato elemento dichiarato nell'intestazione, non tenendo conto del default ereditato per quell'elemento - - - identifies one or more declarable elements within the -header, which are understood to apply to the element bearing this -attribute and its content. - 헤더 내의 하나 이상의 declarable elements을 식별하며, 이 속성과 내용을 포함하는 요소에 적용되는 것으로 간주된다. - 指明標頭內一個或多個可宣告元素,可應用於帶有此屬性與內容的元素上。 - TEIヘダーにある,1つ以上の宣言可能要素を示す. - 当該属性を持つ要素や内容に適応されると解釈される. - identifie un ou plusieurséléments - déclarables dans l'en-tête TEI, qui sont destinés à s'appliquer à l'élément - portant cet attribut et à son contenu. - identifica uno o más elementos declarables al interno del encabezado, los cuales son válidos para el elemento al cual es adscrito el atributo en cuestión y su contenido. - identifica uno o più elementi dichiarabili all'interno dell'intestazione, -i quali sono validi per l'elemento a cui è assegnato l'attributo in questione e il suo contenuto - - - - -

The rules governing the association of declarable elements -with individual parts of a TEI text are fully defined in chapter 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text.

-
- -

Les règles régissant l'association d'éléments déclarables avec des parties - individuelles d'un texte TEI sont entièrement définies au chapitre 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text.

-
- -

Las reglas que gobiernan la asociación de los elementos declarables con las partes individuales de un texto de TEI se definen completamente en el capítulo 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text.

-
- -

- 宣言可能要素の関連性を決める規則については,15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text - を参照のこと. -

-
- - 15.3. Associating Contextual -Information with a Text - -
- provides an attribute for representing - fragmentation of a structural element, typically as - a consequence of some overlapping hierarchy. - - - specifies whether or not its parent element is fragmented - in some way, typically by some other overlapping structure: for - example a speech which is divided between two or more verse - stanzas, a paragraph which is split across a page division, a - verse line which is divided between two speakers. - - - - N - - - yes - the element is fragmented in some (unspecified) respect - - - no - the element is not fragmented, or no claim is made as to its completeness - - - initial - this is the initial part of a fragmented element - - - medial - this is a medial part of a fragmented element - - - final - this is the final part of a fragmented element - - - -

The values I, M, or F - should be used only where it is clear how the element may be - be reconstituted.

-
-
-
-
- provides attributes common to all elements which behave in the same way as divisions. - 구역과 동일한 방식으로 처리되는 모든 요소에 공통적인 속성을 제공한다. - 提供一組屬性,通用於所有與區段作用相 - 同的元素。 - 区分(div, division)に相当する全要素に共通の属性を示す. - fournit un jeu d'attributs communs à tous les - éléments qui offrent les mêmes caractéristiques que des divisions - proporciona un conjunto de atributos comunes a todos los elementos que se comportan como particiones textuales. - identifica un insieme di attributi comuni a tutti gli elementi che si comportano come partizioni testuali - - - - - - - organization - 조직 - organización - organisation - organizzazione - specifies how the content of the division is organized. - 구역 내용이 조직된 방법에 대해 명시한다. - 說明該區段內容的組合方式。 - 当該区分の内容がどのように構成されているかを示す. - précise l'organisation du contenu de la division - especifica cómo está organizado el contenido de una división textual. - specifica come è organizzato il contenuto della partizione testuale - - uniform - - - no claim is made about the - sequence in which the immediate contents of this division - are to be processed, or their inter-relationships. - 혼합 내용: 즉, 이 구역의 직접적 내용이 처리되는 순서 또는 상호 관련성에 관해 어떠한 주장도 없다. - 複合內容:未說明此區段目前內容的處理順序或相互關係。 - contenido compuesto: es decir no se hace ninguna solicitud sobre la secuencia en la cual el contenido inmediato de esta división debe ser procesado, o en sus interrelaciones. - 合成内容.当該区分の内容が処理される順番,すなわち内部関 - 係には制約がない. - aucune déclaration n'est faite quant à l'ordre dans lequel les -composants de cette division doivent être traités ou bien quant à leurs -corrélations - non viene specificato quale sia l'ordine in cui debbano essere elaborati i contenuti della partizione, né viene indicato il rapporto in cui questi si trovano tra loro - - - the immediate contents of this - element are regarded as forming a logical unit, to be - processed in sequence. - 통일 내용: 즉, 이 요소의 직접적 내용이 차례대로 처리되는 논리적 단위를 형성하는 것으로 간주된다. - 一致內容:此區段目前的內容形成一個邏輯單位,且會依序處理。 - es decir el contenido inmediato de este elemento se considera integrante de una unidad lógica, para ser procesado en la secuencia. - 統一内容.当該区分の内容が処理される際,ひとつの論理的単位を - 構成していると見なす. - - contenu uniforme : c'est-à-dire que -les composants de cet élément sont à considérer comme formant une unité -logique et doivent être traités dans l'ordre séquentiel - contenuto uniforme: i contenuti dell'elemento costituiscono un'unità logica che va elaborata in sequenza - - - - - indicates whether this division is a sample of the - original source and if so, from which part. - 이 구역이 원본의 표본이며 어떤 부분인지를 나타낸다. - 指出此區段是否為來源文件的樣本,若為樣本,則說明出自哪一部分。 - 当該区分が,元資料のものを含むかどうか,そうであればその場所はど - こかを示す. - - indique si cette division est un échantillon de - la source originale et dans ce cas, de quelle partie. - indica si la división es una muestra de la fuente original y, en ese caso, de que parte de este se trata - indica se la partizione è un campione del testo originario e, in tal caso, da quale parte di questo è tratta - - complete - - - division lacks material present at end in source. - 구역이 원본의 후반부에서 제시된 자료가 부족하다. - 區段的末端無資料 - la división falta el material presente en el extremo en la fuente. - 当該区分は,元資料の終わりの部分が欠けている. - - par rapport à la source, lacune à la -fin de la division - alla partizione testuale manca del materiale nella parte finale presente nell'originale - - - division lacks material at start and end. - 구역이 초반부와 후반부 자료가 부족하다. - 區段的起始與末端無資料 - el fragmento carece de material al comienzo y al final. - 当該区分は,元資料の始めと終わりの部分が欠けている. - - par rapport à la source, lacune au -début et à la fin de la division - alla partizione testuale manca del materiale nella parte iniziale e in quella finale - - - division lacks material at start. - 구역이 초반부 자료가 부족하다. - 區段的起始部分無資料 - el fragmento carece de material en el comienzo. - 当該区分は,元資料の始めの部分が欠けている. - - par rapport à la source, lacune au -début de la division - alla partizione manca del materiale nella parte iniziale - - - position of sampled material within original unknown. - 표본 자료의 원본 내의 위치를 알 수 없다. - 來源文件中的樣本資料位置不明 - ubicación del material de muestra dentro del original desconocido. - 元資料のどの部分かは不明. - - par rapport à la source, position de -l'échantillon inconnue - la posizione del materiale prelevato dall'originale all'interno di quest'ultimo è sconosciuta - - - division is not a sample. - 구역이 표본이 아니다. - 區段非樣本 - el fragmento no es una muestra. - 当該領域は,元資料の一部ではない. - - la division n'est pas un échantillon - la partizione testuale non è stata prelevata da alcun originale - - - - - - 4. Default Text Structure - - - provides attributes indicating the agent - responsible for some aspect of the text, the markup or - something asserted by the markup, and the degree of certainty - associated with it. - - - - - - certainty - 확실성 - certeza - certitude - certezza - signifies the degree of certainty associated with the intervention or interpretation. - 간섭 또는 해석과 연관된 확실성의 정도를 나타낸다. - 表示該更動或詮釋的相關正確度。 - 当該解釈や調整の確信度を示す. - donne le degré de certitude associée à l'intervention - ou à l'interprétation. - significa el grado de certeza asociado con la - intervención o la interpretación. - corrisponde al grado di certezza associato - all'intervento o interpretazione - - - - - - responsible party - 책임 당사자 - parte responsable - responsable - responsabile - indicates the agency responsible for the intervention or interpretation, for example an - editor or transcriber. - 편집자 또는 전사자와 같이 또는 해석에 대한 책임이 있는 대리인을 나타낸다. - 指出負責該更動或詮釋的代理者,例如編輯或轉錄者。 - 当該解釈や調整の責任者を示す.例えば,編集者,翻訳者など. - indique l'agent responsable de l'intervention ou de - l'interprétation, par exemple un éditeur ou un transcripteur. - indica el agente responsable de la intervención o la - interpretación, p.ej. un editor o un transcriptor. - indica il responsabile dell'intervento o - interpretazione, per esempio un curatore o trascrittore - - -

To reduce the ambiguity of a resp pointing directly to a person or - organization, we - recommend that resp be used to point not to an agent - (person or org) but to a respStmt, - author, editor or similar - element which clarifies the exact role played by the agent. - Pointing to multiple respStmts allows the encoder to specify - clearly each of the roles played in part of a TEI file (creating, - transcribing, encoding, editing, proofing etc.).

-
-
- - Blessed are the - cheesemakerspeacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. - - - - - - - Punkes, Panders, baſe extortionizing - slanues, - - - - - - Transcriber - Janelle Jenstad - - - - - - 1.3.1.1.4. Sources, certainty, and responsibility - 3.4. Simple Editorial Changes - 11.3.2.2. Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes - 17.3. Spans and Interpretations - 13.1.1. Linking Names and Their Referents - -
- provides attributes describing the nature of an encoded scholarly intervention or - interpretation of any kind. - 어떤 유형의 부호화된 학문적 간섭 또는 해석의 특성을 기술하는 속성을 제공한다. - 提供屬性,描述任何已標記的學者更正或詮釋的性質。 - 学術的調整・解釈の性質を表す属性を示す. - fournit des attributs décrivant la nature d'une - intervention savante encodée ou de tout autre interprétation. - proporciona atributos que describen la naturaleza de una - intervención crítica codificada o una interpretación de cualquier tipo. - assegna degli attributi che descrivono il carattere di un - intervento critico codificato o interpretazione di altro tipo - - - - - - indicates the nature of the evidence supporting the reliability or accuracy of the - intervention or interpretation. - 간섭 또는 해석의 신뢰성 또는 정확성을 지지하는 증거의 특성을 나타낸다. - 指出支持該更動或詮釋可信度或正確性的證明 - 当該解釈や調整の信頼度や正確さを判断する証拠を示す. - indique la nature de la preuve attestant la fiabilité - ou la justesse de l'intervention ou de l'interprétation. - indica la naturaleza de las pruebas que sostienen la - fiabilidad o precisión de la intervención o interpretación. - indica il carattere delle prove a sostegno - dell'affidabilità o accuratezza dell'intervento o interpretazione - - - - there is internal evidence to support the intervention. - 간섭을 지지하는 내부 증거가 있다. - 有內部證明得以支持 - 当該調整を判断する内部証拠を示す. - l'intervention est justifiée par une preuve - interne - existen pruebas internas que sostienen la - intervención. - esistono prove interne a sostegno - dell'intervento - - - there is external evidence to support the intervention. - 간섭을 지지하는 외부 증거가 있다. - 有外部證明得以支持 - 当該調整を判断する外部証拠を示す. - l'intervention est justifiée par une preuve - externe - existen pruebas externas que sostienen la - intervención. - esistono prove interne a sostegno - dell'intervento - - - the intervention or interpretation has been made by the editor, cataloguer, or - scholar on the basis of their expertise. - 간섭 또는 해석이 편집자, 또는 전문성에 근거한 학자에 의해 수행되었다. - 編輯、編目者或學者根據自身的專業來執行該更動或詮釋。 - 編集者,カタログ作成者,研究者による解釈や調整. - l'intervention ou l'interprétation a été faite - par le rédacteur, le catalogueur, ou le chercheur sur la base de leur expertise. - la intervención o interpretación ha sido hecho - por el editor, catalogador o crítico en base a su experiencia. - l'intervento o interpretazione è stata effettuata - dal curatore, catalogatore o critico in base alla loro esperienza - - - - - indicates whether this is an instant revision or not. - - false - - - -

The members of this attribute class are typically used to represent any kind of editorial - intervention in a text, for example a correction or interpretation, or to date or localize - manuscripts etc.

-
-

Each pointer on the source (if present) - corresponding to a witness or witness group should reference a bibliographic citation such as a witness, msDesc, or bibl element, or another external bibliographic citation, documenting the source concerned.

- -

Les membres de cette classe d'attributs sont couramment employés pour représenter tout type - d'intervention éditoriale dans un texte, par exemple une correction ou une interprétation, ou - bien une datation ou une localisation de manuscrit, etc.

-
- -

los miembros de esta clase de atributo se usan normalmente para representar cualquier tipo de - intervención editorial en un texto, por ejemplo una corrección, una interpretación, la fecha o - incluso la signatura de los manuscritos etc.

-
- -

当該クラスは,編集上の調整,例えば,原稿に対する修正や解釈,日時 や場所の特定などを示すために,一般には使用される.

-
- -3.4. Simple Editorial Changes -10.3.1. Origination -13.3.2. The Person Element -11.3.1.1. Core Elements for Transcriptional Work - -
- provides rendering attributes common to all elements in the TEI encoding scheme. - - - - - - - - - - rendition - 번역 - interpretación - interprétation - resa - indicates how the element in question was rendered or presented in the source text. - 문제의 요소가 원본 텍스트에 제시된 방법을 나타낸다. - 指出該元素如何呈現於來源文件中 - 当該要素が,元資料でどのように表示されていたかを示す. - indique comment l'élément en question a été rendu ou - présenté dans le texte source - indica cómo el elemento en cuestión ha sido dado o - proporcionado en el texto fuente. - indica come l'elemento in questione è stato reso o - rappresentato nel testo originario - - - - To The Duchesse of Newcastle, - On Her New Blazing-World. - - - - - - épître dédicatoireà Monsieur de Coucy - . - - - -

These Guidelines make no binding recommendations for the values of the rend - attribute; the characteristics of visual presentation vary too much from text to text and - the decision to record or ignore individual characteristics varies too much from project - to project. Some potentially useful conventions are noted from time to time at appropriate - points in the Guidelines. The values of the rend attribute are a set of - sequence-indeterminate individual tokens separated by whitespace.

-
- -

Ces Principes directeurs ne font aucune recommandation contraignante pour les valeurs de - l'attribut rend; les caractéristiques de la présentation visuelle changent trop - d'un texte à l'autre et la décision d'enregistrer ou d'ignorer des caractéristiques - individuelles est trop variable d'un projet à l'autre. Quelques conventions - potentiellement utiles sont notées de temps en temps à des points appropriés dans ces - Principes directeurs.

-
- -

Estas guías de consulta no hacen ninguna recomendación obligatoria para los valores del - atributo rend; las características de la presentación visual varían demasiado - de texto a texto y la decisión para registrar o para omitir características individuales - varía demasiado de proyecto a proyecto. Observar algunas convenciones que puedan resultar - útiles en los puntos indicados en las guías de consulta.

-
- -

本ガイドラインでは,当該属性rendの値として推奨するも のはない.活字表現の特徴は様々であり,それらのどれを採用するかは - プロジェクトごとで異なるからである.当ガイドラインでは,有用な記 述法があれば,その都度示すことになっている.

-
-
- - contains an expression in some formal style definition language -which defines the rendering or presentation -used for this element in the source text - - - - To The Duchesse of Newcastle, On Her - New Blazing-World. - - - -

Unlike the attribute values of rend, which uses whitespace as a separator, the style attribute may contain whitespace. This attribute is intended for recording inline stylistic information concerning the -source, not any particular output.

-

The formal language in which values for this attribute are expressed may be specified using the styleDefDecl element in -the TEI header.

-

If style and rendition are both present on an element, then - style overrides or complements rendition. style should - not be used in conjunction with rend, because the latter does not employ a - formal style definition language.

-
-
- - points to a description of the rendering or presentation used for this element in the - source text. - 원본 텍스트에서 이 요소에 대해 사용된 모양과 제시에 대한 기술을 가리킨다. - indica una descripción de la representación o de la - presentación empleada para este elemento en el texto original. - 当該要素が示す表現が現れている,元資料のテキスト部分を示す. - pointe vers une description du rendu ou de la - présentation utilisés pour cet élément dans le texte source - indica una descrizione della resa o della - presentazione utilizzate per tale elemento nel testo di partenza - - - - To The Duchesse of Newcastle, On Her - New Blazing-World. - - font-variant: small-caps - font-variant: normal - text-align: center - - - - - épître dédicatoire à Monsieur de Coucy - - font-variant: uppercase - text-align: center - - - -

The rendition attribute is used in a very similar way to the class - attribute defined for XHTML but with the important distinction that its function is to - describe the appearance of the source text, not necessarily to determine how that text - should be presented on screen or paper.

-

If rendition is used to refer to a style definition in a formal language like - CSS, it is recommended that it not be used in conjunction with rend. - Where both rendition and rend are supplied, the latter is - understood to override or complement the former.

-

Each URI provided should indicate a rendition element defining the intended - rendition in terms of some appropriate style language, as indicated by the - scheme attribute.

-
- -

L'attribut rendition est employé à peu près de la même manière que l'attribut - class défini pour XHTML mais avec cette sérieuse différence que sa fonction - est de décrire la présentation du texte source mais pas nécessairement de déterminer - comment ce texte doit être représenté à l'écran ou sur le papier.

-

rendition et rend sont donnés ensembles, il faut comprendre que - le dernier remplace ou complète le premier.

-

Chaque URI fourni doit indiquer un élément rendition définissant le rendu prévu - dans les termes d'un langage approprié pour définir les styles, comme indiqué par - l'attribut scheme.

-
- -

El atributo rendition (interpretación) se utiliza en una manera muy similar al - atributo clase definido por XHTML pero con una diferencia importante: que su - función es describir el aspecto del texto original, no necesariamente para determinar la - presentación visual de ese texto en la pantalla o el papel.

-

Donde ambos interpretación y rend se dan, este último se emplea - para reemplazar o para complementar el anterior.

-

Cada URI proporcionado debe indicar al elemento interpretación que define la - interpretación prevista en términos de cualquier lenguaje apropiado del estilo, según lo - indicado por el atributo scheme (esquema).

-
- -

属性renditionは,XHTMLの属性classと大変 似たように使用される.但し,重要な違いとして,当該属性は,元資 - 料の表現を記述するものであり,スクリーン上または紙上でどう表示 されているかを示すものではない.

-

属性renditionと属性rendの両方が使用され ている場合,後者の値が前者の値を上書きする,または補うと判断さ れる.

-

当該属性値となるURIは,属性schemeで提示されているス タイル言語により,当該表現を定義する要素renditionを示 - すべきである.

-
-
- - -
- - 1.3.1.1.3. Rendition Indicators - -
- provides an attribute used by elements to point to an - external source. - - - specifies the source from which some aspect of - this element is drawn. - - - - -

The source attribute points to an external source. When used on elements - describing schema components such as schemaSpec or moduleRef it - identifies the source from which declarations for the components of the object being - defined may be obtained.

-

On other elements it provides a pointer to the bibliographical source from which a - quotation or citation is drawn.

-

In either case, the location may be provided using any form of URI, for example an - absolute URI, a relative URI, or private scheme URI that is expanded to an absolute URI as - documented in a prefixDef.

-

If more than one location is specified, the default assumption is that the required - source should be obtained by combining the resources indicated.

-
-
-
- - -

As Willard McCarty (2012, p.2) tells us, ‘Collaboration’ is a problematic and should be a contested - term. - -

-
-
- - -

- - Grammatical theories are in flux, and the more we learn, the - less we seem to know. - -

- - The Chicago Manual of Style, - 15th edition. Chicago: University of - Chicago Press (2003), p.147. - -
-
- - - - -

Include in the schema an element named p available from the TEI P5 2.0.1 - release.

-
- - - - - - -

Create a schema using components taken from the file mycompiledODD.xml.

-
- - 1.3.1.1.4. Sources, certainty, and responsibility - 3.3.3. Quotation - 8.3.4. Writing - -
- provides attributes common to all elements in the TEI encoding scheme. - TEI 부호화 스키마의 모든 요소에 공통 속성을 제공한다. - 提供一組屬性,通用於TEI編碼標準中的所有元素。 - TEI符号化スキーム中の全要素に共通する属性を示す. - fournit un jeu d'attributs communs à tous les éléments - dans le système de codage TEI. - proporciona un conjunto de atributos común a todos los - elementos del esquema de codificación TEI. - stabilisce un insieme di attributi comuni a tutti gli - elementi dello schema di codifica TEI - - - - - - - - - - - - - identifier - 확인소 - identificador - identifiant - identificatore - provides a unique identifier for the element bearing the attribute. - 속성을 포함하는 요소에 대한 고유한 확인소를 제공한다. - 提供一個獨特識別符碼,識別帶有該屬性的元素。 - 当該要素にユニークな識別子を示す. - fournit un identifiant unique pour l'élément qui - porte l'attribut - proporciona un identificador único para el elemento - al cual se asocia el atributo. - assegna un identificatore unico all'elemento a cui è - associato l'attributo - - -

The xml:id attribute may be used to specify a canonical reference for an - element; see section 3.10. Reference Systems.

-
- -

L'attribut xml:id peut être employé pour indiquer une référence canonique pour - un élément ; voir la section3.10. Reference Systems.

-
- -

El atributo xml:id se puede utilizar para especificar una referencia canónica - para un elemento; ver la sección 3.10. Reference Systems.

-
- -

当該属性xml:idは,属性の指示対象を示している.詳細 は3.10. Reference Systemsを参照のこと.

-
-
- - number - - número - nombre - numero - gives a number (or other label) for an element, which is not necessarily unique within - the document. - 요소의 번호(또는 다른 표지)를 제시하며, 문서 내에서 반드시 고유값일 필요는 없다. - 將元素標上一個數字 (或其他標號),該標號在文件中未必是獨特的。 - 要素に数値やラベルを与える.これは当該文書中でユニークである必要 はない. - donne un nombre (ou une autre étiquette) pour un - élément, qui n'est pas nécessairement unique dans le document TEI. - proporciona un número (u otra etiqueta) a un elemento - que no es necesariamente único en el documento. - assegna un numero (o altra etichetta) a un elemento - che non è necessariamente unico all'interno del documento - - -

The value of this attribute is always understood to be a single token, even if it contains space or other punctuation characters, and need not be composed of numbers only. It is typically used to specify the numbering of chapters, sections, - list items, etc.; it may also be used in the specification of a standard reference system - for the text.

-
- -

L'attribut n peut être employé pour indiquer la numérotation de chapitres, - sections, items de liste, etc. ; il peut également être employé dans les spécifications - d'un système standard de référence pour le texte.

-
- -

El atributo n se puede utilizar para especificar la enumeración de los - capítulos, de las secciones, de los items de una lista, etc.; puede también ser utilizado - en la especificación de un sistema de referencia estándar para el texto.

-
- -

当該属性nは,章・節・リスト項目などの番号を特定する ために使われる.これは,テキストを指示する標準参照システムにお いも採用されている.

-
-
- - language - 언어 - lengua - langue - lingua - indicates the language of the element content using a tag generated - according to BCP 47. - BCP 47에 따라 생성된 - tag를 사용하는 요소 내용의 언어를 나타낸다. - 使用RFC3066的代碼,指出該元素內容的使用語言 - 当該要素の内容で使用されている言語を, BCP 47 - に準拠して作られたタグで示す. - indique la langue du contenu de l'élément en - utilisant les codes du RFC 3066 - - indica la lengua del contenido del elemento - utilizando los códigos extraídos de RFC - 3066 - - indica la lingua del contenuto dell'elemento - utilizzando i codici tratti da RFC - 3066 - - - - -

… The consequences of - this rapid depopulation were the loss of the last - ariki or chief - (Routledge 1920:205,210) and their connections to - ancestral territorial organization.

-
-
- -

The xml:lang value will be inherited from the immediately -enclosing element, or from its parent, and so on up the document hierarchy. -It is generally good practice to specify xml:lang at the highest -appropriate level, noticing that a different default may be needed for the -teiHeader from that needed for the associated resource element or elements, -and that a single TEI document may contain texts in many languages.

-

The authoritative list of registered language subtags is maintained by IANA and - is available at . - For a good general overview of the construction of language tags, see - , and for - a practical step-by-step guide, see - .

-

The value used must conform with BCP 47. If the value is a - private use code (i.e., starts with x- or contains - -x-), a language element with a matching - value for its ident attribute should be supplied in - the TEI header to document this value. Such documentation may - also optionally be supplied for non-private-use codes, though - these must remain consistent with their - IETFInternet Engineering Task - Force definitions.

-
- -

Si aucune valeur n'est indiquée pour xml:lang, la valeur de - l'attributxml:lang de l'élément immédiatement supérieur est héritée ; c'est - pour cette raison qu'une valeur devrait toujours être attribuée à l'élément du plus haut - niveau hiérarchique (TEI).

-

La valeur doit être conforme au BCP 47. Si la - valeur est un code d'usage privé (c'est-à-dire commence par x- ou contient - -x-), il devrait correspondre à la valeur d'un attribut ident d'un élément language fourni dans l'en-tête TEI du document courant.

-
- -

Si no se especifica ningún valor para xml:lang, el valor de xml:lang para el elemento inmediatamente englobado, se hereda; por esta razón, un valor - se debe especificar siempre en el elemento exterior (TEI).

-
- -

当該属性xml:langに値がない場合には,親要素にある属 性値を継承する.従って,一番外側の要素(すなわちTEI)の - 属性値は常に継承されることになる.

-
-
- - - - - provides a base URI reference with which applications can resolve relative URI - references into absolute URI references. - 애플리케이션이 상대 URI 참조를 절대 URI 참조로 해결할 수 있게 해 주는 기본 URI - 참조를 제공한다. - 提供一個基礎統一資源識別符 (URI) - 參照,可將相對統一資源識別符參照轉變為絕對統一資源識別符參照。 - 相対URIから絶対URIを構成する際に必要なベースURIを示す. - donne une référence URI de base au moyen de laquelle - les applications peuvent résoudre des références d'URI relatives en références d'URI - absolues - proporciona una referencia URI de base gracias a la - aplicación eventual de la cual pueden analizarse tanto referencias URI relativas como - referencias URI absolutas. - assegna un riferimento URI di base grazie al quale - eventuali applicazioni possono analizzare riferimenti URI relativi come riferimenti URI - assoluti - - - -
- Bibliography - - - - Landon, Letitia Elizabeth - - - The Vow of the Peacock - - - - - Compton, Margaret Clephane - - - Irene, a Poem in Six Cantos - - - - - Taylor, Jane - - - Essays in Rhyme on Morals and Manners - - - -
-
-
- -
- - signals an intention about how white space should be - managed by applications. - signale que les applications doivent préserver - l'espace blanc - señala la voluntad de hacer que el espaciado sea preservado por cualquier aplicación. - segnala la volontà di far sì che la spaziatura sia mantenuta da qualsivoglia applicazione. - 空白文字類をアプリケーションがどう解釈するかを示す. - - - - signals that the application's default white-space processing modes are acceptable - - - indicates the intent that applications preserve all white space - - - -

The XML - specification provides further guidance on the use of this - attribute. Note that many parsers may not handle xml:space correctly.

-
-
-
- - 1.3.1.1. Global Attributes - -
- provides attributes common to elements which refer to named persons, places, organizations etc. - 사람, 장소, 조직 등의 이름을 지시하는 요소에 공통적 속성을 제공한다. - 提供屬性,通用於參照到人物、地點、組織等的元素。 - 名前,人物,場所,組織を示す要素に付与される属性を示す. - fournit des attributs communs aux éléments qui font référence à des personnes, lieux, organismes, etc., nommés. - identifica los atributos comunes a los elementos que se refieren a personas, lugares, organizaciones, etc. indicados por nombre - identifica degli attributi comuni a elementi che si riferiscono a persone, luoghi, organizzazioni, ecc. indicati per nome - - - - - - may be used to specify further information about the entity referenced by -this name in the form of a set of whitespace-separated values, for example the occupation of a person, or the status of a place. - - - - reference to the canonical name - 표준 이름에 대한 참조 - referencia al nombre canónico - référence au nom canonique - riferimento al nome canonico - provides a means of locating the canonical form - (nym) of the names associated with the object - named by - the element bearing it. - URI를 포함하는 요소에 의해 명명된 대상과 연관된 이름의 표준형식 (nym)의 위치를 가리키는 방법을 제공한다. - proporciona los medios para localizar la forma canónica (nym) de los nombres asociados al objeto nombrado por el elemento que lo contiene. - 当該要素で名前が付与されている対象に関連する規範的な名前 - (nym)の場所を示す. - indique comment localiser la forme canonique - (nym) des noms qui sont associés à l'objet nommé par l'élément qui le contient. - indica un modo di localizzare la forma canonica (nym) dei nomi associati all'oggetto definito dall'elemento che lo contiene - - -

The value must point directly to one or more XML elements - by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more - than one is supplied, the implication is that the name - is associated with several distinct canonical names.

-
- -

La valeur doit pointer directement vers un ou plusieurs - éléments XML au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs, séparés par un - espace blanc. Si plus d'un URI est fourni, alors le nom est - associé à plusieurs noms canoniques distincts.

-
- -

El valor debe señalar directamente a uno o más elementos XML mediante uno o más URIs, separado por espacios en blanco. - Si se suministra más de uno, la implicación es que el nombre está asociado a varios nombres canónicos distintos.

-
- -

- 当該属性値は,当該文書またはURIで到達可能な場所にある,XML要素 - を直接指示するものでなくてはならない. -

-
-
-
- - 3.5.1. Referring Strings - 13.3.5. Names and Nyms - -
- provides attributes which can be used to classify or subclassify elements in any way. - 요소의 분류 또는 하위분류에서 사용될 수 있는 속성을 제공한다. - 提供可依任何方法將元素分類或次要分類的一般屬性。 - 要素を分類するための属性を示す. - - fournit des attributs qui peuvent être - utilisés pour classer ou interclasser des éléments de n'importe quelle façon. - proporciona atributos genéricos utilizables para cualquier clasificación o subclasificación de elementos. - assegna degli attributi generici utilizzabili per qualsiasi classificazione e sottoclassificazione di elementi - - - - The element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type - - - - - - characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient - classification scheme or typology. - 다양한 분류 스키마 또는 유형을 사용해서 요소의 특성을 기술한다. - 用合適的分類標準或類型來描述該元素。 - 当該要素の分類を示す. - caractérise l'élément en utilisant n'importe quel système ou typologie de classification approprié. - caracteriza el elemento utilizando una clasificación o tipología funcional. - caratterizza l'elemento utilizzando una classificazione o tipologia funzionale - - - -
- Night in Tarras - - At evening tramping on the hot white road - - - - A wind sprang up from nowhere as the sky - - -
-
-
- -

The type attribute is present on a number of - elements, not all of which are members of att.typed, usually because these elements - restrict the possible values for the attribute in a specific way.

-
-
- - sous-type - provides a sub-categorization of the element, if needed - 필요하다면 요소의 하위범주를 제시한다. - 若有需要,提供該元素的次要分類 - 必要であれば,当該要素の下位分類を示す. - fournit une sous-catégorisation de l'élément, si - c'est nécessaire. - proporciona, si es necesario, una subcategorización del elemento. - stabilisce, se necessario, una sottocategorizzazione dell'elemento - - -

The subtype attribute may be used to provide any -sub-classification for the element additional to that provided by its -type attribute.

-
- -

L'attribut subtype peut être employé pour fournir une - sous-classification pour cet élément, en plus de celle fournie par son - propre attribut type.

-
- -

El atributo subtype (subtipo) se puede utilizar para proporcionar cualquier subclasificación para el elemento, adicional a ésa proporcionada por su -type (tipo) de atributo.

-
- -

- 属性subtypeは,属性typeに加えて,当該要 - 素の下位分類を示すために使われる. -

-
-
-
- -

When appropriate, values from an established typology should be - used. Alternatively a typology may be defined in the associated - TEI header. If values are to be taken from a project-specific - list, this should be defined using the valList element in - the project-specific schema description, as described in 23.3.1.4. Modification of Attribute and Attribute Value Lists .

-
- - 1.3.1. Attribute Classes - 17.1.1. Words and Above - 3.5.1. Referring Strings - 3.6. Simple Links and Cross-References - 3.5.5. Abbreviations and Their Expansions - 3.12.1. Core Tags for Verse - 7.2.5. Speech Contents - 4.1.1. Un-numbered Divisions - 4.1.2. Numbered Divisions - 4.2.1. Headings and Trailers - 4.4. Virtual Divisions - 13.3.2.3. Personal Relationships - 11.3.1.1. Core Elements for Transcriptional Work - 16.1.1. Pointers and Links - 16.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors - 12.2. Linking the Apparatus to the Text - 22.5.2. RELAX NG Content Models - 8.3. Elements Unique to Spoken Texts - 23.3.1.4. Modification of Attribute and Attribute Value Lists - -
- provides attributes for elements in lists or groups that are sortable, but whose sorting key cannot be derived mechanically from the element content. - - - supplies the sort key for this element in an index, list or group which contains it. - - - David's other principal backer, Josiah - ha-Kohen Josiah ha-Kohen b. Azarya b. Azarya, son of one of the last gaons of Sura was David's own first - cousin. - - - Je me suis - procuré une clef anglaise pour dévisser les écrous qui attachent le canot à - la coque du Nautilus. Ainsi tout est prêt. - - -

The sort key is used to determine the sequence and grouping of entries in an index. It provides a sequence of characters which, when sorted with the other values, will produced - the desired order; specifics of sort key construction are application-dependent

-

Dictionary order often differs from the collation sequence of machine-readable character - sets; in English-language dictionaries, an entry for 4-H will often - appear alphabetized under fourh, and McCoy may be - alphabetized under maccoy, while A1, - A4, and A5 may all appear in numeric order - alphabetized between a- and AA. The sort key is - required if the orthography of the dictionary entry does not suffice to determine its - location.

-
- -

La clé de tri est utilisée pour déterminer la séquence et le groupement d'entrées dans un - index. Elle fournit une séquence de caractères qui, lorsqu'ils sont triés avec les autres valeurs, produisent l'ordre souhaité ; les détails de construction d'une clé de tri - dépendent des applications. -.

-

La structure d'un dictionnaire diffère souvent de l'ordre de collation des jeux de - caractères lisibles par la machine ; dans des dictionnaires de langue anglaise, une entrée - pour 4-H apparaîtra souvent alphabétiquement sous fourh, et - McCoypeut être classé alphabétiquement sous maccoy, tandis que A1, A4 et A5 - apparaîtront tous dans un ordre alphanumérique entre a- et AA. La clef de - tri est exigée si l'orthographe de l'entrée du dictionnaire n'est pas suffisante pour - déterminer son emplacement.

-
- -

La clave de ordenación se utiliza para determinar la secuencia y agrupar las entradas en - un índice.

-
- -

当該属性は,索引中の項目の一連やグループを決めるために使用され る.当該属性がない場合,当該要素の内容が,並び替えのために使用 される.

-

辞書順序は,機械可読文字集合の照合順序とは,多くの場合異なって いる.例えば,英語の場合,辞書項目4-Hは, - 文字化されたfourhの所に出てくる.また,項目 McCoyは,maccoyの所に出てくるだ - ろう.しかし,項目A1, A4, - A5らは,文字 順のa-AAとの間で,数字順で出てくる. - 当該並び替えキーは,当該辞書が採る正書法では,場所の特定が十分 に行えない場合に,必要となる.

-
-
-
- - 9.1. Dictionary Body and Overall Structure - -
- provides attributes identifying the source edition from which - some encoded feature derives. - fournit des attributs identifiant l'édition source dont provient une quelconque caractéristique encodée. - - - edition - édition - supplies a sigil or other arbitrary identifier for the source edition in which - the associated feature (for example, a page, column, or line - break) occurs at this point in the text. - fournit un identifiant arbitraire pour l'édition source dans laquelle la caractéristique associée - (par exemple, une page, une colonne ou un saut de ligne) apparaît à ce point du texte. - - - - edition reference - provides a pointer to the source edition in which - the associated feature (for example, a page, column, or line - break) occurs at this point in the text. - - - - - - Of Mans First Disobedience, and the Fruit - Of that Forbidden Tree, whose mortal tast - Brought Death into the World, and all our woe, - - - - - - Olaf Stapledon, - Starmaker, Methuen, 1937 - Olaf Stapledon, - Starmaker, Dover, 1968 - - -

Looking into the future aeons from the supreme moment of - the cosmos, I saw the populations still with all their - strength maintaining theessentials of their ancient culture, - still living their personal lives in zest and endless - novelty of action, … I saw myself still - preserving, though with increasing difficulty, my lucid - con-sciousness;

-
-
-
- provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it. - 포함보다는 포인터 메카니즘을 통하여 구분된 텍스트 구간을 나타내는 요소의 속성을 제공한다. - 提供元素的屬性,這些元素使用參照機制來限定某一文字段,而非包含此文字段。 - テキスト幅の範囲を内容としてではなく参照機能を使って示す要素に付与さ - れる属性を示す. - fournit des attributs pour les éléments qui délimitent un passage de texte par des mécanismes de pointage plutôt qu'en entourant le passage. - proporciona atributos para elementos que delimitan un fragmento de texto utilizando los señalizadores en lugar de cerrando el texto. - assegna degli attributi agli elementi che delimitano una porzione di testo utilizzando dei puntatori invece di racchiudere il testo stesso - - - indicates the end of a span initiated by the element - bearing this attribute. - 이 속성을 포함하는 요소에 의해 시작된 구간의 끝을 나타낸다. - 指出文字段的結尾,該文字段以帶有此屬性的元素開頭。 - 当該要素が示す範囲の終点を示す. - indique la fin d'un passage introduit par l'élément portant cet attribut. - indica el final de un fragmento de texto iniciado con el elemento al cual es asignaado el atributo. - indica la fine della porzione di testo che ha inizio con l'elemento a cui è assegnato l'attributo - - - The @spanTo attribute must point to an element following the - current element - - - -The element indicated by @spanTo () must follow the current element - - - - - - - -

The span is defined as running in document order from the start - of the content of the pointing element to the end of the - content of the element pointed to by the spanTo attribute (if - any). If no value is supplied for the attribute, the assumption is that the span is - coextensive with the pointing element. If no content is present, - the assumption is that the starting point of the span is - immediately following the element itself.

-
- -

Le passage est défini comme courant depuis le début du contenu de l'élément pointeur (s'il y en a un) jusqu'à la fin du contenu de l'élément - pointé par l'attribut spanTo (s'il y en a un), dans l'ordre du document. Si aucune valeur n'est fournie pour l'attribut, il est entendu - que le passage est de même étendue que l'élément pointeur.

-
- -

El span se define como ejecutándose en la orden del documento des del comienzo del contenido del elemento indicado (si lo hay) al extremo del contenido del elemento señalado por el atributo del spanTo (si lo hay). - Si no se suministra ningún valor para el atributo, la asunción es que el span es coextensivo con el elemento indicado.

-
- -

- 当該範囲は,当該文書中にある,(もしあれば)参照要素の内容の始点から, - (もしあれば)属性spanToで示された要素の内容の終点までになる. - 当該属性に値がない場合,当該範囲は,当該参照要素と同じ範囲と想定す - る. -

-
- - 11.3.1.4. Additions and Deletions - 1.3.1. Attribute Classes - -
- groups elements which contain names of individuals -or corporate bodies. - 개인 또는 기업체의 이름을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集包含個人或團體名稱的元素。 - 個人や団体の名前を含む要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui contiennent des noms - d'individus ou de personnes morales. - agrupa elementos que contienen nombres de individuos o de agrupaciones o sociedades. - raggruppa elementi che contengono nomi di individui o enti societari - - - - -

This class is used in the content model of elements which - reference names of people or organizations.

-
- -

Cette classe est utilisée dans le modèle de contenu des éléments qui référencent des - noms de personnes ou d'organisations.

-
- -

Esta clase se utiliza en el modelo de elementos cuyos nombres se refieren a gente o a organizaciones.

-
- -

- 当該クラスは,人物や団体の名前を参照する要素の内容モデル中で使用さ - れる. -

-
- - 3.5. Names, Numbers, Dates, Abbreviations, and Addresses - -
- groups elements used for arbitrary segmentation. - 임의적 분할에 사용되는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集用於隨機分割的元素。 - 任意の区分で使用される要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments utilisés pour une segmentation - arbitraire. - agrupa elementos usados por una segmentación arbitraria. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per una segmentazione - arbitraria - - - - - -

The principles on which segmentation is carried out, and any special codes or attribute - values used, should be defined explicitly in the segmentation element of the - encodingDesc within the associated TEI header.

-
- -

Les principes sur lesquels repose la segmentation, ainsi que tout code particulier ou valeur - d'attribut utilisée, doivent être définis explicitement dans l'élément segmentation de - l'élément encodingDesc situé dans l'En-tête TEI associé.

-
- -

Los principios en los cuales se realiza la segmentación, y cualesquiera sean los códigos o - valores de atributo especiales usados, se deben definir explícitamente en el elemento - segmentación del encodingDesc dentro del encabezado TEI asociado.

-
- -

どの区分,どのコード,どの属性値を使うかを決める原則は,関連する TEIヘダー内の要素encodingDescにある要素 - segmentation中で明示的に宣言されるべきである.

-
- - 16.3. Blocks, Segments, and Anchors - 17.1. Linguistic Segment Categories - -
- groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct but to which no specific - function can be attributed. - 인쇄상 구분되나 특정 기능이 없는 구 층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的詞組層次元素與顯目標示相關,且無特定語義 - 印刷上他とは異なるが,特別な機能は付与されていない,句レベルの要素を まとめる. - regroupe des éléments du niveau de l’expression qui sont - typographiquement distincts mais auxquels aucune fonction spécifique ne peut être attribuée. - agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático para subrayar que - no tienen una semántica específica. - raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico relativi a - evidenziatura - - - - - - - 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation - - - groups phrase-level elements which are typographically - distinct and to which a specific function can be attributed. - 인쇄상 구분되며 특정 기능을 수행하는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集語義上的詞組層次元素 - 印刷上他とは異なり,特定の機能が付与されている,句レベルの要素をまと - める. - regroupe des éléments qui sont distingués visuellement, et auxquels on peut attribuer une signification sémantique. - raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma tipograficamente distinti e ai quali è attribuibile una funzione specifica - agrupa elementos sintagmáticos semánticos. - - - - - - 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation - - - groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct. - 인쇄상 구분되는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集與顯目標示相關的詞組層次元素。 - 印刷上他とは異なる,句レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments du niveau de l'expression qui sont - typographiquement distincts. - raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma tipograficamente - distinti - agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático relativos al - énfasis. - - - - - 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation - - - groups elements containing temporal expressions. - 시간 표현을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集包含時間格式的元素。 - 時間表現用の要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments contenant des expressions relatives - au temps. - agrupa elementos que contienen expresiones temporales. - raggruppa elementi che contengono indicazioni relative a - date - - - - - - - 3.5.4. Dates and Times - 13.3.6. Dates and Times - - - groups elements which denote a number, a quantity, a measurement, or similar piece of text - that conveys some numerical meaning. - 숫자, 양, 측정값 등 수치적 의미를 드러내는 텍스트 부분을 가리키는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素代表一個數字、數量、度量,或類似的文字,傳達某些數值上的意義 - 数値,量,計測値など,数値的意味を示すテキストを示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui indiquent un nombre, une - quantité, une mesure ou un extrait d'un texte qui porte une signification numérique. - agrupa elementos que contienen un número, una cantidad, - una medida, o un fragmento de texto similar que refleja algún significado numérico. - raggruppa elementi riferiti a numeri, quantità, - misurazioni o altra porzione di testo che veicola un significato di tipo numerico - - - - - 3.5.3. Numbers and -Measures - - - groups elements containing examples or illustrations. - 예 또는 실례를 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集包含範例的元素 - 例または挿絵を示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments contenant des exemples ou des - illustrations. - raggruppa elementi che contengono esempi o illustrazioni - agrupa elementos que contienen ejemplos. - - - - - - 22.1.1. Phrase Level Terms - - - groups elements containing images, formulae, and - similar objects. - 이미지, 수식, 그리고 유사 대상을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素包含影像、方程式和類似物件 - 画像や式などを含む要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments contenant des images, des - formules et d'autres objets semblables. - agrupa elementos que contienen imágenes, fórmulas u objetos similares. - raggruppa elementi che contengono immagini, formule, esempi, e oggetti simili - - - - - 3.9. Graphics and Other Non-textual Components - - - groups elements which can appear only as part of a place name. - 장소명의 부분으로서만 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer solamente como - parte de un topónimo. - 場所名の部分として出現可能な要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui ne peuvent apparaître que sous la forme d'une partie d'un toponyme. - raggruppa elementi che risultano solo come parte di un - nome di luogo - - - - - 13.2.3. Place Names - - - groups phrase-level elements used in manuscript description. - 원고 기술에서 사용되는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集描述寫本的元素 - 手書き資料における,句レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau expression utilisés pour décrire - des manuscrits - agrupa les elementos empleados en la descripción de - manuscritos. - raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati per descrivere - manoscritti - - - - - - 10. Manuscript Description - - - groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial interventions that may be useful both -in transcribing and in authoring. - 전사와 저작 모두에서 유용할 수 있는 간단한 편집 간섭에 대한 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的詞組層次元素用於簡單的編輯更正,且有助於轉錄和編寫 - - 転記や編集の両方で使用される,単純な編集上の調整を示す,句レベルの要 - 素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau expression, utilisés pour de - simples interventions éditoriales utiles dans la transcription comme dans la rédaction. - raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma per semplici interventi editoriali, utili sia per il trascrittore che per l'autore - agrupa elementos a nivel sintagmático utilizados para simples intervenciones editoriales que pueden ser útiles tanto en la transcripción como para autoría. - - - - - - 3.4. Simple Editorial Changes - - - groups phrase-level elements used for editorial transcription of pre-existing source - materials. - 앞서 존재하는 원본 자료의 편집상 전사에 사용되는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 僅匯集用於簡單的編輯更正和轉錄、而未能助於編寫的詞組層次元素 - 現存している資料に,編集を加えて転記する際に使う,句レベルの要素をま とめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau expression, utilisés pour - des transcriptions éditoriales de sources pré-existantes - raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma utilizzati per - la trascrizione di fonti preesistenti - agrupa solo elementos sintagmáticos utilizados para - simples correcciones y transcripciones editoriales que no parecen ser útiles para la autoría. - - - - - 3.4. Simple Editorial Changes - - - groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial correction and transcription. - 간단한 편집상 수정과 전사에 대한 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的詞組層次元素用於簡單的編輯更正或轉錄 - 単純な編集上の修正や転記を示す,句レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau expression, utilisés pour de simples interventions éditoriales de - corrections et de transcriptions. - agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático utilizados para - simples correcciones o transcripciones editoriales. - raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico utilizzati per - semplici interventi editoriali di correzione e trascrizione - - - - - 3.4. Simple Editorial Changes - - - groups elements used for purposes of location and reference. - 위치 및 참조에 대한 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素用於位置和參照 - 場所や参照を示すための要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments utilisés pour localiser et faire référence à quelque chose. - agrupa elementos usados para establecer localizaciones y - referencias. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per stabilire collocazioni - e riferimenti - - - - - - - - 3.6. Simple Links and Cross-References - - - groups phrase-level elements which may appear within verse only. - 운문 내에서만 나타날 수 있는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集僅可能出現於韻文內的詞組層次元素。 - 韻文内にのみある,句レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments du niveau de l'expression qui ne - peuvent apparaître que dans des vers. - agrupa elementos de nivel sintagmático utilizados sólo - para los versos. - raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico utilizzati solo - per i versi - - - - - 6.2. Components of the Verse Line - - - groups globally available elements which describe the status of other elements. - 다른 요소의 상태를 기술하며, 전체적으로 이용가능한 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集描述其他元素狀態的空白元素,例如連結或抽象詮釋,或者提供正確度等,且空白元素可能出現於文件任一處。 - 他の要素の状態を示す,どこでも使える要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments disponibles globalement qui - décrivent le statut d'autres éléments. - agrupa elementos vacíos que describen el estatus de otros - elementos, p.ej. estableciendo grupos de relaciones o interpretaciones abstractas, o bien - proporcionando indicaciones de certeza, etc., y que pueden aparecer en cualquier punto de un - documento. - raggruppa elementi vuoti che descrivono lo status di - altri elementi, per esempio stabilendo gruppi di collegamenti o interpretazioni astratte, oppure - fornendo indicazioni di certezza, ecc., e che possono apparire in qualsiasi punto all'interno di - un documento - - - - -

Elements in this class are typically used to hold groups of links or of abstract - interpretations, or by provide indications of certainty etc. It may find be convenient to - localize all metadata elements, for example to contain them within the same divison as the - elements that they relate to; or to locate them all to a division of their own. They may - however appear at any point in a TEI text.

-
- -

Les éléments de cette classe sont utilisés pour contenir des groupes de liens ou - d'interprétations abstraites, ou pour fournir des indications quant à la certitude, etc. Il - peut être commode de situer tous les éléments contenant des métadonnées, par exemple de les - rassembler dans la même divison que les éléments auxquels ils sont reliés ; ou de les - retrouver tous dans la division qui leur est propre. Ils peuvent cependant apparaître à un - point quelconque d'un texte TEI.

-
- -

Los elementos en esta clase se utilizan típicamente para llevar a cabo los grupos de - conexiones o de interpretaciones abstractas, o bien para proporcionar indicaciones de la - certeza etc. Puede ser conveniente localizar todos los elementos de los metadatos, por ejemplo - para contenerlos dentro de la misma división que los elementos con los cuales se relacionan; o - para localizarlos todos en la división que les es propia. Sin embargo pueden aparecer en - cualquier momento en un texto de TEI.

-
- -

当該クラスの要素は,リンクや確信度といった抽象的解釈をまとめるため に使われる.これは,ユーザがメタデータを記述する際に便利であろう. - 例えば,関連する要素と同じ部分レベル内にあるものまとめたり,関連す る要素を,自身の部分レベル内にまめめたりする場合である. - しかし,これらは,TEIデータ中では,どこにでも出現可能である.

-
- - 1.3. The TEI Class System - -
- groups milestone-style -elements used to represent reference systems. - 참조 체계를 표상하는 이정표 유형의 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集用於呈現參照系統的類似分界點元素 - 参照システムを示すための,標石要素相当の要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de type borne utilisés pour - représenter des systèmes de référence - agrupa elementos del tipo frontera (milestone) utilizados para representar sistemas de referencia. - raggruppa elementi del tipo milestone utilizzati per rappresentare sistemi di riferimento - - - - - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - 3.10.3. Milestone -Elements - - - groups elements used to represent individual non-Unicode characters or glyphs. - 개별 비유니코드 문자 또는 그림문자를 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素穿插於正規文本中,代表非統一碼項目。 - ユニコードになる文字やグリフを示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments utilisés pour représenter - différents caractères non-Unicode ou différents glyphes. - agrupa elementos que son - raggruppa elementi di cui è inframmezzato il testo che - rapresentano oggetti non Unicode - - - - groups elements which generate declarations in some markup language in ODD documents. - ODD 문서에서 마크업 언어로 선언을 생성하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素使ODD文件內某些標記語言中產生宣告。 - ODD文書で使用される要素の宣言を生成する要素をまとめる. - regroupe les éléments qui, dans des documents ODD, - génèrent des déclarations dans un langage d'encodage. - agrupa elementos que generan declaraciones en un lenguaje - de codificación dado en documentos aislados - raggruppa elementi che generano dichiarazioni in un dato - linguaggio di codifica in documenti isolati - - - - - - groups phrase-level elements used to encode XML constructs such as element names, attribute - names, and attribute values - 요소명, 속성명, 그리고 속성값과 같이 XML 구성물을 부호화하는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - XML要素を符号化する,句レベルの要素をまとめる.例えば,要素名,属性 名,属性値など. - regroupe des éléments de niveau expression utilisés pour - encoder des constructions XML telles que des noms d'éléments, des noms d'attributs ou des - valeurs d'attributs - raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma utilizzati per - codificare costrutti XML quali nomi di elementi e nomi e valori di attributi - agrupa elementos usados para codificar construcciones en - XML en el nivel sintagmático, p.ej. nombre de elemento, nombres de atributo, y valores de - atributo. - - - - - - 22. Documentation Elements - - - groups elements for referring to specification elements. - 명시 요소를 참조하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素參照到細節元素 - 特定の要素を参照する要素をまとめる. - regroupe les éléments pour se référer aux éléments de - spécification - raggruppa elementi indicanti i componenti di una data specifica - agrupa elementos para referir elementos de especificación - - - - - 22. Documentation Elements - - - groups elements containing a bibliographic description. - 서지 기술을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集包含書目描述的元素。 - 書誌情報を含む要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments contenant une description - bibliographique. - agrupa elementos que contienen una descripción bibliográfica. - raggruppa elementi che contengono una descrizione bibliografica - - - - - - - 3.11. Bibliographic Citations and References - - - groups elements used to provide a title or heading at the start of a text - division. - 텍스트 구역의 시작부에서 제목 또는 표제를 제시하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos usados para proporcionar un título o un encabezadoa al principio de una división textual. - テキスト部分の始まりにあるタイトルや見出しを示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments employés pour donner un titre ou -un intitulé au début d'une division de texte - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per fornire un titolo all'inizio di una partizione testuale - - - - - groups elements used to gloss or explain other parts of a document. - 문서의 다른 부분을 해설 또는 설명하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos usados para glosar o para explicar otras partes de un documento. - 文書中の他の部分をまとめたり説明するために使われる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments employés pour gloser ou -expliquer d'autres parties d'un document. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per spiegare o illustrare altre parti di un documento - - - - - groups list-like elements. - 목록 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集所有類似列表的元素 - リスト相当の要素をまとめる. - regroupe les éléments de type liste. - agrupa todos los elementos del tipo de lista. - raggruppa tutti gli elementi del tipo lista - - - - - - 3.7. Lists - - - groups globally-available note-like elements. - 전체적으로 이용 가능한 주석 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集所有類似註解的元素。 - どこでも出現可能な,注釈相当の要素をまとめる. - regroupe tous les éléments globaux de type - note - agrupa todos los elementos del tipo de nota. - raggruppa tutti gli elementi del tipo nota - - - - - - 3.8. Notes, Annotation, and Indexing - - - groups elements representing metrical components such as verse lines. - 운문 행 같이 운율적 성분을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集代表韻律組件的元素,例如詩行。 - 韻文の行のような,韻律的構成要素となる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments représentant des composants - de la métrique comme des vers. - agrupa elementos que representan componentes métricos como los versos. - raggruppa elementi che rappresentano componenti metriche come i versi - - - - - groups paragraph-like elements. - 문단 같은 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 該元素集是以交換資料為目的段落。 - 段落相当の要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de type paragraphe. - la clase de elementos de tipo párrafa con la finalidad de - intercambio. - classe di elementi di tipo paragrafo a scopo di - interscambio. - - - - - - groups elements containing stage directions or similar things defined by the module for - performance texts. - 공연 텍스트의 모듈에 의해 정의된 무대 지시 또는 유사 내용을 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素包含特殊的舞台指示,定義於劇本的附加標籤組中。 - 舞台芸術モジュールで定義されている,ト書きなどを示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments contenant des indications scéniques - ou des indications de même nature, définies par le module relatif aux textes de théâtre - aggrupa elementos que contienen indicaciones específicas - de escena definidas en el conjunto adicional de marcadores de textos teatrales. - raggruppa elementi che contengono specifiche indicazioni - di scena definite nell'insieme aggiuntivo di marcatori per testi teatrali - - - - - -

Stage directions are members of class inter: that is, they can appear between or - within component-level elements.

-
- -

Les indications scéniques appartiennent à la classe inter : cela signifie - qu'elles peuvent apparaître à l'intérieur d'éléments de niveau composant ou bien entre ces éléments.

-
- -

Las direcciones de etapa son miembros de la clase inter: es decir, pueden - aparecer entre o dentro de los elementos del componente-nivel.

-
- -

ト書きは,クラスinterのメンバーである.すなわち,構成 要素レベル要素内または間で出現可能である.

-
- - 7.3. Other Types of Performance Text - -
- groups elements which describe events. - - - - - - groups globally available elements which perform a specifically editorial function. - 명확한 편집 기능을 수행하며, 전체적으로 이용 가능한 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的空白元素有特殊的編輯功能,例如指出來源文件中一個文字段的附加、刪除、或缺漏的起始點。 - 特に編集機能を担い,どこでも使用できる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments globalement disponibles qui - exécutent une fonction spécifiquement éditoriale. - agrupa elementos vacíos con funciones editoriales - específicas, p.ej. la indicación del comienzo de un fragmento de texto añadido, omitido o - perdido en el original. - raggruppa elementi vuoti con funzioni editoriali - specifiche, per esempio l'indicazione dell'inizio di una porzione di testo aggiunto, rimosso o - mancante nell'originale - - - - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - - - groups paragraph-level elements appearing directly within divisions. - 구역 내에서 직접적으로 나타나는 문단-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集可出現於段落與其他區塊之間,而非出現於兩者之內的元素。 - テキスト部分中にある段落レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau paragraphe apparaissant - directement dans des divisions - agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer entre párrafos u - otras divisiones, pero no dentro de estos. - raggruppa elementi che compaiono tra paragrafi e altre - porzioni di testo ma non al loro interno - - - - -

Note that this element class does not include members of the model.inter class, which can appear either within or between paragraph-level items. -

-
- -

Noter que cette classe d'éléments ne comprend pas les membres de la classe model.inter, qui peuvent apparaître soit à l'intérieur, soit entre des - items de niveau paragraphe.

-
- -

Observa que esta clase de elemento no incluye a los miembros de la clase model.inter, que puede aparecer dentro o entre los items del nivel-párrafo.

-
- -

当該要素クラスは,クラスmodel.interの メンバーを含まないことに注意すること. クラスmodel.interは,段落レベル項目内 または間にのみ出現可能である.

-
- - 1.3. The TEI Class System - -
- groups elements describing changeable characteristics of a person which have a definite - duration, for example occupation, residence, or name. - 직업, 거주지, 이름과 같이 일정 기간 유지되는 변화가능한 사람의 특성을 기술하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 該元素集描述人物的可改變特性,有明確的時間長度,例如職業、居所、姓名等。這些特性通常是個人或他人行為的結果。 - 一定期間で変容する,個人の特性を示す要素をまとめる.例えば,仕事,住 所,名前など. - regroupe des éléments décrivant les caractéristiques - d'une personne, variables mais définies dans le temps, par exemple sa profession, son lieu de - résidence ou son nom. - clase de elementos que describen las características - mutables o con una duración determinada en una persona, p.ej. ocupación, residencia, nombre, - etc.; tales características de un individuo representan generalmente una consecuencia de sus - acciones o de las de otros. - classe di elementi che descrivono le caratteristiche - mutevoli e con una determinata durata di una persona, per esempio occupazione, residenza, nome, - ecc.; tali caratteristiche di un individuo rappresentano in genere una conseguenza delle sue - azioni o di quelle degli altri - - - - -

These characteristics of an individual are typically a consequence of their own action or - that of others.

-
- -

Il s'agit en général des caractéristiques d'un individu résultant de sa propre action ou de - celle d'autrui.

-
- -

Estas características de un individuo son típicamente una consecuencia de su propia acción o - de la de otros.

-
- -

当該個人の特性は,自らの行動などによる結果である.

-
-
- groups elements which provide information about people and their relationships. - 사람과 그들의 친족관계에 관한 정보를 제공하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 該元素集提供人物及人物關係的資訊。 - 人々やその関係を表す情報を示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui donnent des informations - sur des personnes et leurs relations. - clase de elementos utilizados para proporcionar - informaciones relativas a personas y a las relaciones entre estas. - classe di elementi utilizzati per fornire informazioni - relative a persone e relazioni tra le stesse - - - - groups elements which form part of the description of a person. - 개인에 대한 기술의 부분을 형성하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素描述由文本所參照、或參與語言互動的人物特性。 - 個人の説明する部分となる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui font partie de la description - d'une personne - agrupa elementos que describen determinadas - características de las personas a las cuales se hace referencia en el texto o que participan en - una interacción verbal. - raggruppa elementi che descrivono determinate - caratteristiche delle persone a cui si fa riferimento nel testo o che partecipano a - un'interazione verbale - - 15.2.2. The Participant Description - - - groups elements which form part of a place name. - 장소명의 부분을 형성하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集構成地點名稱部分的元素。 - 場所名の部分となる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui font partie d'un nom de lieu. - agrupa los elementos que forman parte del nombre de un - lugar - raggruppa gli elementi che fanno parte del nome di un - luogo - - - - - - 13.2.3. Place Names - - - groups elements which describe changing states of a place. - 장소의 변화하는 상태를 기술하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos que describen aspectos variables de - un lugar. - 場所の変容を示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui décrivent les transformations d'un lieu - raggruppa elementi che descrivono stati mutevoli di un - luogo - - - - - groups the child - elements of a publicationStmt element of the TEI header - that indicate an authorising agent. - TEI 헤더의 publicationStmt 요소 내에 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 - 놓는다. - 匯集元素publicationStmt的子元素 - TEIヘダーの要素publicationStmt内に出現する要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à - l'intérieur de l'élément publicationStmt de l'En-tête TEI - agrupa los hijos de publicationStmt. - raggruppa i figli di publicationStmt - -

The agency child elements, while not - required, are required if one of the detail - child elements is to be used. It is not valid to have a - detail child element without a - preceding agency child element.

-

See also model.publicationStmtPart.detail.

-
- - 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. - -
- groups the agency-specific child elements of the publicationStmt element of the TEI header. - TEI 헤더의 publicationStmt 요소 내에 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 - 놓는다. - 匯集元素publicationStmt的子元素 - TEIヘダーの要素publicationStmt内に出現する要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à - l'intérieur de l'élément publicationStmt de l'En-tête TEI - agrupa los hijos de publicationStmt. - raggruppa i figli di publicationStmt - -

A detail child element may not occur - unless an agency child element precedes - it.

-

See also model.publicationStmtPart.agency.

-
- - 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. - -
- groups elements used to directly contain quotations. - 인용을 직접 포함하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集直接包含引言的元素。 - 引用を示すために使われる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments employés pour contenir directement - des citations - agrupa los elementos que contienen directamente las citas - raggruppa elementi che contengono direttamente le - citazioni - - - - - - groups elements related to highlighting which can appear either within or between - chunk-level elements. - 덩어리 층위 요소 내에서 또는 그 사이에서 나타날 수 있는 주요 부분과 관련된 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集和顯目標示相關、且出現於方塊性層次元素內或之間的元素。 - 塊レベル要素内または間で出現可能な,強調部分と関連する要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments destinés à la mise en valeur, qui - peuvent apparaître à l'intérieur ou entre des éléments de niveau fragment. - agrupa elementos relativos al evidenciado que aparece al - interno de o entre elementos a nivel de fragmentos de texto. - raggruppa elementi relativi all'evidenziatura che - appaiono all'interno di o tra elementi a livello di porzioni di testo - - - - - 3.3. Highlighting and Quotation - - - groups elements which are used to indicate intellectual or other significant responsibility, - for example within a bibliographic element. - 예를 들어 서지 요소 내에서 지적 책임을 나타내는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集指出智慧責任的元素,例如在書目元素內。 - 知的責任を示す要素をまとめる.例えば,書誌情報要素内にあるもの. - regroupe des éléments qui sont utilisés pour indiquer une - responsabilité intellectuelle ou une autre responsabilité significative, par exemple dans un - élément bibliographique. - aggrupa elementos utilizados para indicar responsabilidad - intelectual, p.ej. dentro de un elemento bibliográfico. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per indicare responsabilità - intellettuale, per esempio all'interno di un elemento bibliografico - - - - - - groups elements which can appear at either top or bottom of a - textual division. - 텍스트 구역 상단 또는 하단에 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集可出現於任何區段集元素起始或結尾的元素。 - テキスト部分の上部また下部に現れる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui peuvent être placés au - début ou à la fin de n'importe quelle division de texte. - agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer al principio o al final de cualquier elemento de clase de división. - raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono all'inizio di una partizione testuale - - - - - - 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions - - - groups elements which can occur only at the beginning of a text division. - 텍스트 구역의 시작부에만 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer solamente al - principio de una división textual. - テキスト部分の始まりにのみ現れる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qu'on ne trouve qu'au début d'une - division de texte. - raggruppa elementi che possono presentarsi solo - all'inizio di una partizione testuale - - - - - 4.6. Title Pages - - - groups elements appearing at the beginning of a - text division. - 텍스트 구역 시작에 나타나는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos que aparecen al principio de una división textual. - テキスト部分の始まりに現れる要素をまとめる. - - - regroupe des éléments apparaissant au début d'une -division de texte. - raggruppa elementi che si presentano all'inizio di una partizione testuale - - 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions - - - groups elements which can occur only at the end of a text - division. - 텍스트 구역의 종료부에만 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer solamente al final de una división textual. - テキスト部分の終わりにのみ出現できる要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qu'on ne peut trouver qu'à la -fin d'une division de texte. - raggruppa elementi che possono presentarsi solo alla fine di una partizione testuale - - - - - 4.6. Title Pages - - - groups elements appearing at the end of a text - division. - 텍스트 구역의 종료부에 나타타는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集僅可出現於文本區段結尾的元素,例如結尾題名。 - テキストの終わりに現れる要素をまとめる. - - regroupe des éléments placés à la fin d'une division de - texte. - agrupa elementos que pueden aparecer sólo al final de una - división textual, p.ej. un tráiler. - raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono alla fine di una - partizione testuale, per esempio trailer, byline, ecc. - - 4.2. Elements Common to All Divisions - - - groups elements used to represent a postal or email address. - 우편 또는 전자메일 주소를 나타내는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的詞組層次元素代表郵寄或電子郵件地址。 - 郵便におけるまたはeメールにおけるアドレスを表す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments employés pour représenter des - adresses postales ou électroniques. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per rappresentare un - indirizzo postale o di posta elettronica - agrupa elementos sintagmáticos usados para representar - una dirección postal o electrónica. - - - - - - 1. The TEI Infrastructure - - - groups elements which name or refer to a person, place, or organization. - 인물, 장소, 또는 조직의 이름 또는 지시를 나타내는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的空白元素可出現於TEI文件內的任何位置。 - 人物,場所,団体に名前を付与する,または参照する要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui nomment une - personne, un lieu ou une organisation, ou qui y font référence à. - agrupa los elementos que nombran o indican a una persona, - un lugar (construido por el hombre o geográfico), o una organización. - raggruppa gli elementi che nominano o indicano una - persona, un luogo (costruito dall'uomo o geografico), o un'organizzazione - - - - - - -

A superset of the naming elements that may appear in datelines, addresses, statements of - responsibility, etc.

-
- -

Un ensemble de niveau supérieur regroupant les éléments d'appellation qui peuvent apparaître - dans les dates, les adresses, les mentions de responsabilité, etc.

-
- -

Un superconjunto de elementos de nombramiento que pueden aparecer en las líneas de fecha, de - dirección, de declaración de esponsabilidad,l etc.

-
- -

日付欄,住所情報,責任表示等に現れる,名前を示す要素の親集合.

-
-
- groups elements which may appear at any point within a TEI text. - TEI 텍스트 내의 어떤 지점에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - TEIデータ内のどこでも出現可能な要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à un point - quelconque dans un texte TEI. - agrupa elementos vacíos que pueden aparecer en cualquier - punto de un texto TEI - raggruppa elementi vuoti che possono apparire in - qualsiasi punto di un testo TEI - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - - - groups phrase-level elements containing names, dates, numbers, measures, and similar data. - 이름, 날짜, 수, 측정, 그리고 유사 데이터를 포함하는 구-층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集包含名稱、日期、數字、度量和類似數據的詞組層次元素。 - 名前,日付,数値,大きさなどを示す,句レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau expression contenant - des noms, des dates, des nombres, des mesures et d'autres données semblables - agrupa los elementos a nivel sintagmàtico que contienen - nombres, fechas, medidas o datos similares. - raggruppa elementi a livello sintagmatico che contengono - nomi, date, numeri, misurazioni, e dati simili - - - - - - 3.5. Names, Numbers, Dates, Abbreviations, and Addresses - - - groups elements which can appear either within or between paragraph-like elements. - 문단 같은 요소 내에서 또는 그 사이에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集中間層次的元素:可出現於段落內與段落之間,或方塊性層次內與層次間。 - 句相当レベルの要素内または間に出現可能な要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à l’intérieur ou entre des - composants semblables au paragraphe. - agrupa elementos de la clase intermedia (internivel): - tales elementos pueden aparecer bien al interno bien entre párrafos u entre otros elementos de - tipo división de texto. - raggruppa elementi della classe intermedia - (interlivello): tali elementi possono apparire sia all'interno che tra paragrafi e altri - elementi del tipo porzione di testo - - - - - - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - - - groups common chunk- and inter-level elements. - 공통적인 덩어리 및 상호 층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集通用的方塊性與中間層次元素。 - 塊レベルと挿入レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de niveau fragment - et des - éléments de niveau intermédiaire. - agrupa elementos comunes a nivel de fragmentos de texto o - internivel. - raggruppa elementi comuni a livello di porzioni di testo - o interlivello - -

This class defines the set of chunk- and inter-level elements; it is used in many content - models, including those for textual divisions.

-
- -

Cette classe définit l'ensemble des éléments de niveau fragment et de niveau intermédiaire ; - de nombreux modèles de contenu y font appel, y compris ceux qui sont relatifs aux divisions - textuelles.

-
- -

Esta clase define el conjunto de los elementos de fragmento e inter-nivel; se utiliza en - muchos modelos de contención, incluyendo aquellos para las divisiones textuales.

-
- -

当該クラスは,塊レベルと挿入レベルの要素集合を定義する.当該クラス は,テキスト部分の要素を含む,多くの内容モデルで使われる.

-
- - 1.3. The TEI Class System - -
- groups elements which can occur at the level of individual words or phrases. - 개별 단어 또는 구 층위에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素可出現於個人字詞層次上。 - 独立した語句レベルに出現する要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui apparaissent au niveau des - mots isolés ou des groupes de mots. - agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer en el nivel de - palabras o sintagmas. - raggruppa gli elementi che appaiono a livello di singole - parole o sintagmi - -

This class of elements can occur within paragraphs, list items, lines of verse, etc.

-
- -

Cette classe d'éléments peut se trouver dans des paragraphes, des entrées de - listes, des vers, etc.

-
- -

Esta clase de elementos puede aparecer dentro de párrafos, en los elementos de una lista, en las líneas de verso, etc.

-
- -

当該要素クラスは,クラスinterにある大きめの要素,すな わちの中で出現可能である.散文においては,当該要素 - は,段落,リスト項目,韻文行などの中で出現可能である.

-
- - 1.3. The TEI Class System - -
- groups phrase-level elements excluding those elements primarily intended for transcription - of existing sources. - 존재하는 원본의 전사의 주요 목적에 해당하는 요소를 배제한 구 층위 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素可出現於個人字詞層次,不包含預定用於轉錄的元素。 - 現存する元資料から転記するために使用される要素を除く,句レベルの要素 をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments du niveau de l'expression excluant ceux - qui sont principalement destinés à la transcription des sources existantes. - raggruppa elementi a livello di sintagma ad eccezione - degli elementi intesi principalmente per la trascrizione di fonti esistenti - agrupa los elementos que pueden aparecer a nivel de - palabras o sintagmas, excluyendo los elementos destinados a la transcripción. - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - - - groups elements used to represent un-numbered generic structural divisions. - 숫자화되지 않은 일반 구조 구역을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素代表未編號的一般結構性區段。 - 番号づけられていない,共通構造部分を示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments utilisés pour représenter des - divisions structurelles génériques non numérotées. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per rappresentare - partizioni testuali generiche non numerate - agrupa los elementos usados para representar divisiones - estructurales recursivamente. - - groups elements used to represent a structural division which is generated rather than - explicitly present in the source. - 원본에 분명하게 나타났다기보다 생성된 구조적 구역을 표상하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集的元素代表一個結構性區段,產生於來源文本中,而非明確存在。 - 元資料に明示的にはなく,生成された構造部分を示すための要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments utilisés pour représenter une - division structurelle qui est générée plutôt que présente de manière explicite dans la source - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per rappresentare una - partizione testuale generata piuttosto che esplicitamente presente nella fonte - agrupa elementos usados para representar divisiones - estructurales que se generan explícitamente porque estan presentes en la fuente. - - groups top-level structural divisions. - 최상위 층위 구조 구역을 모아 놓는다. - 匯集頂端層次的結構性區段。 - 最上位レベルの構造部分をまとめる. - regroupe des divisions structurelles du niveau le plus - haut. - raggruppa partizioni testuali di primo livello - agrupa divisiones estructurales de nivel superior. - - groups high level elements which may appear more than once in a TEI header. - TEI 헤더에 한번 이상 출현하는 상위 층위 요소들을 모아 놓는다. - 匯集可在teiHeader中使用並且可多次出現的元素 - TEIヘダー内で高々1回出現する,上位レベルの要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments de macrostructure qui peuvent - apparaître plus d'une fois dans l’en-tête TEI. - umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb von TEI Header benutzt - werden dürfen und mehrmals auftreten können. - agrupa elementos que pueden usarse al interno del - teiHeader y aparecen en diversas ocasiones. - raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di - teiHeader e che appaiono più volte. - - groups elements which may be used inside sourceDesc and appear multiple times. - regroupe des éléments que l'on peut utiliser plusieurs fois dans l'élément sourceDesc. - sourceDesc 내부에 사용되어 여러 번 출현할 수 있는 요소들을 모아 놓는다. - 匯集可在sourceDesc中使用並且可多次出現的元素 - 要素sourceDesc内で,複数回出現可能な要素をまとめる. - umfasst Elemente, die innerhalb von sourceDesc - verwendet werden und mehrfach auftreten können. - agrupa los elementos que pueden usarse al interno de - sourceDesc (descripción de la fuente) y que aparecen en diversas ocasiones. - raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di - sourceDesc e che appaiono più volte. - - groups elements which may be used inside profileDesc -and appear multiple times. - regroupe des éléments que l'on peut utiliser plusieurs fois dans l'élément profileDesc. - profileDesc 내부에 사용되어 여러 번 출현할 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集可用於元素profileDesc內,且多次出現的元素 - 要素profileDesc内で使われ,複数回出現可能な要素をまとめる. - umfasst Elemente die in derprofileDesc genutzt werden und mehrfach auftreten - können. - agrupa los elementos que pueden ser usados al interno de profileDesc y que aparecen en diversas ocasiones. - raggruppa gli elementi utilizzati all'interno di profileDesc e che appaiono più volte. - - paragraph content - 문단 내용 - 段落內容 - contenu de paragraphe. - contenido del párrafo - contenuto di paragrafo - defines the content of paragraphs and similar elements. - 문단과 유사 요소 내용을 정의한다. - 定義段落與類似元素的內容。 - 段落やそれ相当の要素の内容を定義する. - définit le contenu de paragraphes et d' éléments - semblables. - define el contenido de párrafos y elementos similares. - definisce il contenuto di paragrafi ed elementi simili - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - - - phrase sequence - 구 연쇄 - 詞組序列 - suite de syntagmes. - secuencia sintagmática - sequenza sintagmatica - defines a sequence of character data and phrase-level elements. - 문자 데이터 및 구층위 요소의 연쇄를 정의한다. - 定義一連串文字資料與詞組層次元素。 - 一連の文字列と句レベル要素を定義する. - définit un ordre de données et d'éléments syntagmatiques. - >defince una secuencia de caracteres y elementos - de tipo sintagmático. - definisce una sequenza di caratteri ed elementi di tipo - sintagmatico - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.4.1. Standard Content Models - - - defines the range of attribute values expressing a degree of certainty. - 확실성 정도를 표현하는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. - 定義表示正確度的屬性值範圍 - 確信度を示す属性値の程度を示す. - Définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut exprimant un - degré de certitude - define la gama de valores de atributos que exprimen un - grado de certeza. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi che esprimono - un grado di certezza - - - - - - - - - -

Certainty may be expressed by one of the predefined symbolic values high, - medium, or low. The value - unknown should be used in cases where the encoder - does not wish to assert an opinion about the matter. -

-
- -

確信度は,high, medium, lowのうち の1つが選択される.より詳細に示したい場合には, data.probabilityを単独または追加と して使用することができる.

-
- -

Le degré de certitude peut être exprimé par l'une des valeurs symboliques prédéfinies - high, medium, ou low.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values expressing a probability. - 확률을 표현하는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. - 定義表示可能性的屬性值範圍 - 出現度を示す属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs exprimant une - probabilité. - define la gama de valores de atributos que exprimen un - grado de probabilida.d - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi che esprimono - una probabilità - - - - -

Probability is expressed - as a real number between 0 and 1; 0 representing certainly false and 1 representing certainly - true.

-
- -

出現度は,0から1までの実数で表現される.0は 確実に偽,1は, 確実に真を示す.

-
- -

Le degré de probabilité est exprimé - par un nombre réel entre 0 et 1 ; - 0 représentant certainement faux et 1 certainement - vrai.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used for numeric values. - 수치에 사용되는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. - 定義用於數值的屬性值範圍 - 数値をとる属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs utilisées pour - des valeurs numériques - define la gama de valores de atributos para valores - numéricos. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per - valori numerici - - - - - - - - -

Any numeric value, represented as a decimal number, in floating point format, or as a ratio.

-

To represent a floating point number, expressed in scientific notation, E - notation, a variant of exponential notation, may be used. In - this format, the value is expressed as two numbers separated by the letter E. The first - number, the significand (sometimes called the mantissa) is given in decimal format, while the - second is an integer. The value is obtained by multiplying the mantissa by 10 the number of - times indicated by the integer. Thus the value represented in decimal notation as 1000.0 might - be represented in scientific notation as 10E3.

-

A value expressed as a ratio is represented by two integer values separated by a solidus (/) - character. Thus, the value represented in decimal notation as 0.5 might be represented as a - ratio by the string 1/2.

-
- -

10進数を作る数値.

-

また,IEEE倍精度浮動小数点(64bit長)をとることもできる.例えば, ±10⁻³²³ から ±10³⁰⁸など.

-

科学的数値を評点する際,指数表現は,属性値と して記述される. - 10進数による仮数部,続いて記号E,続いて指数 部がくる. - - 乗算記号と底(10)は省略される.仮数部と指数 部には負になるかもしれない.記号Eと指数部を - 分けるために空白文字を入れる必要はない.例えば,3×10⁸ は 3E8と書かれる.

-

他の例として,以下のようなものがある. - - 3E10 (光の速度(cm/秒)) - - 9.12E-31 (電子の質量(kg)) - - 4E11 (銀河系にある恒星の数(推定値)) - - -1.76E11 (電子の電荷(クローン)) - -

-

仮数部と指数部を分ける記号はeまたは Eのどちらでもよいが,当ガイドラインでは - Eを使うことを推奨する.これは,他の規格との 整合性を保ち,数学における定数との混同を避けるためである.

-
- -

Toute valeur numérique, représentée en nombre décimal, notée en virgule flottante ou - en fraction.

-

Pour représenter un nombre en virgule flottante, exprimé en notation scientifique, - E notation, une variante de la notation - exponentielle peut être utilisée. Dans ce format, la valeur est exprimée par deux - nombres séparés par la lettre E. Le premier facteur, le significande (parfois appelé mantisse) - est donné sous forme décimale, tandis que le second est un entier. La valeur est obtenue en - multipliant la mantisse par 10 fois le nombre indiqué par l'entier. Ainsi la valeur - représentée en notation décimale 1000.0 pourrait être représentée en notation - scientifique 10E3.

-

Une valeur exprimée en fraction est représentée par deux nombres entiers séparés par une - barre oblique (/). Ainsi, la valeur représentée en notation décimale 0.5 pourrait être - représentée en fraction par la chaîne de caractères 1/2.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used for a non-negative -integer value used as a count. - 계산으로 사용된 음이 아닌 정수 값의 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍,用於作為總數的非負整數值 - - 非負整数値を採る属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des - valeurs des attributs exprimant une valeur entière et non négative utilisé pour des calculs. - define la gama de valores de atributos para números enteros no negativos usados como un cálculo. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per un numero intero non negativo impiegato come computo - - - - -

Any positive integer value or zero is permitted

-
- -

非負整数値のみが許される.

-
- -

Seules des valeurs positives entières sont autorisées.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values expressing a temporal - expression such as a date, a time, or a combination of them, that - conform to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition - specification. - 날짜, 시간 또는 이들의 조합과 같은 시간 표현을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의하며, 이는 W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition 명시를 따른다. - 定義表示時間的屬性值範圍,如日期、時間或兩者的結合,依照W3CXML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionspecification標準所定義。 - 日付や時間などの時間表現をとる属性値の範囲を定義する.これは,W3Cの - XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Editionに従ったものになる. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs propre à - exprimer une valeur temporelle comme une date, une période, ou une combinaison des deux - conformément aux spécifications XML Schema Part 2: - Datatypes Second Edition du W3C. - define la gama de valores de atributos que expresan un valor temporal del tipo fecha, hora, o combinación de ambas, de acuerdo con la especificación de W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

If it is likely that the value used is to be compared with - another, then a time zone indicator should always be included, and - only the dateTime representation should be used.

-
- -

- 当該属性値が他の値と比較される場合,時間帯は必ず示されるべきである. - またはdateTimeを使うべきである(訳注:この文は修正されるかもしれな - い). -

-
- -

S'il est probable que la valeur utilisée doive être comparée à - d’autres, alors une indication de fuseau horaire sera toujours incluse, et - seule la représentation de dateTime sera employée. -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values available for representation of a duration in time - using ISO 8601 standard formats - ISO 8601 표준 형식을 사용하여 시간의 지속을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 以ISO 8601標準格式定義表示一段持續性時間的屬性值範圍 - ISO 8601にある標準形式を使い,時間幅を表現する当該属性値の範囲を定義 する. - définit la gamme de valeurs d'attributs exprimant une durée temporaraire utilisant le norme ISO 8601. - define la gama de valores de atributos posibles para - representar la duración en el tiempo usando formatos estàndards ISO 8601. - - - - - - - - - - - a day and a half - - - - - a fortnight - - - - - - - - - - une journee et demie - - - - - une quinzaine - - - - - - - - -

A duration is expressed as a sequence of number-letter pairs, preceded by the letter P; the - letter gives the unit and may be Y (year), M (month), D (day), H (hour), M (minute), or S - (second), in that order. The numbers are all unsigned integers, except for the last, which may - have a decimal component (using either . or , as the decimal point; - the latter is preferred). If any number is 0, then that number-letter - pair may be omitted. If any of the H (hour), M (minute), or S (second) number-letter pairs are - present, then the separator T must precede the first time - number-letter pair.

-

For complete details, see ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats — Information - interchange — Representation of dates and times.

-
- -

時間幅は,先頭文字Pに続いて,数値-文字のペア列で示される. 文字は単位を示している.Y(年), M(月), D(日), H(時間), M(分), S(秒) - の順番になる.数値は符号のない整数である.但し,最後に10進数の 表記記号(小数点を示す.または,.後者が望 - ましい)をとることはある.数値が0の場合, 数値-文字のペアは省略されることがある. H(時間), M(分), - S(秒)が数値-文字のペアを作る場合,区切子 Tを先頭にして時間を示す数値-文字 のペアを示す必要がある.

-

詳細については,ISO 8601Data elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - - Representation of dates and timesを参照のこと.

-
- -

Une durée est exprimée par une suite de paires alphanumériques, précédée par la lettre P ; - la lettre donne l'unité et peut être Y (année), M (mois), D (jour), H (heure), M (minute), ou - S (seconde), dans cet ordre. Les nombres sont des entiers sans - signe, à l'exception du dernier, - qui peut comporter une décimale (en utilisant soit . soit , pour la - virgule ; la dernière possibilité est préférable). Si un nombre est 0, - alors la paire alphanumérique peut être omise. Si les paires alphanumériques H (heure), M - (minute), ou S (seconde) sont présentes, alors le séparateur T doit précéder la - première paire alphanumérique time.

-

Pour des détails complets, voir ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats — - Information interchange — Representation of dates and times.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values expressing a temporal expression such as a date, a - time, or a combination of them, that conform to the international standard Data elements - and interchange formats – Information interchange – Representation of dates and times. - 날짜, 시간, 또는 이들의 조합과 같은 시간 표현의 속성 값 범위를 정의하며, 이는 국제 표준 - Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange – Representation of - dates and times을 따른다. - 定義該系列表示時間的屬性值,例如日期、時間或兩者的組合,需符合國際標準 Data elements and - interchange formats – Information interchange – Representation of dates and times - 日付や時間などの時間表現をとる属性値の範囲を定義する.これは,国際標 準であるData - elements and interchange formats - Information interchange - Representation of dates and - timesに準拠したも のになる. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut qui sont capables - d''exprimer une valeur temporelle comme une date, une période, ou une combinaison des deux qui - se conforment au standard international Data elements and interchange formats – - Information interchange – Representation of dates and times - - define la gama de valores de atributos que expresan una - expresión temporal como una fecha, una hora, o una combinación de estas, de acuerdo a un - estándard internacional Elementos de datos y formatos de intercambio - Intercambio de - información – Representación de fechas y horas. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

If it is likely that the value used is to be compared with another, then a time zone - indicator should always be included, and only the dateTime representation should be used.

-

For all representations for which ISO 8601 describes both a basic and an - extended format, these Guidelines recommend use of the extended format.

-

While ISO 8601 permits the use of both 00:00 and 24:00 to represent - midnight, these Guidelines strongly recommend against the use of 24:00. -

-
- -

当該属性値が他の値と比較される場合,時間帯は必ず示されるべきである. またはdateTimeを使うべきである(訳注:この文は修正されるかもしれな い).

-

ISO 8601には基本形式拡張形式がある. 本ガイドラインでは拡張形式を使うことを推奨する.

-

ISO 8601では,深夜の12時を示す方法として, 00:0024:00の両方を認めているが, - 本ガイドラインでは,24:00とは表記しないことを強く推奨 している. - -

-
- -

S'il est vraisemblable que la valeur utilisée soit destinée à être comparer à d’autres - valeurs, alors une indication du fuseau horaire devrait toujours être incluse, et seule la - représentation dateTime devrait être employée.

-

Pour toutes les représentations pour lesquelles l’ISO 8601 décrit à la fois un format - basique et un format étendu , ce guide d’encodage recommandande - l’emploi du format étendu .

-

Même si l’ ISO 8601 permet d’écrire à la fois 00:00 et 24:00 pour - minuit, ce guide d’encodage déconseille vivement d’écrire 24:00. -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values available for representation of a duration in time using W3C datatypes. - W3C 데이터 유형을 사용해서 시간 지속을 나타내는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 以W3C datatypes標準格式來定義表示一段持續性時間的屬性值範圍 - W3Cのデータ型を使い,時間幅を表現する当該属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des - valeurs d'attributs exprimant une durée temporaraire utilisant les types de données W3C - define la gama de valores de atributos disponibles para la representación de un periodo de tiempo usando tipos de datos W3C - - - - - - - - - - - a day and a half - - - - - a week - - - - - - - - - - une journée et demie - - - - - une semaine - - - - - - - - -

A duration is expressed as a sequence of number-letter pairs, - preceded by the letter P; the letter gives the unit and may be Y - (year), M (month), D (day), H (hour), M (minute), or S (second), - in that order. The numbers are all unsigned integers, except for - the S number, which may have a decimal component - (using . as the decimal point). If any number is - 0, then that number-letter pair may be - omitted. If any of the H (hour), M (minute), or S (second) - number-letter pairs are present, then the separator T - must precede the first time number-letter - pair.

-

For complete details, see the W3C - specification.

-
- -

- 時間幅は,先頭文字Pに続いて,数値-文字のペア列で示される. - 文字は単位を示している.Y(年), M(月), D(日), H(時間), M(分), S(秒) - の順番になる.数値は符号のない整数である.但し,Sの場 - 合,最後に10進数の表記記号(小数点を示す.)をとることが - ある.数値が0の場合,数値-文字のペアは省略 - されることがある.H(時間), M(分), S(秒)が数値-文字のペアを作る場合, - 区切子Tを先頭にして時間を示す - 数値-文字のペアを示す必要がある. -

-

- 詳細については, - - W3C specificationを参照のこと. -

-
- -

Une durée est exprimée par une suite de paires alphanumériques, précédée par la lettre P ; la lettre donne l'unité et peut être Y - (année), M (mois), D (jour), H (heure), M (minute), ou S (seconde), - dans cet ordre. Les nombres sont des entiers non signés à l'exception du dernier, qui peut comporter une décimale (en utilisant soit - . soit , pour la virgule ; la dernière possibilité est préférable). Si un nombre est 0, alors - la paire alphanumérique peut être omise. Si les paires alphanumériques H (heure), M - (minute), ou S (seconde) sont présentes, alors le séparateur - T doit précéder la première paire alphanumérique - time.

-

Pour des détails complets, voir W3C - specification.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used to express a truth -value. - 진리값을 표현하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍表示一個可能未知的真實值 - 真偽値を示す属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des - valeurs d'attributs exprimant la vérité d'une proposition. - define la gama de valores de atributos usados para expresar un valor cierto. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per esprimere un valore di verità - - - - -

The possible values of this datatype are 1 or - true, or 0 or false.

-

This datatype applies only for cases where uncertainty is - inappropriate; if the attribute concerned may have a value other - than true or false, e.g. unknown, or - inapplicable, it should have the extended version of - this datatype: data.xTruthValue.

-
- -

- 曖昧な値が許されない場合に使われるデータ型になる.属性値が真偽値で - ない場合,例えば"unknown"や"inapplicable"の場合には,当該データ型 - の拡張版であるdata.xTruthValueを使うべきである. -

-
- -

Ce type de données ne s'applique que dans les cas où l'incertitude est - inappropriée ; c’est-à-dire si l'attribut concerné peut avoir une valeur autre - que vrai ou faux, par ex. inconnu, ou inapplicable, il devrait alors y - avoir la version étendue de ce type de données : data.xTruthValue. -

-
-
- extended truth value - 확장 진리값 - - defines the range of attribute values used to express a truth value which may be unknown. - 알려지지 않을 수 있는 진리값을 표현하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍表示一個可能未知的真實值 - 不明の場合もある真偽値をとる属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des - valeurs d'attributs exprimant une vérité potentiellement inconnue. - define la gama de valores de atributos usados para - expresar un valor cierto potencialmente desconocido. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per - esprimere un valore di verità potenzialmente sconosciuto - - - - - - - - - - -

In cases where where uncertainty is inappropriate, use the - datatype data.TruthValue.

-
- -

不明な場合がなければ,データ型data.TruthValueを使用する.

-
- -

Dans le cas où l'incertitude n’est pas adaptée, employer plutot - le type de données data.TruthValue.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used to identify a particular combination of human - language and writing system. - 인간의 언어와 문자 체계의 특별한 조합을 식별하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍標明人類語言與寫作系統的特殊結合 - 自然言語を示す属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des - valeurs d'attributs exprimant - une combinaison particulière du langage humain avec un système d'écriture. - define la gama de valores de atributos usados para - identificar una combinación determinada de lenguaje y escritura humanos. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per - identificare una determinata combinazione di linguaggio e sistema di scrittura umani - - - - - - - - - -

The values for this attribute are language tags as defined in BCP 47. Currently BCP 47 comprises RFC 5646 - and RFC 4647; over time, other IETF documents may succeed these as the best current practice.

-

A language tag, per BCP 47, is assembled from a sequence of components - or subtags separated by the hyphen character (-, U+002D). - The tag is made of the following subtags, in the following order. Every subtag except the - first is optional. If present, each occurs only once, except the fourth and fifth components - (variant and extension), which are repeatable. - - The IANA-registered code for the language. This is almost always the same as the ISO - 639 2-letter language code if there is one. The list of available registered language - subtags can be found at . It is recommended - that this code be written in lower case. - - The ISO 15924 code for the script. These codes consist of 4 letters, and it is - recommended they be written with an initial capital, the other three letters in lower - case. The canonical list of codes is maintained by the Unicode Consortium, and is - available at . The IETF - recommends this code be omitted unless it is necessary to make a distinction you need. - - Either an ISO 3166 country code or a UN M.49 region code that is registered with IANA - (not all such codes are registered, e.g. UN codes for economic groupings or codes for - countries for which there is already an ISO 3166 2-letter code are not registered). The - former consist of 2 letters, and it is recommended they be written in upper case; the list - of codes can be searched or browsed at . The latter consist of 3 digits; the list of codes can be found at . - - An IANA-registered variation. These codes are used to indicate - additional, well-recognized variations that define a language or its dialects that are - not covered by other available subtags. - - An extension has the format of a single letter followed by a hyphen followed by - additional subtags. These exist to allow for future extension to BCP 47, but as of this - writing no such extensions are in use. - - An extension that uses the initial subtag of the single letter - x (i.e., starts with x-) has no meaning except as - negotiated among the parties involved. These should be used with great care, since they - interfere with the interoperability that use of RFC 4646 is intended to promote. In order - for a document that makes use of these subtags to be TEI-conformant, a corresponding - language element must be present in the TEI header. - -

-

There are two exceptions to the above format. First, there are language tags in the IANA registry that - do not match the above syntax, but are present because they have been - grandfathered from previous specifications.

-

Second, an entire language tag can consist of only a private use subtag. These tags start - with x-, and do not need to follow any further rules established by the IETF and - endorsed by these Guidelines. Like all language tags that make use of private use subtags, the - language in question must be documented in a corresponding language element in the - TEI header.

-

Examples include - - Shona - - Taiwanese - - Chinese written in traditional script as used in Hong Kong - - English as spoken in Sierra Leone - - Polish - - Spanish as spoken in Mexico - - Spanish as spoken in Latin America - -

-

The W3C Internationalization Activity has published a useful introduction to BCP 47, Language - tags in HTML and XML.

-
- -

当該属性値は, BCP 47 - で定義されている言語タグになる. 現行のBCPには,RFC4646とRFC4647の内容が含まれている. - 今後は,他のIETF文書も採用されるかもしれない.

-

BCP 47にある言語タグは,ハイフン (-, U+002D)で区切られた一連の - 下位タグから構成されている.下位タグは,以下の順番 らなる.下位タグは,初めの1つは必須で,あとは選択的である. - variantとextensionは複数回,他は1回のみ出現出現する.この下位タグ のグループは繰り返し可能である. - - IANAの言語コード.この殆どは,該当言語が既にあれば,ISO 639の2文字 (以下,この場合の文字はラテン文字)言語コードと同じである.利用可能 - な言語下位タグのリストは - にある.言語コードは,小文字で書かれることが推奨されている. - - ISO 15924による文字を示すコード.4文字から構成され,冒頭文字は大文 字で,残り3文字は小文字で書かれることが推奨されている.このコード - は,ユニコードコンソーシアムで管理され, か - ら入手することができる.IETFでは,不要であれば当該コードを省略する ことを推奨している. - - ISO 3166またはUN M.49による国または地域コード.このコードはIANAに 登録されている(但し全てではない.例えば,UNコードには経済圏や, ISO - 3166の2文字コードで既に登録されているところは含まれていない). ISOコードは,2文字から構成され,大文字で書かれることが推奨されてい る.このコードは, にある. またUNコードは,3文字から構成されている.このコードは, にあ る. - - IANAにある登録値.このコードは, 他の下位タグでは対応できない,追加的であるがよく知られている,ある言語 - や方言の種類を示すために使用される. - - - いち文字,ハイフン,追加下位タグの順番で,拡張情報が示される. これは,BCP 47が将来拡張された時のためある.現時点ではそのような 拡張はない. - - - xXで始まる(すなわち,x-)下位タ - グで示される拡張情報は,関連する団体間で決められた範囲の意味を持つ. このコードは大文字で書かれるべきである.これは,RFC4646aで使われて - いるタグとの相互運用性を保つためである. このタグを使用してTEI準拠の文書を作成するには,要素 languageをTEIヘダー中に記述しなければならない. - - -

-

上記記述形式には,2つの例外がある.ひとつは,ここにある言語タグは, - IANAにある統語規則に違反しているものがある. これはIANAでは昔の規定を継承しているからであ る.

-

ふたつめは,言語タグを,下位タグprivateだけで構成することができる ことである.x-で始まるタグの内容は,IETFにある規定に - も当該TEIガイドラインにある規定にも従う必要はない.他の言語タグと 同様に,このタグを使用した場合には,TEIヘダーにある要素 - languageにこのタグを記述しなければならない.

-

言語コードには,以下のようなものがある. - - ショナ語 - - 中国語,台湾 - - 中国語,繁体字,香港 - - 英語,シエラレオネ共和国 - - ポーランド語 - - スペイン語,メキシコ - - スペイン語,ラテンアメリカ - -

-

W3Cの国際化活動では,BCP 47の解説を以下に用意している. - HTMLとXMLで使用される言語タグ.

-
- -

Les valeurs pour cet attribut sont les étiquettes de langue définies - dans la norme BCP 47. Actuellement, la norme BCP 47 - intègre les normes RFC 4646 et RFC 4647 ; à l'avenir, d'autres documents de l'IETF pourront leur succéder en - tant que meilleure pratique.

-

Une étiquette de langue, pour la norme BCP 47, est formée par l'assemblage d'une - suite de composants ou de sous-étiquettes reliés par un trait d'union - (-, U+002D). L'étiquette est composée des sous-étiquettes suivantes, - dans l'ordre indiqué. Chaque sous-étiquette est facultative, à l'exception de la première. - Chacune ne peut avoir qu'une occurrence, sauf les quatrième et cinquième (variante - et extension), qui sont répétables. - - Code de langue enregistré par l'IANA. Il est presque toujours identique au code - de langue alphabétique ISO 639-2, s'il y en a un. La liste des sous-étiquettes de langue - enregistrées est disponible à : Il est recommandé - d'écrire ce code en minuscules. - - Code ISO 15924 pour l'écriture. Ces codes sont constitués de 4 lettres, et il est - recommandé d'écrire la première lettre en majuscule, les trois autres en minuscules. La - liste canonique des codes est maintenue par le Consortium Unicode, et elle est disponible - à : . L'IETF recommande - d'omettre ce code, sauf s'il est nécessaire pour établir une distinction. - - Soit un code de pays ISO 3166, soit un code de région UN M.49 enregistré par - l'IANA (tous les codes de ce type ne sont pas enregistrés : par exemple, ne sont pas - enregistrés les codes UN pour des regroupements économiques ou les codes de pays pour - lesquels il existe déjà un code de pays alphabétique ISO 3166-2). Le premier est constitué de - 2 lettres, et il est recommandé de l'écrire en majuscules. La liste des codes est - disponible à : . Le second est constitué de 3 chiffres ; la liste des codes est disponible à : . - - Variante enregistrée par l'IANA. Ces codes sont utilisés - pour indiquer des variantes additionnelles et bien établies, qui définissent une langue - ou ses dialectes et qui ne sont pas couverts par d'autres sous-étiquettes - existantes. - - Une extension a la forme d'une lettre unique, suivie d'un trait d'union, lui-même suivi de sous-étiquettes additionnelles. Ces dernières existent pour tenir compte d'une future extension - de la norme BCP 47, mais à l'heure actuelle de telles extensions ne sont pas utilisées. - - Une extension utilisant la sous-étiquette initiale de la lettre - x (i.e., commençant par x-) n'a pas d'autre signification - que celle négociée entre les parties impliquées. Ces sous-étiquettes doivent être utilisées avec - beaucoup de prudence, car elles interfèrent avec l'interopérabilité que l'utilisation de - la norme RFC 4646 vise à promouvoir. Pour qu'un document qui utilise ces sous-étiquettes soit - conforme à la TEI, un élément language correspondant doit être présent dans - l'en-tête TEI. - -

-

Il y a deux exceptions au format ci-dessus. Premièrement, il y a des codes de langue dans - le registre de l'IANA - qui ne correspondent pas à la syntaxe ci-dessus, mais qui sont présents car ils ont été - hérités de spécifications antérieures.

-

En second lieu, une étiquette complète de langue peut consister seulement en une sous-étiquette d'usage privé. Ces étiquettes commencent par x- ; il n'est pas - nécessaire qu'elles suivent les autres règles établies par l'IETF et acceptées par les présents - Principes directeurs. Comme toutes les étiquettes de langue qui utilisent des sous-étiquettes d'usage - privé, la langue en question doit être documentée dans un élément correspondant language dans l'en-tête TEI.

-

Les exemples incluent : - - Shona - - Taïwanais - - Chinois de Hong Kong écrit dans l'écriture traditionnelle - - Anglais parlé au Sierra Leone - - Polonais - - Espagnol parlé au Mexique - - Espagnol parlé en Amérique latine - -

-

La W3C Internationalization Activity a publié une introduction à la norme BCP 47 dont la lecture peut être utile : Language - tags in HTML and XML.

- -
- - 6.1. Language Identification - -
- defines a range of values for use in specifying the size of an object that is intended for - display. - 웹에서 디스플레이 목적의 대상 크기를 명시하는 값의 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍說明預定呈現在網路上之物件大小 - webページ上で表示する際の大きさを定義する値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme de valeurs exprimant - les dimensions d'un objet destiné à être affiché - define una gama de valores para emplearlos en la - especificación de las dimensiones de un objeto que se ha de incluir in la red. - definisce una gamma di valori da impiegare nello - specificare le dimensioni di un oggetto da inserire in rete - - - - - -
- The TEI Logo - Stylized yellow angle brackets with the letters TEI in - between and text encoding initiative underneath, all on a white - background. - -
-
-
- - -
- Le logo TEI - -
-
-
- -

These values map directly onto the values used by XSL-FO and CSS. For definitions of the - units see those specifications; at the time of this writing the most complete list is in the - CSS3 working - draft.

-
- -

当該値は,XSLFOやCSSで使用される値になる.詳細は各規格を参照のこと. 現時点で一番詳細なリストは, CSS3 working - draftになる.

-
- -

Ces valeurs peuvent être reportées directement sur des valeurs utilisées par XSL-FO et CSS. Pour les - définitions des unités, voir ces spécifications ; à ce jour la - liste la plus complète est dans un - CSS3 working - draft.

-
- -
- - defines attribute values which - are expressed as a regular expression. - 정규표현으로 표시된 속성 값을 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍以固定方法表示 - 正規表現を属性値として定義する. - définit la gamme des valeurs - d'attributs exprimant une expression régulière - define una gama de valores de - atributos expresados como una expresión regular. - definisce una gamma di valori di - attributi rappresentati come espressione regolare - - - - -

- - A regular expression, often called a pattern, is an - expression that describes a set of strings. They are usually used to - give a concise description of a set, without having to list all - elements. For example, the set containing the three strings - Handel, Händel, and - Haendel can be described by the pattern - H(ä|ae?)ndel (or alternatively, it is said that the - pattern H(ä|ae?)ndel - matches each of the three strings) - Wikipedia - -

-

This TEI datatype is mapped to the XSD token datatype, and may therefore - contain any string of characters. However, it is recommended that the - value used conform to the particular flavour of regular expression syntax - supported by XSD Schema.

- -
- -

- - 正規表現は,よくパタン/パターンともいわれるもので, - 一連の文字列を示すための表現方法である.一般には,簡潔な表現で, 多くのものを表現するために使用される.例えば,3つの文字列 - Handel, Händel, - Haendelを,1つのパタン - H(ä|ae?)ndelで示すことができる(または, - H(ä|ae?)ndelは,3つの文字列のいずれにも マッチする,といえる). - wikipedia - -

-
- -

- - Une expression régulière, souvent appelée modèle, - est une expression qui décrit un jeu de chaînes de caractères. Elles - sont généralement utilisées pour donner une brève description d'un - jeu, sans avoir à en lister tous les éléments. Par exemple, le jeu - contenant les trois chaînes de caractères - Handel, Händel, et - Haendel peut être décrit comme le modèle - H(ä|ae?)ndel (ou on peut dire que - H(ä|ae?)ndel - équivaut à chacune des trois chaînes) - wikipedia - wikipedia - -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used to provide a single - URI, absolute or relative, pointing to some other -resource, either within the current document or elsewhere. - 현 문서 또는 다른 곳 어디서든 다른 자원에 대한 단일 포인터를 제공하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍提供單一指標,連結到其他位於目前文件或他處的資源 - 他の資源へのポインタをとる属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs utilisées - pour fournir un pointeur URI unique sur une autre ressource, soit dans le document courant, soit - dans un autre document - define una gama de valores de atributos usados para proporcionar un indicador de cualquier recurso, bien en el documento corriente o en otro. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi usati per indicare un unico puntatore rispetto a qualsiasi altra risorsa all'interno del documento corrente o altrove - - - - -

The range of syntactically valid values is defined by - RFC 3986 - Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic - Syntax. Note that the values themselves are encoded using - RFC - 3987 - Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs) mapping - to URIs. For example, - https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/% is encoded - as https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/%25 - while http://موقع.وزارة-الاتصالات.مصر/ is encoded as - http://xn--4gbrim.xn----rmckbbajlc6dj7bxne2c.xn--wgbh1c/ -

-
- -

- 当該属性値は, - RFC 3986 - Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) Reference - - に定義されている. -

-
- -

La gamme des valeurs valides syntaxiquement est définie parRFC 3986 - Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic - Syntax - -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values which may be used to - specify a TEI or Unicode version number. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut - exprimant un numéro de version TEI. - - - - -

The value of this attribute follows the pattern specified by - the Unicode consortium for its version number (). A version number - contains digits and fullstop characters only. The first number - supplied identifies the major version number. A second and third - number, for minor and sub-minor version numbers, may also be - supplied. -

-
- -

La valeur de cet attribut devrait suivre le format proposé par - le Consortium Unicode pour identifier les versions (). Un numéro de version - ne contient que des chiffres et des points. Le numéro - initiale identifie le numéro majeur de la version. Un deuxième et - un troisième numéro sont aussi disponibles pour la numérotation - facultative des versions mineures ou sous-mineurs. -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used for version numbers. - - - - -

- - - defines attribute values which contain a replacement template. - - - - -

- - - defines attribute values which contain an XPath expression. - - - - -

Any XPath expression using the syntax -defined in -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values expressed as a single - word or token. - 단일 단어 또는 토큰으로 표현된 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍表示一個單字或代號 - いち単語またはトークンをとる属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des - valeurs d'attributs exprimant un seul mot ou signe - define una gama de valores de atributos expresados como una única palabra o señal. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi espressi come singola parola o singolo token - - - - -

Attributes using this datatype must contain a single - word which contains only letters, digits, - punctuation characters, or symbols: thus it cannot include - whitespace.

-
- -

- 当該データ型を使用する属性値は,ひとつの単語 - になる.単語とは,文字,数字,句読点などの記号から構成されている. - 空白文字は含むことができない. -

-
- -

Les attributs employant ce type de données doivent contenir un - mot simple ne contenant que des lettres, des chiffres, - des signes de ponctuation, ou des symboles : ils ne peuvent donc pas inclure - d’espace. -

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used to identify human or animal sex. - 인간 또는 동물의 성을 식별하는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍用以識別人類或動物的性別 - 人間または動物の性を示す属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs employés pour - identifier le sexe humain ou animal. - define la gama de valores de atributos usados para - identificar el género humano o animal. - definisce una gamma di valori di attributi usati per - identificare il sesso umano o animale - - - - -

Values for attributes using this datatype may be locally defined by a project, or may refer to an external standard, such as - vCard's sex property - (in which M indicates male, F female, O other, N none or not applicable, U unknown), - or the often used ISO 5218:2004 Representation of Human Sexes - (in which 0 - indicates unknown; 1 male; 2 female; and 9 not applicable, - although the ISO standard is widely considered inadequate); - cf. CETH's Recommendations for Inclusive Data Collection of Trans People - .

-
- -

当該属性値は,ISO 5218:2004 Representation of Human Sexesにあるものとなる. - 0は不明,1は男性,2は女性,9は当てはまらないことを意味する.

-
- -

des valeurs sont celle de l' SO 5218:2004 identification des sexes humains.; 0 - : inconnu ; 1 : homme ; 2 : femme ; et 9 : non applicable.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values used to express some - kind of identifying string as a single sequence - of unicode characters possibly including whitespace. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attributs - exprimant une chaine de caracteres Unicode, y compris des - espaces blancs. - - - - -

Attributes using this datatype must contain a single - token in which whitespace and other - punctuation characters are permitted.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values expressed as an XML Name. - XML 이름으로 표현되는 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍以XML名稱或識別符碼表示 - XML名前としてある属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut exprimant - un nom XML - define la gama de valores de atributos expresados como - identificador o un nombre en XML. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi espressi come - identificatore o nome XML - - - - -

Attributes using this datatype must contain a single word which follows the rules defining a - legal XML name (see ): for example they - cannot include whitespace or begin with digits.

-
- -

当該属性は,妥当なXML名前(詳細は を参照)である - ひとつの単語をとる.例えば,空白文字を含まず,数字が先頭文字にこな いもの.

-
- -

Les attributs utilisant ce type de données doivent contenir un seul mot, qui suit les règles - de définition d'un nom XML valide (voir ) : - par exemple ils ne peuvent contenir de blancs ou commencer par des chiffres.

-
-
- defines the range of attribute values expressed as a single XML name taken from a list of - documented possibilities. - 기록된 확률의 목록으로부터 얻어진 단일 XML 이름으로 표현된 속성 값 범위를 정의한다. - 定義的屬性值範圍以單字或代號呈現,該單字或代號出自於一份紀錄所有可能性的列表 - 符号化されている記述にある,ひつとのXML名前を示す属性値の範囲を定義する. - définit la gamme de - valeurs des attributs exprimant un nom XML - extrait d'une liste de possibilités documentées - define la gama de valores de atributos expresados como - una única palabra o señal tomada de una lista de posibilidades documentadas. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi espressi come - singola parola o token tratto da una lista di possibilità attestate - - - - -

Attributes using this datatype must contain a single - word which contains only letters, digits, - punctuation characters, or symbols: thus it cannot include - whitespace.

-

Typically, the list of documented possibilities will be provided (or exemplified) by a value - list in the associated attribute specification, expressed with a valList element.

-
- -

当該データ型は,妥当なXML名前 (詳細は - を参照のこと)である単語でなくてはならない.例えば, 属性値として空白文字,または数値で始まる名前をとることはできない.

-

典型例は,可能な記述またはその例のリストが,要素valList 中に属性定義として示されている.

-
- -

Les attributs utilisant ce type de données doivent contenir un mot qui suit les règles de - définition d'un nom XML valide (voir ): - par exemple ils ne peuvent pas contenir des blancs ni commencer par des chiffres.

-

Normalement, la liste des possibilités documentées est fournie (ou exemplifiée) par une liste - de valeurs dans la spécification de l'attribut associé, exprimée par un élément - valList.

-
-
- defines a range of attribute values which can be expressed either as a numeric probability or as a coded certainty value. - - - - - - - - groups separate elements - which constitute the content of a digital resource, as opposed to its - metadata. - TEI 문서를 구성하는 헤더 및 텍스트와 함께 나타날 수 있는 비테스트적 요소를 모아 놓는다. - agrupa los elementos no-textuales que pueden aparecer junto al encabezado y un texto para constituir un documento de TEI. - ヘダーやTEI文書を構成するテキストと共に出現する,非テキスト要素をま - とめる. - regroupe des éléments non-textuels qui, avec un -en-tête et un texte, constitue un document TEI. - raggruppa elementi non testuali che possono costituire un documento TEI insieme a un'intestazione e a un testo - - 1.3. The TEI Class System - - - attributes for components of names usually, but not necessarily, personal names - 사람 이름의 성분에 대한 속성 - 用於個人名稱元件的屬性 - attributs des composantes des noms de personnes - atributos para los componentes de nombres propios de persona - attributi per componenti di nomi propri di persona - common attributes for those elements which form part of a name usually, but not necessarily, a personal name. - 사람 이름의 부분을 형성하는 요소에 대한 공통 속성 - 構成部分個人名稱的元素所用之通用屬性 - 個人名の構成要素となる要素に付与される属性. - attributs communs des éléments qui composent un nom de personne - atributos comunes para los elementos que forman parte de un nombre propio de persona. - attributi comuni agli - elementi che compongono un nome proprio di persona - - - - - - indicates whether the name component is given in full, as an -abbreviation or simply as an initial. - 축약 또는 이니셜로 간단하게 이름 성분이 완전히 제시된 것인지의 여부를 나타낸다. - 指出所提供的名稱元件是否完整,為一縮寫或僅為一字首字母。 - 当該名前要素は省略がないか,省略形か,イニシャルのような簡単なも - のか示す. - indique si la composante du nom est donnée en intégralité, sous forme d'abréviation ou simplement d'initiale. - indica si el componente del nombre aparece por completo, como una abreviatura o como una inicial. - indica se la componente del nome compare per esteso, come abbreviazione o come iniziale - - yes - - - complet - the name component is spelled out in full. - 이름 성분이 완전히 제시된다. - 該名稱元件的拼字完整。 - el componente nombre se deletrea por completo. - 当該名前要素は,省略無く示されている. - la composante du nom est orthographiée en intégralité. - la componente del nome compare per esteso - - - abbreviated - 축약된 - abrégé - abbreviato - el componente del nombre aparece como forma abreviada. - the name component is given in an abbreviated form. - 이름 성분이 축약형으로 제시된다. - 該名稱元件為縮寫形式。 - el componente conocido se da en una forma abreviada. - 当該名前要素には,省略がある. - la composante du nom est donnée sous forme abrégée. - la componente del nome compare in forma abbreviata - - - initial letter - 이니셜 문자 - initiale - lettera iniziale - el componente del nombre aparece mediante la inicial. - the name component is indicated only by -one initial. - 이름 성분이 하나의 이니셜(첫글자)로 제시되었다. - 該名稱元件僅以一字首字母表示。 - el componente conocido es indicado solamente por una inicial. - 当該名前要素は,イニシャルだけで示されている. - la composante du nom n'est indiquée que par sa lettre initiale. - la componente del nome è indicata da una sola iniziale - - - - - ordre - specifies the sort order of the name component in relation to others within the name. - 사람 이름 내에 다른 것과 관련된 이름 성분의 정렬 순서를 명시한다. - 指明個人名稱中該名稱元件與其他元件之間的排列順序。 - 個人名間で並び替えをする際の順番を示す. - précise dans quel ordre est placé la composante par rapport aux autres dans le nom d'une personne. - especifica la posición del componente al interno del nombre propio de persona en relación con los otros componentes. - specifica la posizione della componente all'interno del nome proprio di persona in relazione alle altre componenti - - - - - 13.2.1. Personal Names - - - groups elements used to provide information about places and their relationships. - 장소와 그 관계에 관한 정보를 제공하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. - elementos de los grupos usados para proporcionar a la - información sobre los lugares y sus lazos. - 場所やそれらの関連性に関する情報を示す要素をまとめる. - regroupe des éléments qui donne des informations sur des lieux et leurs relations. - raggruppa elementi utilizzati per fornire informazioni - relative a luoghi e relazioni corrispondenti - - paragraph - 문단 - 段落 - paragraphe - párrafo - paragrafo - Absatz - marks paragraphs in prose. - 산문에서 문단을 표시한다. - 標記散文的段落。 - 散文の段落を示す. - marque les paragraphes dans un texte en prose. - marca párrafos en prosa. - indica i paragrafi in prosa - markiert einen Absatz in einem Prosatext. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Abstract model violation: Paragraphs may not contain other paragraphs or ab elements. - - - - - - - Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div, p, or ab. - - - - - -

Hallgerd was outside. There is blood on your axe, she said. What have you - done? -

-

I have now arranged that you can be married a second time, replied Thjostolf.

-

Then you must mean that Thorvald is dead, she said.

-

Yes, said Thjostolf. And now you must think up some plan for me. -

-
-
- - -
-

C'était à Mégara, faubourg de Carthage, dans les jardins d'Hamilcar.

-

Les soldats qu'il avait commandés en Sicile se donnaient un grand festin pour célébrer - le jour anniversaire de la bataille d'Eryx, et comme le maître était absent et qu'ils se - trouvaient nombreux, ils mangeaient et ils buvaient en pleine liberté.

-
-
-
- -

我抬起頭,他打開了一扇窗戶,探出頭來。先生? -

你要去哪。葛里葉?

去藥劑師那裡,先生。太太要我去,替男孩拿點東西。

你能不能也替我拿點東西?

ㄒㄒ -

當然能,先生。 忽然間風好像沒那麼刺骨了。 等一下,我把它寫下來。 -

-
-
- - 3.1. Paragraphs - 7.2.5. Speech Contents - -
- highlighted - 강조체 - 顯目標示 - mis en évidence - subrayado - evidenziato - hervorgehoben - marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the - surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is - made. - 어떤 이유인지는 명세하지 않고, 주변 텍스트와 시각적으로 구별된 단어나 구를 표시한다. - 標誌其字型外觀上和週遭文字有所區別的字詞,但不指出顯目原因。 - - 周囲のテキストとは見た目が異なっている語句を示す. - distingue un mot ou une expression comme - graphiquement distincte du texte environnant, sans en donner la raison. - marca una palabra o frase gráficamente diferente del resto del texto que la circunda, por causas sobre las que no se hace ninguna declaracion. - codifica una parola o sintagma in quanto graficamente distinta dal testo circostante, senza che vengano specificate le ragioni dell'evidenziazione. - markiert ein Wort oder eine Textpassage, das/die sich grafisch vom umgebenden Text abhebt, ohne dass ein inhaltlicher Grund dafür angegeben wird. - - - - - - - - - - - And this Indenture further witnesseth - that the said Walter Shandy, merchant, - in consideration of the said intended marriage ... - - - -

Au fronton, on lit cette inscription : attends. Tu verras. Le - notaire encore prétend qu' elle ne saurait être antérieure au XVIII siècle, car, sinon, l' - on eût écrit --tu voiras--.

-
-
- - 我的先生很可惜是一個外國人。這樣來稱呼自己的先生不免有排外的味道,但是因為語文和風俗在各國之間确有大不相同之處,我們的婚姻生活也實在有許多無法共通的地方。... - - - 3.3.2.2. Emphatic Words and Phrases - 3.3.2. Emphasis, Foreign Words, and Unusual Language - -
- name, proper noun - 이름, 고유명사 - 名稱,特定名稱 - nom, nom propre - nombre, nombre propio - nome, nome proprio - Name, Eigenname - contains a proper noun or noun phrase. - 고유명사 또는 명사구를 포함한다. - 包含一個特定名稱 或名詞詞組。 - 固有名詞. - contient un nom propre ou un syntagme nominal. - contiene un nombre propio o un sintagma nominal - contiene un nome proprio o un sintagma nominale. - enthält einen Eigennamen in Form eines Nomens oder einer Nominalphrase. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Thomas Hoccleve - Villingaholt - Vetus Latina Institut - Occleve - - - -

Proper nouns referring to people, places, and organizations may be tagged instead with - persName, placeName, or orgName, when the TEI module for - names and dates is included.

-
- -

Les noms propres relatifs aux personnes, aux lieux et aux organismes peuvent également - être balisés à l'aide de persName, placeName, ou orgName, - lorsque le module TEI concernant les noms et dates est inclus.

-
- -

TEI名前モジュールが使われる場合には,人々,場所,組織を示す固有名 詞は,それぞれ要素persName, placeName, - orgNameを使い示されるかもしれない.

-
- -

- Eigennamen, die auf Personen, Orte und Organisationen verweisen, können stattdessen auch mit den Elementen - persName, placeName oder orgName ausgezeichnet werden, vorausgesetzt, das TEI-Modul - namesdates ist inkludiert. -

-
- - 3.5.1. Referring Strings - -
- page beginning - 페이지 바꿈 - 分頁 - saut de page - cambio de página - interruzione di pagina - Seitenanfang - marks the beginning of a new page in a paginated document. - 표준 참조 시스템에서 텍스트 페이지와 다음 페이지 사이의 경계를 표지한다. - 以標準參照系統來標記頁與頁之間的分界線。 - テキストのページ境界を,標準的な参照システム示す. - marque le début d'une - page de texte dans un document paginé. - marca la frontera entre una página de un texto y la - siguiente en un sistema de referencia estándard. - indica il limite tra una pagina di un testo e la - successiva in un sistema di riferimento standard - markiert den Anfang - einer neuen Seite in einem Dokument mit Seitenzahlen - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page numbers may vary in different editions of a text.

- -

... - ... - ...

-
-
- -

Die Seitenzahlen können in verschiedenen Ausgaben eines Textes variieren.

- -

... - ... - ...

-
-
- -

A page break may be associated with a facsimile image of the page it introduces by means of - the facs attribute

- - - - -

- -

- - -

- -

- -
-
- -

Ein Seitenumbruch kann über das facs-Attribut mit einem Faksimile der Seite verknüpft - werden.

- - - - -

- -

- - -

- -

- -
-
- -

A pb element should appear at the start of the page - which it identifies. The global n attribute indicates - the number or other value associated with this page. This will - normally be the page number or signature printed on it, since the - physical sequence number is implicit in the presence of the - pb element itself.

-

The type attribute may be used to characterize - the page break in any respect. The more specialized attributes - break, ed, or edRef should be - preferred when the intent is to indicate whether or not the - page break is word-breaking, or to note the source from - which it derives.

-
- -

Un élément pb apparaît au début de la page à laquelle - il se rapporte. L'attribut global n donne un numéro ou - une autre valeur associée à cette page. Ce sera normalement le - numéro de page ou la signature qui y est imprimée, puisque le - numéro d'ordre matériel est implicite avec l'élément pb - lui-même.

-

L' attribut type sera employé pour indiquer toutes ses - caractéristiques du saut de page, par exemple comme coupure de mot ou non.

-
- -

当該要素にあるグローバル属性nは,当該要素pbがあ る場所に続いてあるページと関連する数値を示す.符号化する人は,改ペー - ジと関連する数値が,物理的な一連の番号になるのか,または印刷されてい る番号になるのかについて,明確で一貫した方針を採るべきである. - 一般には,要素pbは,参照するページの始めに置かれるべきである.

-
- -

Ein pb-Element soll am Beginn der Seite stehen, die es kennzeichnet. - Das globale n-Attribut gibt die Zahl (oder einen anderen Wert) an, - der mit dieser Seite verbunden ist. Üblicherweise ist das die Seitenzahl - oder eine auf der Seite abgedruckte Signatur, da die Position in der - physikalischen Sequenz durch das pb-Element implizit ist.

-

Das type-Attribut kann verwendet werden, den Seitenumbruch - näher zu beschreiben, wenn nicht die speziellen Attribute - break (Worttrennung), ed oder edRef - (Textzeuge, in dem der Seitenumbruch vorkommt) verwendet werden können.

-
- - 3.10.3. Milestone -Elements - -
- titre - Titel - contains a title for any kind of work. - 다양한 종류의 작업에 대한 전체 제목을 제공한다. - 包含任何種類作品的完整題名 - 。 - 作品の完全なタイトルを示す. - contient le titre complet d'une oeuvre quelconque - contiene el título completo de una obra de - cualquier tipo. - contiene il titolo completo di una qualsiaisi opera. - beinhaltet einen Titel eines beliebigen Werks. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - indicates the bibliographic level for a title, that is, whether - it identifies an article, book, journal, series, or - unpublished material. - 제목에 대한 서지적 층위를 나타내어, 논문, 책, - 학술지, 총서, 미간행의 여부를 식별한다. - 指出題名的書目層次,即該題名之所指可以是文章、書籍、期刊、叢書或未出版的項目。 - タイトルの書誌情報のレベルを示す.例えば,論文,書籍,雑誌,叢書, 非刊行物など. - indique le niveau - bibliographique d'un titre, c'est-à-dire si ce titre - identifie un article, un livre, une revue, une collection, - ou un document non publié - indica el tipo bibliográfico - para un título, si este se identifica como un artículo, - libro, revista, colección o material inédito. - indica il livello - bibliografico di un titolo, ovvero se indentifica un - articolo, un libro, una rivista, una collana, o materiale - non pubblicato. - gibt den bibliografischen Typ eines Titels an, d.h. ob er einen Artikel, ein Buch, eine - Zeitschrift, eine Reihe oder unpubliziertes Material bezeichnet. - - - - analytic - 분석적 - analytique - analitico - analítico - unselbständig - the title applies to an analytic item, such as an - article, poem, or other work published as part of a larger item. - 분석적 제목(보다 - 큰 항목의 일부로 출판된 논문, 시, 또는 기타 항목) - 分析層題名 - (文章、詩、或其他隸屬於一個較大作品的項目) - título - analítico (de artículo, de poema, o de - otro elemento publicado como parte de un - elemento más grande) - 分析的タイトル(例えば,論文や詩など,大きめの刊行物の部分と なるもの). - titre - analytique (article, poème ou autre, - publié comme partie d'un ensemble plus - grand) - titolo - analitico (articolo, poesia o altra - unità bibliografica pubblicata come - parte di un'unità più grande) - der Titel gehört zu einer unselbständigen Publikation, wie einem Artikel, Gedicht oder - einem anderen Werk, das als Teil einer umfangreicheren Einheit publiziert wurde. - - - monographic - 단행본 - monographique - monografico - monográfico - Monografie - the title applies to a monograph such as a book or - other item considered to be a distinct publication, including single - volumes of multi-volume works - 단행본 제목(여러 - 권 중 한 권으로 출판된 경우를 포함하여, 독립된 항목으로 출판된 책, - 모음집, 또는 기타 항목) - 專題層題名 - (書、選集、或其他獨立出版的項目,包含多冊作品的其中一冊) - título - monográfico (libro, colección, u otro - elemento publicado como elemento - distinto, incluído los volúmenes - individuales de trabajos multivolúmenes) - 単行物のタイトル(例えば,書籍や叢書など,複数の巻に別れる作 - 品のうちのひとつや,独立してある出版物). - titre de - monographie (livre, ensemble ou autre, - publié comme un document distinct, y - compris les volumes isolés d'ouvrages en - plusieurs volumes) - titolo - della monografia (libro, raccolta o - altra unità bibliografica pubblicata - indipendentemente, inculso il singolo - volume di opere a più volumi) - der Titel bezieht sich auf Monografien wie z.B. ein Bücher oder andere selbständige - Publikationen, also auch auf einzelne Bände in einem mehrbändigen Werk. - - - journal - 학술지 - rivista - título - de revista. - Zeitschrift - the title applies to any serial or periodical - publication such as a journal, magazine, or newspaper - 학술지 제목 - 期刊層題名 - título de - diario, periódico o revista - 雑誌のタイトル. - titre de - revue - titolo di - rivista - der Titel bezieht sich auf jede Art fortlaufender oder periodischer Veröffentlichungen wie - z. B. Zeitschriften, Magazine oder Zeitungen. - - - series - 연간물 - série - serie - series - Reihe - the title applies to a series of otherwise distinct - publications such as a collection - 연간물 제목 - 叢書層題名 - título de - serie - 叢書のタイトル. - titre de - publication en série - titolo di - collana - der Titel bezeichnet eine Reihe von ansonsten selbständig publizierten Veröffentlichungen, - wie z. B. eine Buchreihe. - - - unpublished - unveröffentlicht - 미간행 - the title applies to any unpublished material (including - theses and dissertations unless - published by a commercial press) - 미간행물(출판사에서 출판되지 않은 석박사 논문을 포함하여)의 제목 - 未出版的項目題名 (包括未經商業刊物發表的專題論文) - título de - un material inédito (incluidas tesis y - disertaciones que no sean publicadas por - una editorial comercial) - 非刊行物のタイトル(未刊の学位論文など). - titre de - matéria non publié (thèses et - dissertations comprises, à l'exception - de leurs éditions commerciales) - titolo di - materiale non pubblicato (incluse tesi - non pubblicate da case editrici) - der Titel bezieht sich auf unveröffentliches Material (incl. universitäre - Qualifikationsarbeiten, soweit sie nicht von einem Verlag veröffentlicht worden sind). - - - -

The level of a title is sometimes implied by its context: - for example, a title appearing directly within an - analytic element is ipso facto of - level a, and one appearing within a series - element of level s. For this reason, the - level attribute is not required in contexts where - its value can be unambiguously inferred. Where it is supplied - in such contexts, - its value should not contradict the value implied by its - parent element. - -

-
- -

Si le titre apparaît comme fils de l'élément -analytic, l'attribut level, -s'il est renseigné, doit avoir la valeur a -; si le titre apparaît comme fils de l'élément -monogr, l'attribut -level doit avoir la valeur m, -j ou u ; si le titre -apparaît comme fils de l'élément series, -l'attribut level doit avoir la valeur -s. Si le titre apparaît dans -l'élément msItem, l'attribut level ne -doit pas être utilisé.

-
- -

タイトルが要素analytic中にある場合,属性 -levelがあれば,値は必ずaとなる. -タイトルが要素monogr中にある場合,属性 -levelの値は,必ずm, -j, uのいず -れかになる.要素titleが要素series中にある場 -合,属性levelの値は必ずsとなる.タイトルが要 -素msItem中にある場合,当該属性値は付与されない. -

-
- -

Der Typ eines Titels wird manchmal durch seinen Kontext bestimmt: wenn ein Titel z. B. - innerhalb des Elements analytic verwendet wird, ist es ipso facto - demnach Level a; ein Titel innerhalb eines series-Elements als Level s. - Daher ist das level-Attribut nicht zwingend notwendig, wenn die Position eindeutig - erschlossen werden kann. Wenn es in derartigen Kontexten dennoch gesetzt wird, sollte der - Attributwert dem impliziten Wert des Eltern-Elements nicht widersprechen. -

-
-
- - classifies the title according to some convenient typology. - 어떤 편의적 유형에 따른 제목 분류 - 用合適的分類方法將題名分類。 - 当該タイトルを分類する. - caractérise le titre selon - une typologie adaptée. - clasifica el título de - acuerdo con alguna tipología funcional. - classifica il titolo seguendo - una tipologia conveniente. - klassifiziert den Titel entsprechend einer geeigneten Typologie. - - - - main title - (주)제목 - 主要題名 - título -principal - 主タイトル. - titre -principal - titolo - Haupttitel - - - - subordinate - - titre de -niveau inférieur, titre de partie - subordinato - subtítulo, título de una parte - untergeordnet - subtitle, title of part - 부분의 제목인 -부제목 - 副題名、部分題名 - subtítulo, título de una parte - 副タイトル,部分タイトル. - sous-titre, titre de partie. - sottotitolo, titolo di una parte - Untertitel oder Titel eines Teilbereichs - - - alternate - 이명 - titre -alternatif, souvent dans une autre -langue, par lequel l'oeuvre est -également connu - alternativo - título -alternativo, a menudo en otra lengua por -la cual la obra es también conocida. - alternativ - alternate title, often in another language, -by which the work is also known - 다른 언어에서 -알려진 작품의 다른 이름 - 替代題名,通常以該作品著名的另一種語言呈現 - título -alternativo, a menudo en otro idioma, -por el cual el trabajo también es -conocido - 別タイトル.多くは他言語によるタイトル.当該作品は,このタイ -トルで知られている. - autre -titre, souvent exprimé dans une autre -langue, par lequel l'ouvrage est aussi -connu - titolo -alternativo, spesso in altra lingua, con -il quale è anche conosciuta -l'opera - alternativer Titel, oft in einer anderen Sprache, unter dem das Werk auch bekannt ist. - - - abbreviated form of title - 제목의 축약형 - 題名的縮寫形式 - forma -abreviada del título - タイトルの省略形. - forme -abrégée du titre - abbreviazione del titolo - Kurztitel - - - descriptive - 기술적 - paraphrase descriptive de l'oeuvre -ayant les fonctions d'un titre - descrittivo - paráfrasis descriptiva que funciona -como el título de una obra. - beschreibend - descriptive paraphrase of the work -functioning as a title - 제목으로 기능하는 -작품의 기술적 바꿔쓰기 - 該作品的描述性改述,可作為題名 - paráfrasis descriptiva del trabajo que -funciona como título - タイトルのように当該作品を解説する言い換え. - paraphrase descriptive de l'oeuvre -fonctionnant comme un titre - parafrasi -descrittiva dell'opera che funge da -titolo - Umschreibung des Werks, die als Titel fungiert. - - - -

This attribute is provided for convenience in analysing -titles and processing them according to their -type; where such specialized processing is not -necessary, there is no need for such analysis, and -the entire title, including subtitles and any -parallel titles, may be enclosed within a single -title element.

-
- -

Cet attribut est utile pour analyser les titres et les -traiter en fonction de leur type ; lorsqu'un tel -traitement spécifique n'est pas nécessaire, il -n'est pas utile de donner une telle analyse, et le -titre entier, sous-titres et titres parallèles -inclus, peuvent être encodés dans un élément -title.

-
- -

当該属性は,タイトルを分析し,処理する際に使用されるものである. -このような処理を必要としない場合,タイトルを分析する必要はなく, -副タイトルなどは全て要素titleの中に入れてしまうことが -できる.

-
- -

Dieses Attribut wird bereitgestellt, um die Analyse und die Verarbeitung von Titeln auf - Basis ihres Typs zu vereinfachen; in Fällen, bei denen ein derart spezielles Vorgehen nicht - notwendig ist, ist auch eine entsprechende Analyse nicht notwendig, und der gesamte Titel, inkl. - Untertitel und allfälligen parallelen Titeln, kann mit einem einzigen title-Element - ausgezeichnet werden.

-
-
-
- - - Information Technology and the Research Process: Proceedings of - a conference held at Cranfield Institute of Technology, UK, - 18–21 July 1989 - - - - - La vie mode d'emploi. Romans. - - - - - Analyser les textes de communication - - - - - Mélanges de linguistique française et de philologie et littérature médiévales - offerts à Monsieur Paul Imbs. - - - - - Les fleurs du Mal de Charles Baudelaire : une édition électronique - - - - -

quand il rentre de ses chantiers de maçonnerie il dit rien, il pose son cul sur une - chaise, toujours au même endroit, et il lit l'Humanité. -

-
-
- - - 毛語錄 - - - - - 嚐書:視界與舌尖之外 - - - - - 蒼天有淚—無語問蒼天,台北,1997年12月1日。 - - - - - 大般若波羅蜜多經:OCR辨識版本 - - - - - Hardy's Tess of the D'Urbervilles: a machine readable - edition - - - - - - <title type="main">Synthèse - an international journal for -epistemology, methodology and history of - science - - - - -

The attributes key and ref, inherited from the class - att.canonical may be used to - indicate the canonical form for the title; the former, by supplying - (for example) the identifier of a record in some external library - system; the latter by pointing to an XML element somewhere containing - the canonical form of the title.

-
- -

Les attributs key et ref, hérités de la classe att.canonical sont utilisés pour - indiquer la forme canonique du titre ; le premier donne (par exemple) - l’identifiant d’un enregistrement dans un système externe de - bibliothèque ; le second pointe vers un élément XML contenant la forme - canonique du titre.

-
- -

Die Attribute key und ref, die durch die Zugehörigkeit zur Klasse - att.canonical verfügbar sind, können dafür verwendet werden, den - kanonischen Titel anzugeben: Ersteres indem (z. B.) die Kennung eines Datensatzes einer externen - Bibliothek herangezogen wird; Letzteres durch den Verweis auf ein XML-Element, das den - kanonischen Titel enthält.

-
- - - 3.11.2.2. Titles, Authors, and Editors - 2.2.1. The Title Statement - 2.2.5. The Series Statement - -
- TEI header - en-tête TEI - TEI 헤더 - TEI標頭 - TEI-Header (elektronische Titelseite) - Encabezado TEI - intestazione - supplies descriptive and - declarative metadata associated with a digital resource or set of - resources. - fournit des informations descriptives et déclaratives qui - constituent une page de titre électronique au début de tout texte conforme à la TEI. - 모든 TEI 구조의 텍스트 서두에 위치하는 전자 제목 페이지를 구성하는 기술적이고 선언적인 정보를 - 제공한다. - 在所有符合TEI標準的文本起始的電子題名頁當中提供敘述性以及宣告性的資訊。 - 全てのTEI準拠テキストが伴う,電子版のタイトルページを構成する,記述 的・宣言的情報を示す. - beinhaltet beschreibende und erklärende Metadaten, die einer digitalen Ressource oder einer Sammlung von Ressourcen vorangestellt sind. - proporciona información descriptiva y declarativa de una - página de título electrónico prefijada como un texto conforme a TEI. - fornisce informazioni descrittive e dichiarative che - costituiscono un frontespizio elettronico che precede qualsiasi testo TEI-conforme. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Shakespeare: the first folio (1623) in electronic form - Shakespeare, William (1564–1616) - - Originally prepared by - Trevor Howard-Hill - - - Revised and edited by - Christine Avern-Carr - - - - Oxford Text Archive -
- 13 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 6NN, UK -
- 119 - -

Freely available on a non-commercial basis.

-
- 1968 -
- - The first folio of Shakespeare, prepared by Charlton Hinman (The Norton Facsimile, - 1968) - -
- - -

Originally prepared for use in the production of a series of old-spelling - concordances in 1968, this text was extensively checked and revised for use during the - editing of the new Oxford Shakespeare (Wells and Taylor, 1989).

-
- - -

Turned letters are silently corrected.

-
- -

Original spelling and typography is retained, except that long s and ligatured - forms are not encoded.

-
-
- - -

A reference is created by assembling the following, in the reverse order as that - listed here: the n value of the preceding lb - a periodthe n value of the ancestor div2 - a spacethe n value of the parent div1 - -

-
-
-
- - - 12 Apr 89 Last checked by CAC - 1 Mar 89 LB made new file - - -
-
-
- - - - - - La Parisienne - Henry BECQUE - - - ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) - L434 -
- 44, avenue de la Libération - BP 30687 - 54063 Nancy Cedex - FRANCE -
- -

Dans un cadre de recherche ou d'enseignement

-
-
- - - - - Paris : Fasquelle, 1922. - - - - -
- - - 1885 - - -
-
-
- - - - - - Taisho Tripitaka, Electronic version, No. 251 般若波羅蜜多心經 - - 底本來源 - 大藏出版株式會社 - - - 電子版本製作 - 中華電子佛典協會 - - - - 中華電子佛典協會 -
- 11246 台北市北投區光明路276號4樓 -
- -

本資料使用限定於非營利性用途,並需附上本標頭資訊。

-
- 1998年12月 -
- - Taisho Tripitaka Vol. 08, Nr. 251 般若波羅蜜多心經 - -
- - -

預備格式轉換

-
-
- - - 19990721/18:35:54CW以CBXML.BAT (99/6/30)轉換成XML - - -
-
-
- -

One of the few elements unconditionally required in any TEI - document.

-
- -

Un des seuls éléments obligatoires dans tout document TEI. -

-
- -

Uno de los pocos elementos incondicionalmente requeridos en cualquier documento de TEI.

-
- -

当該要素は,TEI文書中で無条件に必要となる要素の1つである. -

-
- -

Eines der wenigen Elemente, die verpflichtend für ein valides TEI-Dokument sind.

-
- - 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components - 15.1. Varieties of Composite Text - -
- file description - description bibliographique du fichier - 파일 기술 - 檔案描述 - Dateibeschreibung - Descripción del archivo. - descrizione del file - contains a full bibliographic description of an electronic file. - contient une description bibliographique complète du - fichier électronique. - 전자 파일에 관한 완전한 서지 정보의 기술을 포함한다. - 包含對電子檔案的完整書目敘述。 - 電子ファイルに関する完全な書誌情報を示す. - enthält die vollständige bibliografische Beschreibung einer elektronischen Datei. - contiene una descripción bibliográfica completa del - archivo electrónico. - contiene una descrizione bibliografica completa di un - file elettronico. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The shortest possible TEI document - - -

Distributed as part of TEI P5

-
- -

No print source exists: this is an original digital text

-
-
-
-
- - - - - - Le document TEI minimal - - -

Distribué comme partie de TEI P5

-
- -

Aucune source : ce document est né numérique

-
-
-
-
-
- -

The major source of information for those seeking to create a catalogue entry or - bibliographic citation for an electronic file. As such, it provides a title and statements of - responsibility together with details of the publication or distribution of the file, of any - series to which it belongs, and detailed bibliographic notes for matters not addressed - elsewhere in the header. It also contains a full bibliographic description for the source or - sources from which the electronic text was derived.

-
- -

Cet élément est la source d'information principale pour créer une notice de catalogage ou - une référence bibliographique destinée à un fichier électronique. Il fournit le titre et les - mentions de responsabilité, ainsi que des informations sur la publication ou la distribution - du fichier, sur la collection à laquelle il appartient le cas échéant, ainsi que des notes - détaillées sur des informations qui n'apparaissent pas ailleurs dans l'en-tête. Il contient - également une description bibliographique complète de la ou des sources du texte produit.

-
- -

La fuente de información principal para intentar crear una entrada de catálogo o una citación - bibliográfica para un fichero electrónico. Como tal, proporciona un título y las declaraciones - de responsabilidad junto con los detalles de la publicación o de la distribución del fichero, - de cualquier serie a la que pertenezca, y las notas bibliográficas detalladas de las materias - no abordadas en el encabezado. También contiene una descripción bibliográfica completa para la - fuente o las fuentes de las cuales el texto electrónico se deriva.

-
- -

電子ファイルの書誌項目または書誌引用を示す中心となるもの. タイトル,当該ファイルの出版や頒布に関連する責任表示,他には記述さ - れいない書誌情報に関する詳細な事項を含む.また,当該電子ファイルの 元になった,元資料に関する完全な書誌情報も示す.

-
- -

Die wesentliche Informationsquelle für die Erstellung eines Katalogeintrags oder eines bibliografischen - Zitats einer elektronischen Datei. Das Element liefert einen Titel und Angaben zu Verantwortlichkeiten - zusammen mit Details zu Publikation und Distribution der Datei, sowie eine mögliche Zugehörigkeit zu einer Reihe. - Außerdem kann es detaillierte bibliografische Anmerkungen für Sachverhalte, die an keiner anderen Stelle im TEI-Header - behandelt werden können, enthalten. Es beinhaltet außerdem eine vollständige bibliografische Beschreibung der - Quelle selbst bzw. der Quellen von welchen sich der elektronische Text ableitet.

-
- - 2.2. The File Description - 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components - -
- title statement - mention de titre - 제목 진술 - 題名陳述 - Angaben zum Titel - declaración del título - dichiarazione sul titolo - groups information about the title of a work and those responsible for its content. - regroupe les informations sur le titre d’une œuvre et - les personnes ou institutions responsables de son contenu intellectuel. - 저작의 제목 그리고 지적 내용에 대한 책임에 관한 정보를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集關於作品標題與作品智慧內容責任歸屬的資訊。 - 作品や知的内容に責任のあるもののタイトルに関する情報をまとめる. - umfasst Angaben zum Titel eines Werks und zu den für - seinen Inhalt Verantwortlichen - agrupa la información referente al título de una obra y a - los responsables de su contenido intelectual. - raggruppa le informazioni sul titolo di un'opera e sulle - responsabilità del suo contenuto intellettuale. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Capgrave's Life of St. John Norbert: a machine-readable transcription - - compiled by - P.J. Lucas - - - - - - - - Le sanctoral du lectionnaire de l'office dominicain (1254-1256) - 2008—..., École nationale des chartes - Anne-Élisabeth Urfels-Capot - - responsable des publications - Olivier Canteaut (École nationale des chartes) - - - 2009—..., Éditeur électronique : du TEI à l'écran - Vincent Jolivet (École nationale - des chartes) - - - 2009, Éditeur scientifique - Pascale Bourgain (École - nationale des chartes) - - - 2008, Conversion du document bureautique vers TEI - Frédéric Glorieux (École - nationale des chartes) - - - - - - - - Taisho Tripitaka, Electronic version, No. 251 般若波羅蜜多心經 - - 電子化 - 中華電子佛典協會 - - - - - - 2.2.1. The Title Statement - 2.2. The File Description - - - publication statement - mention de publication - 출판 진술 - 出版陳述 - Angaben zur Veröffentlichung - declaración de la publicación - dichiarazione sulla pubblicazione - groups information concerning the publication or distribution of an electronic or other text. - regroupe des informations concernant la publication ou - la diffusion d’un texte électronique ou d’un autre type de texte. - 전자 또는 기타 텍스트의 출판 또는 배포에 관한 정보를 모아 놓는다. - 匯集電子文件或其他類型文件的出版或發行相關資訊。 - 電子テキストなどの出版や頒布に関する情報をまとめる. - umfasst Angaben zu Veröffentlichung oder Vertrieb eines elektronischen oder sonstigen Textes. - agrupa la información concerniente a la publicación o - distribución de un texto electrónico u otro texto. - raggruppa le informazioni riguardo la pubblicazione o la - distribuzione di un documento elettronico o di altra natua. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C. Muquardt - Bruxelles & Leipzig - - - - - - - - ATILF (Analyse et Traitement Informatique de la Langue Française) - L434 -
- 44, avenue de la Libération - BP 30687 - 54063 Nancy Cedex - FRANCE -
- -

Dans un cadre de recherche ou d'enseignement

-
-
-
-
- - - - 重慶大學出版社 - 中國:重慶 - - - - - - - - 大塊文化 - 台灣:台北 - -

版權所有 翻印必究

-
- 1992 -
-
-
- - - - Chadwyck Healey - Cambridge - -

Available under licence only

-
- 1992 -
-
-
- - - - Zea Books - Lincoln, NE - 2017 - -

This is an open access work licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license.

-
- -
-
-
- -

Where a publication statement contains several members of the - model.publicationStmtPart.agency or - model.publicationStmtPart.detail - classes rather than one or - more paragraphs or anonymous blocks, care should be taken to - ensure that the repeated elements are presented in a meaningful - order. It is a conformance requirement that elements supplying - information about publication place, address, identifier, - availability, and date be given following the name of the - publisher, distributor, or authority concerned, and preferably in - that order.

-
- -

Bien que non imposé par les schémas, un document conforme à la TEI doit donner des - informations sur le lieu de publication, l'adresse, l'identifiant, les droits de diffusion et la date - dans cet ordre, après le nom de l'éditeur, du distributeur, ou de l'autorité concernée.

-
- -

Aunque no sea hecho obligatorio por los esquemas, es un requisito para la conformidad de TEI - que la información sobre el lugar de publicación, la dirección, el identificador, la - disponibilidad, y la fecha de publicación. se dé en ese orden, después del nombre del editor, - del distribuidor, o de la autoridad referida

-
- -

TEI準拠としてスキーマが求めるものではないが,出版に関する情報は, 出版者名,頒布者名,関連著作者に続いて,出版の場所,住所,識別子, - 可用性,日付が,この順番で出現することが望ましい.

-
- -

- Wenn die Angaben zur Veröffentlichung mehrere Mitglieder der Klassen model.publicationStmtPart.agency oder model.publicationStmtPart.detail - enthalten und nicht einen oder mehrere Absätze (p) bzw. unbestimmte Einheiten (ab), dann hat - die Reihenfolge der Elemente eine Bedeutung, auf die zu achten ist. So müssen Elemente, die Angaben über den Veröffentlichungsort, - die Adresse, den Identifikator, die Verfügbarkeit und das Veröffentlichungsdatum enthalten, auf den Namen des Verlags, des - Distributors oder der Freigabeinstanz folgen, und zwar möglichst in dieser Reihenfolge. -

-
- - 2.2.4. Publication, Distribution, Licensing, etc. - 2.2. The File Description - -
- source description - description de la source - 원전 기술 - - descripción de la fuente - descrizione della fonte - Beschreibung der Quellen - describes the source from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a - bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as "born digital" - for a text which has no previous existence. - décrit la source à partir de laquelle un texte électronique a été - dérivé ou produit, habituellement une description bibliographique pour un texte numérisé, ou une - expression comme "document numérique natif " pour un texte qui n'a aucune existence précédente. - 전자 파일을 생성하거나 도출한 원전 텍스트에 대한 기술을 제시한다. - 提供所製電子文件的一個或數個來源文件的書目描述。 - 電子テキストが作られた元テキストの情報を示す. - beschreibt die Quelle, von der sich der elektronische Text ableitet. - Üblicherweise eine bibliografische Beschreibung im Falle eines digitalisierten Textes oder eine Bezeichnung wie - "born digital" für einen nur in elektronischer Form vorliegenden Text. - proporciona una descripción del texto (o textos) fuente - del que un texto electrónico deriva o ha sido generado. - fornisce una descrizionei relativa alla o alle fonti da - cui è derivato o generato un documento elettronico. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood. In - Victor E Neuberg, The Penny Histories. - OUP1968. - - - - - - -

Texte original : le texte a été créé sous sa forme électronique.

-
-
-
- - - -

無來源:以電腦可讀格式建立

-
-
-
- - - -

Born digital: no previous source exists.

-
-
-
- - 2.2.7. The Source Description - -
- text-profile description - description du profil - 텍스트-개요 기술 - 文件背景描述 - Beschreibung des Textprofils - descripción del perfil del texto. - descrizione del profilo del testo - provides a detailed description of non-bibliographic aspects of a text, specifically the - languages and sublanguages used, the situation in which it was produced, the participants and - their setting. - fournit une description détaillée des aspects - non bibliographiques du texte, notamment les langues utilisées et leurs variantes, les - circonstances de sa production, les collaborateurs et leur statut. - 분명하게 언어와 특수 언어가 사용된 텍스트, 텍스트가 생산된 상황, 참여자, 배경에 관한 비서지적 - 측면을 상세히 기술한다. - 提供文件非書目性方面的細節描述,特別是所使用的語言及次要語言、在何種情況下製作、參與人員及其環境背景。 - 書誌情報的ではない詳細な解説を示す.例えば,言語や特殊言語,生成され たときの状況,参加者など. - enthält eine detaillierte Beschreibung der nicht-bibliografischen Merkmale des Textes, besonders der verwendeten Sprachen und Subsprachen, - der Entstehungsbedingungen eines Textes sowie der Beteiligten und deren Umfeld. - proporciona una descripción detallada de los aspectos no - bibliográficos de un texto, especialmente las lenguas y jergas usadas, la situación en que se - aparecen, los participantes que intervienen, etc. - fornisce una descrizione dettagliata degli aspetti non - bibliografici di un testo, in modo particolare le lingue e i linguaggi secondari utilizzati, la - situazione in cui è stato prodotto il testo, i partecipanti e la relativa ambientazione - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - French - - - print; part issues - - - - - - - - - - - - Paris, France - - - - - - - - - - - français - - - copie; extraits - - - - - - - - - - - - Paris, France - - - - - - - - - - - 法文 - - - 出版品;專題輯 - - - - - - - - - - - - 法國巴黎 - - - - - - - -

Although the content model permits it, it is rarely -meaningful to supply multiple occurrences for any of the child -elements of profileDesc unless these are documenting multiple texts.

-
- -

Obwohl durch das Inhaltsmodell erlaubt, erscheint es in den seltensten Fällen sinnvoll, mehrere Vorkommen der erlaubten Kindelemente der profileDesc zu notieren – außer diese beziehen sich auf unterschiedliche Texte. -

-
- - 2.4. The Profile Description - 2.1.1. The TEI Header and Its Components - -
- TEI document - TEI 문서 - TEI文件 - document TEI - TEI-Dokument - documento TEI - documento TEI - contains a single TEI-conformant document, combining - a single TEI header with one or more members of the model.resourceLike class. Multiple TEI - elements may be combined to form a teiCorpus element. - TEI 헤더와 텍스트로 구성된 단일 TEI 구조 문서를 포함한다. 독립 요소 또는 teiCorpus 요소의 부분. - 包含符合TEI標準的單一文件,由一個TEI標頭及一份文本組成,可單獨出現或是作為元素teiCorpus的一部分。 - TEIに準拠する文書 - contient un seul document conforme à la TEI, qui - comprend un en-tête TEI et un texte, soit de façon isolée, soit comme partie d’un - élément teiCorpus. - enthält ein einzelnes TEI-konformes Dokument, das aus einem einzigen TEI-Header und einem oder - mehreren Mitgliedern der model.resourceLike-Klasse besteht. Mehrere - TEI-Elemente können in einem teiCorpus-Element zusammengefasst werden. - contiene un solo documento conforme a la norma TEI, combinando una sola cabecera TEI (teiHeader) con uno o más miembros de la clase model.resourceLike. Múltiples elementos TEI se pueden combinar para formar un elemento teiCorpus. - - contiene un documento TEI-conforme, comprendente un'intestazione e un testo, sia esso isolato o parte di un elemento teiCorpus - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - specifies the major version number of the TEI Guidelines against - which this document is valid. - TEI 스키마의 버전 - TEI架構的版本 - TEIスキームの版を示す. - la version majeure du schéma TEI - gibt die Hauptversionsnummer der TEI-Richtlinien an, gegen die dieses Dokument validiert wird. - Versión del esquema TEI - versione dello schema TEI - - -

The major version number is historically prefixed by a P -(for Proposal), and is distinct from the version number -used for individual releases of the Guidelines, as used by (for -example) the source of the schemaSpec element. The current version is -P5.

-
- -

Der Hauptversionsnummer wird traditionell ein P (für Proposal) vorangestellt. Sie unterscheidet - sich von den Versionsnummern für einzelne Veröffentlichungen der TEI-Richtlinien, wie sie (zum - Beispiel) vom Attribut source des Elementes schemaSpec benutzt wird. Die - aktuelle Version ist P5.

-
-
-
- - - - - - - The shortest TEI Document Imaginable - - -

First published as part of TEI P2, this is the P5 - version using a name space.

-
- -

No source: this is an original work.

-
-
-
- - -

This is about the shortest TEI document imaginable.

- -
-
-
-
- - - - - - - A TEI Document containing four page images - - -

Unpublished demonstration file.

-
- -

No source: this is an original work.

-
-
-
- - - - - - -
-
-
- - - - - - - - Le document TEI le plus court possible. - - -

D'abord publié comme faisant partie de la TEI P2.

-
- -

Aucune source : il s'agit d'un document original.

-
-
-
- - -

A peu pres, le document TEI le plus court envisageable.

- -
-
-
-
- - - - - - - TEI中文指引 - - -

將與TEI 中文在地化計劃等文件一同出版

-
- -

譯自TEI P5 英文指引

-
-
-
- - -

這是TEI P5的中文指引...

- -
-
-
-
- -

This element is required. It is customary to specify the -TEI namespace http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 on it, using - the xmlns attribute.

-
- -

Cet élément est obligatoire.

-
- -

- 当該要素は必須である. -

-
- -

Dieses Element ist obligatorisch. Es ist notwendig, darin den TEI-Namensraum http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 mithilfe des xmlns-Attributs zu - spezifizieren.

-
- - 4. Default Text Structure - 15.1. Varieties of Composite Text - -
- texte - contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or - drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample. - 어떤 종류의 단일 텍스트를 포함한다. 예를 들어, 시 또는 드라마, 수필선, 소설, 사전 또는 코퍼스 - 표본과 같은 단일 텍스트 또는 혼합 텍스트. - 包含一份任何種類的文本,無論是單一或複合的,例如詩詞或戲劇、散文集、小說、字典、或是文集範例。 - ひとつのテキストを示す.単体でも複合体でもよい.例えば,詩,舞台芸術, 随筆,小説,辞書,コーパスなど. - contient un seul texte quelconque, simple ou composite, - par exemple un poème ou une pièce de théâtre, un recueil d’essais, un roman, un dictionnaire ou - un échantillon de corpus. - enthält einen einzelnen, eigenständigen oder kompilierten Text, zum Beispiel ein Gedicht oder - Drama, eine Sammlung von Aufsätzen, einen Roman, ein Wörterbuch oder ein Korpus-Sample. - contiene un único texto de cualquier tipo, sea este - unitario o combinado, p.ej. un texto en verso o teatral, una recopilación de ensayos, una - novela, un diccionario, o una fragmento de corpus. - contiene un unico testo di qualsiasi tipo, sia esso - unitario o composito, per esempio un testo in versi o teatrale, una raccolta di saggi, un - romanzo, un dizionario, o una porzione di corpus - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Autumn Haze - - - - Is it a dragonfly or a maple leaf - That settles softly down upon the water? - - - - - - - - - - Souvenir de la nuit du 4 - - - - Il avait dans sa poche une toupie en buis. - - - - - -

Le body d'un texte peut être remplacé par un groupe de textes enchâssés, comme - dans la structure suivante :

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - 憶江南 - - - - 江南好, - 風景舊曾諳。 - 日出江花紅胜火, - 春來江水綠如藍, - 能不憶江南。 - - - - - -

The body of a text may be replaced by a group of nested texts, as in the following schematic:

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -

Der Textkörper kann durch eine Gruppierung von verschachtelten Texten ersetzt werden, wie das folgende Beispiel zeigt:

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -

This element should not be used to represent a text which is inserted at an arbitrary point - within the structure of another, for example as in an embedded or quoted narrative; the - floatingText is provided for this purpose.

-
- -

Cet élément ne devrait pas être utilisé pour encoder un texte inséré à un endroit non - prévisible à l'intérieur de la structure d'un autre texte, comme par exemple dans un récit qui est enchâssé - ou cité dans un autre ; c'est l'élément floatingText qui doit être utilisé à - cet effet.

-
- -

当該要素は,別の構造中,例えば引用された語りの任意の場所に挿入され るテキストを示すためには使うべきではない.この場合は,要素 floatingTextが使われる. -

-
- -

Dieses Element sollte nicht benutzt werden, um einen Text wiederzugeben, der an irgendeiner - Stelle in einer anderen Struktur eingefügt ist, wie z. B. eine eingebettete oder zitierte - Erzählung. Für diesen Zweck wird das Element floatingText benutzt.

-
- - 4. Default Text Structure - 15.1. Varieties of Composite Text - -
- text body - 텍스트 본문 - 正文 - corps du texte - Textkörper - cuerpo del texto - corpo del testo - contains the whole body of a single unitary text, excluding any front or back matter. - 전면부 또는 후면부 자료를 배제한 단일 텍스트의 전체 본문을 포함한다. - 單篇文章的整體部分,不包含正文前及正文後資訊。 - 前付,後付を除いた,単一の作品の本文全体を示す. - contient la totalité du corps d’un seul texte simple, à - l’exclusion de toute partie pré- ou post-liminaire. - enthält den gesamten Textkörper eines eigenständigen Textes, außer den Vorspann (front) und Nachspann (back). - contiene el cuerpo completo de un texto unitario, - excluyendo los eventuales añadidos paratextuales (prólogos, dedicatorias, apéndices, etc.) al - inicio o fin de un texto. - contiene l'intero corpo di un testo unitario, esclusi - eventuale peritesto iniziale e finale - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Nu scylun hergan hefaenricaes uard - metudæs maecti end his modgidanc - uerc uuldurfadur sue he uundra gihuaes - eci dryctin or astelidæ - he aerist scop aelda barnum - heben til hrofe haleg scepen. - tha middungeard moncynnæs uard - eci dryctin æfter tiadæ - firum foldu frea allmectig - primo cantauit Cædmon istud carmen. - - - - - 4. Default Text Structure - - - text division - 텍스트 구역 - 文本區段 - division du texte - Textabschnitt - división de texto - partizione testuale - contains a subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. - 텍스트의 전면부, 본문, 후면부의 하위 구역을 포함한다. - 文本的正文前資訊、正文、及正文後資訊的分段。 - 前付,本文,後付中のテキスト部分を示す. - contient une subdivision dans le texte préliminaire, dans le - corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. - enthält einen Unterabschnitt in Vorspann (front), Textkörper oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. - contiene una subdivisión del paratexto inicial, del - cuerpo del texto o del paratexto final. - contiene una suddivisione del peritesto iniziale, del - corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Abstract model violation: Lines may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div. - - - - - - - Abstract model violation: p and ab may not contain higher-level structural elements such as div. - - - - - - -
- Fallacies of Authority -

The subject of which is Authority in various shapes, and the object, to repress all - exercise of the reasoning faculty.

-
- The Nature of Authority -

With reference to any proposed measures having for their object the greatest - happiness of the greatest number [...]

-
- Analysis of Authority -

What on any given occasion is the legitimate weight or influence to be attached to - authority [...]

-
-
- Appeal to Authority, in What Cases Fallacious. -

Reference to authority is open to the charge of fallacy when [...]

-
-
-
- -
-
- - - -
- Les Chouans -
- Première partie - L'embuscade -
- Chapitre premier -
- I -

Dans les premiers jours de l'an VIII, au commencement de vendémiaire, ou, pour - se conformer au calendrier actuel, vers la fin du mois de septembre 1799, une - centaine de paysans et un assez grand nombre de bourgeois, partis le matin de - Fougères pour se rendre à Mayenne, gravissaient la montagne de la Pèlerine, - située à mi-chemin environ de Fougères à Ernée, petite ville où les voyageurs - ont coutume de se reposer.

-
-
-
-
- -
-
- - - -
- 對話的喧囂:巴赫汀文化理論述評 -

本書以中國人的觀點,介紹巴赫汀的一生志業。深入淺出、引證周詳。尤其面對海峽兩岸劇變中的政治、文化思潮,巴赫汀從對話到喧嘩的理論,更具有深刻的歷史意義,發人省思。

-
- 引言:巴赫汀對話論—轉型期的文化理論 -

文化轉型期的文藝理論,一般都呈現著特別關注文藝之外的歷史社會環境的傾向。不過,這種關注在二十世紀之前的文論中,大致上均以一種文藝內在規律語歷史社會語境二元對立的面貌出現。...

-
- 眾聲喧嘩:轉型期的文化理論 -

當代西方文論對巴赫汀思想的看法迥異,見仁見智。有強調其「對話性」的,有看重他的「複調小說」理論的,也有語言學、符號學、哲學和美學的不同角度來解釋巴赫汀的。... -

-
-
- 哲學建構論語對話美學 -

眾聲喧嘩的文化理論形成於二○年代末和三○年代,是巴赫汀思想成熟階段的結晶。...

-
-
-
- -
-
- - 4.1. Divisions of the Body - -
- provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain datable events to a custom dating system - (i.e. other than the Gregorian used by W3 and ISO). - - - supplies the value of a date or time in some custom standard form. - - -

The following are examples of custom date or time formats that are not valid ISO or W3C format - normalizations, normalized to a different dating system

- -

Alhazen died in Cairo on the - - 12th day of Jumada t-Tania, 430 AH - .

-

The current world will end at the - end of B'ak'tun 13.

-

The Battle of Meggidu - (23rd year of reign of Thutmose III).

-

Esidorus bixit in pace annos LXX plus minus sub - die XI mensis Octobris indictione IIII -

-
-

Not all custom date formulations will have Gregorian equivalents.

-

The when-custom attribute and other custom dating are not contrained to a datatype by the TEI, but - individual projects are recommended to regularize and document their dating formats.

-
-
- - specifies the earliest possible date for the event in some custom standard form. - - - - specifies the latest possible date for the event in some custom standard form. - - - - indicates the starting point of the period in some custom standard form. - - - - - The Great Fire of London -

The Great Fire of London burned through a large part - of the city of London.

-
-
-
-
- - indicates the ending point of the period in some custom standard form. - - - - supplies a pointer to some location defining a named point in time with reference to which the datable item is understood to have occurred - - - - supplies a pointer to a calendar element or other - means of interpreting the values of the custom dating attributes. - - - Contayning the Originall, Antiquity, Increaſe, Moderne - eſtate, and deſcription of that Citie, written in the yeare - 1598. by Iohn Stow - Citizen of London. -

In this example, the calendar attribute points to a calendar element for the - Julian calendar, specifying that the text content of the date element is a - Julian date, and the datingMethod attribute also points to the Julian calendar - to indicate that the content of the when-custom attribute value is Julian too.

-
- - - - μηνὶ Ἰουνίου εἰς κ ἔτους ςωϞ - - -

In this example, a date is given in a Mediaeval text measured "from the creation of the world", which is normalised - (in when) to the Gregorian date, but is also normalized (in when-custom) to a - machine-actionable, numeric version of the date from the Creation.

-
-

Note that the datingMethod attribute (unlike - calendar defined in att.datable) defines - the calendar or dating system to which the date described by the parent element is normalized (i.e. in the - when-custom or other X-custom attributes), not the calendar of the - original date in the element.

-
-
- - 13.3.6. Dates and Times - -
- groups elements which form part of a personal name. - regroupe des éléments qui font partie d'un nom de - personne - 사람 이름의 부분을 형성하는 요소를 모아놓는다. - 匯集構成部分個人名稱的元素。 - 個人名の部分を構成する要素をまとめる. - agrupa los elementos que componen un nombre propio de - persona. - raggruppa gli elementi che compongono un nome proprio - di persona - - - - - 13.2.1. Personal Names - - - provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain datable events using the ISO 8601 standard. - ISO 8601 표준을 사용해서 날짜를 추정할 수 있는 사건을 포함하는 요소의 규격화를 위한 속성을 제공한다. - 用於紀錄規格化時間的屬性,該規格使用ISO 8601標準 - ISO8601に従い,時間事象の正規的方法を示す属性を示す. - fournit des attributs pour la normalisation, selon la norme ISO 8601, d'éléments contenant des évènements - datables. - indica attributi per la normalizzazione tramite lo standard ISO 8601 di elementi che contengono eventi - databili - proporciona atributos para la normalización de elementos que contienen eventos datables usando el - estándard ISO 8601. - - - - supplies the value of a date or time in a standard form. - 표준형의 날짜 또는 시간 값을 제시한다. - proporciona el valor de fecha o de tiempo en una forma estándar. - 日付や時間を,標準形式で示す. - précise une date exacte pour l'évènement selon la forme normalisée ISO 8601, c'est-à-dire - aaaa-mm-jj. - indica il valore di una data o di un orario in un formato standard - - -

The following are examples of ISO date, time, and date & time formats that are not valid W3C format - normalizations.

- - Sept. 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning - Sept. 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning - - - a few minutes after ten in the morning on Thu 18 May - - - - -

All of the examples of the when attribute in the att.datable.w3c class are also valid with - respect to this attribute.

-
- -

Les exemples qui suivent sont des mentions de date, d'heure, de temps au format ISO qui - ne sont pas normalisées au format W3C

- - le 24 sept. 1996, à 3 h 25 du matin. - le 24 sept. 1996, à 3 h 25 du matin. - - - quelques minutes après 10 heures du matin, le mardi 18 - mai. - - - - -

Tous les exemples de l’attribut when dans la classe att.datable.w3c sont également valides en ce qui concerne cet attribut

-
- - Il aime à être ponctuel . J'ai dit, et il est apparu à à l'heure pile. -

La deuxième occurence de time a pu être encodée avec l'attribut - when , puisque12:00:00 est une marque de temps en accord avec la - spécification du W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second - Edition. La première occurence - ne l'est pas.

-
- - He likes to be punctual. I said , and he showed up at on the dot. -

The second occurence of time could have been encoded with the when attribute, as 12:00:00 is a valid - time with respect to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition specification. The first occurence could not.

-
-
- - - specifies the earliest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - yyyy-mm-dd 같은 표준형으로 사건의 시작 날짜를 명시한다. - 以標準格式標明該事件可能發生的最早日期,例如年-月-日。 - 当該事象の一番古い日付を,標準形式で示す.例えば,yyyy-mm-dd. - précise la première date possible pour l'évènement selon la forme normalisée, c'est-à-dire - aaaa-mm-jj. - specifica la prima data possibile per un evento nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg - indica la fecha más temprana posible para un evento en un formato estándard, p.ej. - aaaa-mm-dd. - - - - specifies the latest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd. - yyyy-mm-dd 같은 표준형으로 사건의 종료 날짜를 명시한다. - 以標準格式標明該事件可能發生的最晚日期,例如年-月-日。 - 当該事象の一番新しい日付を,標準形式で示す.例えば,yyyy-mm-dd. - précise la dernière date possible pour l'évènement selon la forme normalisée, c'est-à-dire - aaaa-mm-jj. - specifica l'ultima data possibile per un evento nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg - indica la fecha más tardana posible para un evento en un formato estándard, p.ej. - aaaa-mm-dd. - - - - indicates the starting point of the period in standard form. - 표준형으로 기간의 시작 지점을 나타낸다. - 以標準格式表示該段時間的起始點。 - 当該時間幅の,始点を標準形で示す. - Indique le point de départ de la période sous une forme normalisée - indica l'inizio del periodo nel formato standard - indica el punto de inicio de un periodo de tiempo en formato estándard. - - - - indicates the ending point of the period in standard form. - 표준형으로 기간의 종료 지점을 나타낸다. - 以標準格式表示該段時間的結束點。 - indica en forma estándard el punto de conclusión de un período. - 当該時間幅の,終点を標準形で示す. - Indique le point final de la période sous une forme normalisée - indica la fine del periodo nel formato standard - - - -
- -

The value of these attributes should be a normalized - representation of the date, time, or combined date & time - intended, in any of the standard formats specified by ISO 8601, - using the Gregorian calendar.

-
- -

La valeur de when-iso doit être une représentation normalisée de la date, de la durée ou d'une combinaison de date et de - durée, dans l'un des formats spécifiés dans ISO 8601, selon le calendrier grégorien.

-
- -

属性when-isoの値は,ISO8601に従った,日付や時間,ま たはその組み合わせになる.属性calendarがある場合に は,要素内容の歴システムが示される.属calendarは, - 属性when - when-isoの歴システムを示すもので はない.これは普通はグレゴリオ暦になる.

-
- -

If both when-iso and dur-iso are specified, the values should be interpreted as indicating a span of time by its - starting time (or date) and duration. That is, indicates the same time period as -

-

In providing a regularized form, no claim is made that the form in the source text is incorrect; the regularized form - is simply that chosen as the main form for purposes of unifying variant forms under a single heading.

-
- -

Si les attributs when-iso et dur-iso sont tous les deux spécifiés, les valeurs doivent être interprétées comme - indiquant un intervalle de temps au moyen de son point de départ (ou date) et de sa durée. C'est à dire, indique la même période temporelle que -

-

En fournissant une forme dite "régularisée", il n'est rien affirmé sur la correction ou l'incorrection de la forme dans le texte source ; - la forme régularisée est simplement celle qui est choisie comme forme principale afin de réunir les variantes de forme sous une seule - rubrique.

-
- -

属性when-isodur-isoが付与されている場合, 当該属性値は時間幅を示し,それぞれ始点と幅を示すものになる. 例えば,以下のような場合, この記述は,以下のようにも書くことができる. -

-

正規化形式ということで,元テキストにある形式 が不正確であるということを含むものではない. ここでいう正規化形式とは,単に,ひとつの項目に同じ値を付与すること を目的とするものである.

-
- - 3.5.4. Dates and Times - 13.3.6. Dates and Times - -
- personal name - 개인 이름 - 個人名稱 - nom de personne - nombre propio de persona - nome proprio di persona - contains a proper noun or proper-noun phrase referring to a - person, possibly including one or more of - the person's forenames, surnames, honorifics, added names, etc. - 개인의 이름, 성, 존칭어, 추가 명 등의 하나 또는 전부를 사용하여 개인을 지칭하는, 고유명사 또는 - 고유명사구를 포함한다. - 包含一個人名,可能是任何或全部屬於該人物的名字、姓氏、敬稱、或附加名等。 - 人物の固有名詞を示す.例えば,名,姓,敬称,追加名など. - contient un nom propre ou une expression nominale se - référant à une personne, pouvant inclure tout ou partie de ses prénoms, noms de famille, titres - honorifiques, noms ajoutés, etc. - contiene un nombre propio o un sintagma identificable - como un nombre propio, que se refiere a una persona y puede incluir cualquier o todos los - nombres de pila, apellidos, títulos honoríficos, o nombres añadidos de la persona en cuestión. - contiene un nome proprio o un sintagma identificabile - come nome proprio, che si riferisce a una persona e può includere qualsiasi o tutti i prenomi, - cognomi, titoli onorifici, o nomi aggiunti della persona in questione - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EdwardGeorgeBulwer-Lytton, Baron Lytton of - Knebworth - - - - - - Poncet Olivier professeur d'archivistique et diplomatique moderne - - - - - Joseph Le Pétomane Pujol - - - - - Catherine II, la Grande, impératrice de Russie - - - - - - - 夏爾皮耶波特萊爾法國象徵派詩人 - - - - - 13.2.1. Personal Names - - - nom de lieu - - contains an absolute or relative place name. - 절대적 또는 상대적 위치명을 포함한다. - 包含一個確切位置或相對位置的名稱。 - 絶対的,相対的場所名を示す. - contient un nom de lieu absolu ou relatif. - contiene la indicación absoluta o relativa de un nombre de lugar. - contiene l'indicazione assoluta o relativa di un nome di luogo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Rochester - New York - - - - - - - Bordeaux - Gironde - - - - - - - Le Massif Armoricain - Bretagne - - - - - - - 2,5 milles - à l'ouest de la - Pointe du Raz - - - - - - - 曼徹斯特 - 紐約 - - - - - - - 天池 - 新疆 - - - - - - - 烏魯木齊 - 北邊 - 十哩 - - - - - - - Arrochar Alps - Argylshire - - - - - - - 10 miles - Northeast of - Attica - - - - - 13.2.3. Place Names - - - list of persons - 개인 목록 - lista de personas - liste de personnes - elenco delle persone - - contains a list of descriptions, each of which provides information about an identifiable - person or a group of people, for example the participants in a language interaction, or the - people referred to in a historical source. - 기술 목록을 포함하며, 그 개별 기술 각각은, 언어 상호작용 참여자 또는 역사적 원전에서 언급되는 - 사람과 같이, 식별 가능한 사람 또는 사람군에 관한 정보를 제공한다. - 人物描述清單,其中每個項目包含一個已知人物的相關資料,例如語言互動中的參與者、或是歷史來源中提及的人物。 - 特定可能な個人やグループに関する情報のリストを示す.例えば,言語交流 - の参加者や,歴史資料中で参照される人物など. - contient une liste d'éléments, chacun d'entre eux - apportant des informations sur une personne précise ou sur un groupe de personnes, par exemple - les participants à une interaction linguistique, ou les personnes citées dans une source - historique. - contiene una lista de descripciones, y cada una de las - cuales proporciona información relativa a una persona específica o a un grupo de personas, p.ej, - los participantes de una interacción verbal o las personas referidas en una fuente histórica. - contiene una lista di descrizioni, ciascuna delle quali - fornisce informazioni relative a una persona specifica o a un gruppo di persone, per esempio i - partecipanti a un'interazione verbale o le persone identificate da una fonte storica - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

The type attribute may be used to distinguish lists of people of a particular - type if convenient.

-
- -

L'attribut type peut être utilisé pour établir des listes par type de - personne si cela présente un intérêt.

-
- -

属性typeは,特別な種類の人物を区別するために使われるかもしれない.

-
- - 13.3.2. The Person Element - 15.2. Contextual Information - 2.4. The Profile Description - 15.3.2. Declarable Elements - -
- list of places - 장소 목록 - lista de lugares - liste de lieux - elenco dei luoghi - contains a list of places, optionally followed by a list of relationships (other than - containment) defined amongst them. - 장소 목록을 포함하며, 그 뒤에 수의적으로 그들 사이에 정의된 (포함 외의) 관련성 목록을 - 제시한다. - contiene una lista de lugares, seguida opcionalmente - por una lista de interelaciones (a excepción de la inclusión) definidas entre ellos. - 場所のリストを示す.選択的に,場所間の(包含関係ではなく)関連性を 示すリストが続く. - contient une liste de lieux, qui peut être suivie d'une - liste de relations définies entre les lieux (autres que la relation d'inclusion). - contiene una lista di luoghi, eventualmente seguita da - una lista di relazioni tra questi (ad eccezione di quella contenete-contenuto) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - La roche qui pleure - - - Ile aux cerfs - - - - - - 2.2.7. The Source Description - 13.3.4. Places - - - personne - provides information about an identifiable individual, for example a participant in a language interaction, or a person referred to in a - historical source. - 예를 들어 언어 상호작용의 참여자 또는 역사적 문헌에서 언급된 사람과 같이 식별가능한 개인에 관한 정보를 제공한다. - 提供一個已知人物的相關資料,例如語言互動中的參與者、或是歷史來源中提及的人物。 - 特定可能な個人の情報を示す.例えば,言語交流の参加者,歴史資料中で参 照される人物など. - fournit des informations sur un individu identifiable, par exemple un participant à une interaction - linguistique, ou une personne citée dans une source historique. - proporciona información relativa a un individuo específico, p.ej. un participante de una interacción - verbal o una persona identificada por una fuente histórica. - fornisce informazioni relative a un soggetto specifico, come i partecipanti a un'interazione verbale o le - persone identificate da una fonte storica - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - specifies a primary role or classification for the person. - 사람에 대한 주요 역할 또는 분류를 명시한다. - 說明該人物的主要角色或分類。 - 当該人物の第一位の役割や分類を示す. - précise un rôle principal ou une classification principale pour cette personne. - establece el rol o la clasificación primaria de una persona. - stabilisce il ruolo o la classificazione primaria di una persona - - -

Values for this attribute may be locally defined by a - project, using arbitrary keywords such as artist, - employer, author, relative, or - servant, each of which should be associated with a - definition. Such local definitions will typically be provided by a - valList element in the project schema -specification.

-
- - specifies the sex of the person. - 사람의 성을 명시한다. - 指出該人物的性別。 - 当該人物の性別を示す. - précise le sexe de la personne. - especifica el sexo de una persona. - indica il sesso di una persona - - -

Values for this attribute may be locally defined by a project, or may refer to an external standard, such as - vCard's sex property - (in which M indicates male, F female, O other, N none or not applicable, U unknown), - or the often used ISO 5218:2004 Representation of Human Sexes - (in which 0 - indicates unknown; 1 male; 2 female; and 9 not applicable, - although the ISO standard is widely considered inadequate); - cf. CETH's Recommendations for Inclusive Data Collection of Trans People - .

-
-
- - specifies an age group for the person. - 사람의 연령군을 명시한다. - 指出該人物所屬的年齡層。 - 当該人物の年齢層を示す. - précise une tranche d'âge pour la personne. - especifica un intervalo de edad para una persona. - indica la fascia di età di una persona - - -

Values for this attribute may be locally defined by a - project, using arbitrary keywords such as infant, - child, teen, adult, or - senior, each of which should be associated with a - definition. Such local definitions will typically be provided by a - valList element in the project schema -specification.

-
-
- - - -

Female respondent, well-educated, born in Shropshire UK, 12 Jan 1950, of unknown occupation. Speaks French fluently. Socio-Economic - status B2.

-
-
-
- - - - Hermaphroditos - Ἑρμαφρόδιτος - - - - - - -

Personne interrogée, de sexe féminin, instruite, née à Shropshire, au ROYAUME-UNI le 12 - Janvier 1950, d'occupation inconnue. Parle le français couramment. Statut - socio-économique B2.

-
-
-
- - - - Ovid - Publius Ovidius Naso - 20 March 43 BCSulmonaItalie - - 17 or 18 ADTomis (Constanta)Roumanie - - - - - - - -

女性被告。1950年1月12日生於西藏,受過良好教育,職業不明。能說流利漢語,中產階級。

-
-
-
- - - - Ovid - 奧維德 - 西元前43年3月20日Sulmona義大利 - - 西元後17或18年Tomis (Constanta)羅馬尼亞 - - - - - - - - Ovid - Publius Ovidius Naso - 20 March 43 BC SulmonaItaly - - 17 or 18 AD Tomis (Constanta)Romania - - - - - -

May contain either a prose description organized as paragraphs, or a sequence of more specific demographic elements drawn - from the model.personPart class.

-
- -

Peut contenir soit une description en prose organisée en paragraphes, soit une suite d'éléments spécifiques relatifs à la - démographie extraits de la classe model.personPart.

-
- -

段落による散文の解説,またはクラス model.personPartにある一連の人口統計要 素を含むかもしれない.

-
- - 13.3.2. The Person Element - 15.2.2. The Participant Description - -
- lieu - contains data about a geographic location - 지리적 위치에 관한 데이터를 포함한다. - contiene los datos sobre una localización geográfica - 地理上の場所のデータを示す. - contient des informations sur un lieu géographique. - contiene informazioni relative a un luogo geografico - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lithuania - Lietuva - - Vilnius - - - Kaunas - - - - - - 13.3.4. Places - - - participation description - 참여 기술 - 參與描述 - description des participants - descripción de participación - descrizione dei partecipanti - describes the identifiable speakers, voices, or - other participants in any kind of text or other persons named or otherwise referred to in a - text, edition, or metadata. - 언어적 상호작용에서 식별가능한 화자, 음성, 또는 기타 참여자를 기술한다. - 描述在一個語言互動中可辨識的說話者、聲音或其他參與者。 - 言語交流における,特定可能な発話者,声,その他の参加者を示す. - décrit les locuteurs, voix ou autres participants - identifiables d'une interaction linguistique. - describe los hablantes identificables, voces u - otros participantes de una interacción lingüística. - descrive parlanti, voci o altri parlanti - identificabili in una interazione linguistica. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Female informant, well-educated, born in - Shropshire UK, 12 Jan 1950, of unknown occupation. Speaks French fluently. - Socio-Economic status B2.

- Hancock Antony Aloysius - St John -
- Railway Cuttings - East Cheam -
-
comedian
-
-

This example shows both a very simple person description, and a very detailed one, using - some of the more specialized elements from the module for Names and Dates.

-
- -

informateur, sexe féminin, bonne éducation, née - à Shropshire UK, 12 Jan 1950, commerçante parle français couramment., Statut - socio-économique (SSE) : commerçant.

- Delaunay Liliane - Andrée Alberte -
- rue de Falaise - la Guérinière, Caen -
-
serveuse
-
-

Cet exemple montre une description très - simple d'une personne et une description très détaillée, utilisant quelques éléments - plus spécialisés du module pour les noms et les dates.

-
- - - -

女性,穿了一件黑紗金絲相間的緊身旗袍,一個大道士髻梳得烏光水滑的高聳在頭頂上;耳墜、項鍊、手串、髮針、金碧輝煌的掛滿了一身。

兆麗 - 金大班 -
- 西門町 - 台北 -
-
舞女
-
-
- -

May contain a prose description organized as paragraphs, or a structured - list of persons and person groups, with an optional formal specification of any - relationships amongst them.

-
- -

Peut contenir un texte organisé en paragraphes ou une liste structurée de - personnes, ou encore de groupes de personne, avec facultativement des spécifications - formelles des rapports qui les unissent.

-
- -

段落としてある散文の解説または,関連性の形式定義を選択的に持つ,人 物やグループの構造化リストが示されるかもしれない.

-
- - 15.2. Contextual Information - - -
- setting description - 무대 기술 - 背景描述 - description du contexte - descripción de realización - descrizione dello scenario - describes the setting or settings within which a - language interaction takes place, or other places otherwise referred to in a text, edition, - or metadata. - 언어적 상호작용이 발생하는 무대 또는 배경을 산문적 기술로서 또는 일련의 무대 요소로서 - 기술한다. - 描述語言互動所發生的一個或多個背景,可用一段散文描述或是一系列的背景元素來表達。 - 言語交流が行われた状況設定を,散文または一連の要素settingに - より示す. - décrit le(s) contexte(s) dans lesquels se situe une - interaction linguistique, soit sous la forme d'une description en prose, soit sous celle - d'une série d'éléments décrivant le contexte. - describe en prosa, o mediante una serie de - elementos de realización, la realización o realizaciones dentro de las cuales una - interacción lingüística tiene lugar. - descrive lo scenario o gli scenari nei quali si - svolge l'interazione linuistica, sia in forma di prosa descrittiva sia con elementi di - scenario. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Texts recorded in the - Canadian Parliament building in Ottawa, between April and November 1988

-
-
- -

Pierre Mendès France, - Entretiens avec Jean Lacouture (1980-1981 )

-
- - -

文本錄於渥太華的加拿大國會大廈,介於1988年4月至11月間

-
- -

May contain a prose description organized as paragraphs, or a series of - setting elements. If used to record not settings of language interactions, but - other places mentioned in the text, then place optionally grouped by - listPlace should be preferred.

-
- -

Peut contenir un texte organisé en paragraphes ou une série d'éléments - setting.

-
- -

段落レベルの散文,または一連の要素settingを含むかもしれない.

-
- - 15.2. Contextual Information - 2.4. The Profile Description - -
-
- -
-
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.xml b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.xml index c9a47f7746..ae1f324a94 100644 --- a/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.xml +++ b/Documents/pureODD/chainingTuto/motherODD.xml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ + Second draft: add teiCorpus, xenoData Tours First draft @@ -24,11 +25,10 @@
The Mother ODD specification -

This schema specification supplies all the elements we will need in our project, - both for transcription and for metadata.

- +

Cette spécification fournit tous les éléments nécessaires à un projet de transcription, et pour transcrire les documents, et pour les décrire.

+ - + diff --git a/Documents/pureODD/howtoGenerate-fr.xml b/Documents/pureODD/howtoGenerate-fr.xml index 0e42539089..99953fafd8 100644 --- a/Documents/pureODD/howtoGenerate-fr.xml +++ b/Documents/pureODD/howtoGenerate-fr.xml @@ -376,90 +376,6 @@ particulièrement utiles dans le processus de définition d’un schéma utile pour un ensemble de documents TEI.

-
- Paramètres configurables pour la feuille de style oddbyexample -

Ceux-ci ne fonctionnent pas toujours... voir

- - - Paramètre - Fonction - Valeur par défaut - - - corpus - chemin vers le répetoire contenant les fichiers d’entrée - ./ - - - schema - nom du schéma à générer - oddbyexample - - - corpusList - traiter seulement ces fichiers d’entrées - (no constraint) - - - prefix - traiter seulement les fichiers dont le nom débute par - (no constraint) - - - suffix - traiter seulement les fichiers avec l’extension - xml - - - defaultSource - chemin pour faire référence à aux déclarations TEI - http://www.tei-c.org/Vault/P5/current/xml/tei/odd/p5subset.xml - - - keepGlobals - énumérer tous les attributs globaux - false - - - attributeList - attributs spécifiques dont les valeurs doivent être énumérées - (none) - - - enumerateRend - énumérer les valeurs utilisées pour le rend - false - - - enumerateType - énumérer les valeurs utilisées pour type - false - - - includeHeader - énumérer les attributs des éléments dans les headers TEI - true - - - processNonTEI - énumérer les éléments non-TEI - false - - - - debug - indiquer les informations de bugs - false - - - verbose - produire des messages en mode verbose - false - -
-
- + diff --git a/P5/Exemplars/tei_jtei.odd b/P5/Exemplars/tei_jtei.odd index 54046248ba..490e2dae88 100644 --- a/P5/Exemplars/tei_jtei.odd +++ b/P5/Exemplars/tei_jtei.odd @@ -1948,12 +1948,14 @@ + + @@ -1971,6 +1973,7 @@ + @@ -1993,9 +1996,28 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + - @@ -2143,6 +2165,7 @@ + @@ -2374,6 +2397,7 @@ + @@ -2550,6 +2574,7 @@ + @@ -2697,6 +2722,7 @@ + @@ -3098,6 +3124,9 @@ + + + diff --git a/P5/Exemplars/tei_lite.odd b/P5/Exemplars/tei_lite.odd index 25eb8013c5..1149ac38a6 100644 --- a/P5/Exemplars/tei_lite.odd +++ b/P5/Exemplars/tei_lite.odd @@ -2929,6 +2929,8 @@ $Id$ + + - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Utilities/guidelines.xsl + java -jar Utilities/lib/${SAXONJAR} -s:Utilities/guidelines.xsl.model -xsl:Utilities/guidelines_model_2_executable.xslt -o:Utilities/guidelines.xsl XSL="${XSL}" @# for each language, create a subdirectory and pre-populate it with CSS, source, and web navigation stuff for i in $(ALLLANGUAGES) ;do \ mkdir -p Guidelines-web/$$i/html; \ @@ -142,10 +139,7 @@ fonttest: pdf-init: check.stamp p5.xml Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl @echo check if XeLaTeX exist @command -v xelatex || exit 1 - perl -p -e \ - "s+http://www.tei-c.org/release/xml/tei/stylesheet+${XSL}+; \ - s+/usr/share/xml/tei/stylesheet+${XSL}+;" \ - Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl > Utilities/guidelines.xsl + java -jar Utilities/lib/${SAXONJAR} -s:Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl -xsl:Utilities/guidelines_model_2_executable.xslt -o:Utilities/guidelines.xsl XSL="${XSL}" @echo BUILD: build Lite version of Guidelines, then LaTeX version of Guidelines from Lite, then run to PDF using XeLaTeX @echo Make sure you have Junicode and Noto CJK fonts installed ${ANT} -lib Utilities/lib/${SAXONJAR} -f antbuilder.xml -DXSL=${XSL} -DXELATEX=${XELATEX} pdfonce @@ -263,7 +257,7 @@ readus: cp VERSION release/tei-p5-doc/share/doc/tei-p5-doc @echo BUILD: Make web pages for release notes for i in ReleaseNotes/readme*xml; do \ - echo ${ANT} -f ${XSL}/html/build-to.xml -lib Utilities/lib/${SAXONJAR} -Dprofiledir=${XSL}/profiles -Dprofile=readme \ + ${ANT} -f ${XSL}/html/build-to.xml -lib Utilities/lib/${SAXONJAR} -Dprofiledir=${XSL}/profiles -Dprofile=readme \ -DinputFile=`pwd`/$$i -DoutputFile=`pwd`/release/tei-p5-doc/share/doc/tei-p5-doc/`basename $$i .xml`.html; \ done diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.3.1.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.3.1.xml index 8c68254ef4..83b0a2d791 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.3.1.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.3.1.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The Text Encoding Initiative -

TEI Web

+ TEI Web

No source

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.4.1.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.4.1.xml index febe4ea4e4..659d9d4578 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.4.1.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.4.1.xml @@ -31,8 +31,7 @@ Revision of the TEI class system continues, with the definition of several new classes following on from a systematic review of all - content models by the Council (see ). + content models by the Council (see ). Detailed proposals for the encoding of personal data (for example in diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.6.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.6.xml index 8217da82e6..e16fb24393 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.6.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-0.6.xml @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - 12 March 2007 + 12 March 2007 @@ -19,18 +19,16 @@
- Added a few items; + Added a few items; inserted some phrase-level encoding - created + created

Changes since the last packaged release (0.5, October 2006) - are listed briefly below (please refer to the file ChangeLog in directory ReleaseNotes at the Sourceforge archive for a + are listed briefly below (please refer to the file ChangeLog in directory ReleaseNotes at the Sourceforge archive for a full list).

This (somewhat delayed) release contains a large number of diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.1.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.1.xml index f5e13931e4..add1d803fe 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.1.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.1.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - 3 February 2008 + 3 February 2008 diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.xml index bf42ff8609..3b4589ff67 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.0.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - 2 November 2007 + 2 November 2007 diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.1.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.1.xml index 8fd8b65d94..7acc470114 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.1.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.1.xml @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - 7 July 2008 + 7 July 2008 @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ - created retrospectively from svn ChangeLog + created retrospectively from svn ChangeLog @@ -28,8 +27,7 @@

This is a maintenance release, implementing several changes agreed following the review of outstanding feature requests - undertaken at the Council meeting in Galway in April (see Working + undertaken at the Council meeting in Galway in April (see Working Paper TCW12 for a complete list)

In addition to these specific responses to feature requests, a diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.2.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.2.xml index 37d79f0ea8..780f7ba512 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.2.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.2.xml @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ - created retrospectively from svn ChangeLog + created retrospectively from svn ChangeLog @@ -49,14 +48,14 @@ them to declare @type locally (1848442 1970880 2100015) Clarified and exemplified use of period attribute (1927987) Changed egXML so that its content references a -new macro anyXML; this has the side effect that DTD -language cannot be used (2021933). -Introduced new class att.canonical to support all kinds of +new macro anyXML; this has the side effect that DTD +language cannot be used (2021933). +Introduced new class att.canonical to support all kinds of canonical name referencing (1852101 1977702) Changed content model for monogr to permit idno (1930148) Made consistent usage of @extent as alternative to other more -precise attributes inherited from att.dimensions (1925125) +precise attributes inherited from att.dimensions (1925125) Merged in French translations for remarks components of all element specifications, completed Chinese translations of descriptions, and added Korean translations diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.3.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.3.xml index 29923677ff..0b24052bd5 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.3.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.3.xml @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ - + diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.4.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.4.xml index 4454c3bc66..a323a5193a 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.4.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.4.xml @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ - + diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.5.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.5.xml index b1df306035..d9443050fa 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.5.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.5.xml @@ -85,6 +85,3 @@ class so that it can appear at either end of a div - - - diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.6.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.6.xml index 600aed3837..f578a54509 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.6.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.6.xml @@ -101,6 +101,3 @@ model.respLike (2881416) - - - diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.7.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.7.xml index c92c8802d6..6f882945f0 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.7.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.7.xml @@ -86,6 +86,3 @@ elements which can appear within choice (2834505)

- - - diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.9.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.9.xml index 4c98b37601..34ce141708 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.9.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-1.9.xml @@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ in the process had allowed some invalid ones through). All elements have been changed to make them explicit members of - the att.global attribute class, rather than having this + the att.global attribute class, rather than having this done by special-case processing during the build procedure. This means that any ODD which defines elements in the TEI namespace will have to explicitly add - att.global to them. + att.global to them. The Guidelines are now available in ePub and Kindle formats.

-

+

The table below lists other changes which affect generated schemas.

@@ -64,32 +64,27 @@ 2011-02 Add @valid to egXML - + 2011-02 Make all elements explicit members of att.global - + 2011-02 make collection typeable - + 2011-02 allow date as child of analytic - +
-

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.1.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.1.xml index 860206f15a..b6cc128259 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.1.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.1.xml @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ for this release: Several new elements have been introduced to facilitate a more "document-focussed" (as opposed to "text-focussed") way - of working, following extensive work within the TEI + of working, following extensive work within the TEI Special Interest Group on Genetic Editing and elsewhere. A new sourceDoc element can now be used to organize digital images of a source document in much the same @@ -60,12 +59,11 @@ for this release: (moving to a dual license model of CC-BY and BSD2 for most TEI outputs), and made more evident; the source code tree was tidied up, with all unused items being moved out; some old annoyances -— notably the meaningless distinction between "mwa" and "opt" as -properties of attributes — were +— notably the meaningless distinction between "mwa" and "opt" as +properties of attributes — were removed -Following extensive work by the Special Interest Group in +Following extensive work by the Special Interest Group in Music, a new notatedMusic element was added to support representation of musical notation within texts in a way compatible with the existing Music Encoding Initiative and MusicXML standards. diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.2.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.2.xml index fd044bb11b..f3f38f5428 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.2.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.2.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ substantive change:

- geo has been added to the class att.declaring. + geo has been added to the class att.declaring. @@ -58,8 +58,7 @@ for this release: Several new elements have been introduced to facilitate a more "document-focussed" (as opposed to "text-focussed") way - of working, following extensive work within the TEI + of working, following extensive work within the TEI Special Interest Group on Genetic Editing and elsewhere. A new sourceDoc element can now be used to organize digital images of a source document in much the same @@ -79,12 +78,11 @@ for this release: (moving to a dual license model of CC-BY and BSD2 for most TEI outputs), and made more evident; the source code tree was tidied up, with all unused items being moved out; some old annoyances -— notably the meaningless distinction between "mwa" and "opt" as -properties of attributes — were +— notably the meaningless distinction between "mwa" and "opt" as +properties of attributes — were removed -Following extensive work by the Special Interest Group in +Following extensive work by the Special Interest Group in Music, a new notatedMusic element was added to support representation of musical notation within texts in a way compatible with the existing Music Encoding Initiative and MusicXML standards. diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.xml index 3bc95440e4..0cb91f05cf 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.0.xml @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ for this release: Several new elements have been introduced to facilitate a more "document-focussed" (as opposed to "text-focussed") way - of working, following extensive work within the TEI + of working, following extensive work within the TEI Special Interest Group on Genetic Editing and elsewhere. A new document element can now be used to organize digital images of a source document in much the same @@ -57,12 +56,11 @@ for this release: (moving to a dual license model of CC-BY and BSD2 for most TEI outputs), and made more evident; the source code tree was tidied up, with all unused items being moved out; some old annoyances -— notably the meaningless distinction between "mwa" and "opt" as -properties of attributes — were +— notably the meaningless distinction between "mwa" and "opt" as +properties of attributes — were removed -Following extensive work by the Special Interest Group in +Following extensive work by the Special Interest Group in Music, a new notatedMusic element was added to support representation of musical notation within texts in a way compatible with the existing Music Encoding Initiative and MusicXML standards. diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.1.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.1.0.xml index 6295e14976..76a0f49c6e 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.1.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-2.1.0.xml @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ variations.

Since the last release (14 February 2012), the Council has considered and disposed of 70 tickets entered in the sourceforge tracking system, from 15 different members of the TEI community. Full -details may be found at http://tei.sf.net : an active list sorted by ticket -number is available at the url http://bit.ly/N2P9Q2 and ticket numbers are also +details may be found at : an active list sorted by ticket +number is available at the url and ticket numbers are also referenced in the subversion ChangeLog, as usual.

Schema Changes

These changes should not affect existing documents, @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ modified to remove some inappropriate restrictions (3449887, 1650195, 3437782, 3441658, 3305016) Additional schematron constraints have been implemented for several elements, notably for attDef, delSpan and -other members of the att.spanning class. -A new class att.datcat has been introduced to +other members of the att.spanning class. +A new class att.datcat has been introduced to permit the use of ISO Standard Data Category Registry values where appropriate (3432520) The attribute version has been renamed versionDate to clarify its function (3393781) -A new class att.witnessed was +A new class att.witnessed was introduced to ensure that only appropriate elements carry the wit attribute (3496951) A new attribute targetLang was added to the -att.pointing class to specify the +att.pointing class to specify the language of the content of an element being pointed to (3288293) The desc element has been added to the content model of the members of - model.listLike (#1771). + model.listLike (#1771). - The trailer element is now a member of att.placement and att.written (#1778). + The trailer element is now a member of att.placement and att.written (#1778). The use of the lem element within a single apparatus entry has been - clarified, whether it appears outside a rdgGrp element or within it (#1785). + clarified, whether it appears outside a rdgGrp element or within it (#1785). The examples of the biblStruct element have been revised by moving the - members of the class model.ptrLike to the right location; an - additional example has been added (#1788). + members of the class model.ptrLike to the right location; an + additional example has been added (#1788). - The entry element is now a member of model.entryPart.top (#1791). + The entry element is now a member of model.entryPart.top (#1791). - The date and time elements are now members of att.canonical (#1821). + The date and time elements are now members of att.canonical (#1821). - The listRef element is now a member of att.typed (#1803). + The listRef element is now a member of att.typed (#1803). The constraint for processing child elements of certain kinds of lists has been - loosened in the TEI simplePrint schema (#1829). + loosened in the TEI simplePrint schema (#1829). The descriptions of the elements depth, height, and width - have been revised (#1850). + have been revised (#1850). @@ -162,12 +132,10 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Duncan Paterson). The mismatch for the documentation of values for the expand attribute of - the classRef element has been corrected. (#1903). + the classRef element has been corrected. (#1903). Corrections of typographic errors, improvements on explanations, and corrections of - examples have been conducted in various sections of the Guidelines (including #1816). + examples have been conducted in various sections of the Guidelines (including #1816).

@@ -181,39 +149,27 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details the role attribute.

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide - processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). The - Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines and are at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). The + Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines and are at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.48.0 milestone.

+ 7.48.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: Handling of multiple schemaSpec elements when merging multiple Spec* - declarations (#249). - Clarification of the creation and use of the TEIVERSION processing instruction (#355). + declarations (#249). + Clarification of the creation and use of the TEIVERSION processing instruction (#355). Elimination of extra space before semicolon in list of suggested values in RELAX NG (#357). - Support for preserving manual page breaks (#358). + Support for preserving manual page breaks (#358). Handling element names linking to their individual spec pages in the PDF version of - the Guidelines’ PDF (#360). - Added namespace to egXML examples in egXML output (#361). + the Guidelines’ PDF (#360). + Added namespace to egXML examples in egXML output (#361). The ODD processing has been enhanced to allow for multiple declarations of sch:ns - within schemaSpec (#366). - The broken links in the ePub version have been fixed (#375). + within schemaSpec (#366). + The broken links in the ePub version have been fixed (#375). The support of examples in the TEI simplePrint schema has been - improved (#383). + improved (#383). diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.0.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.0.0.xml index bb06b594b4..8c05d4f794 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.0.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.0.0.xml @@ -41,28 +41,22 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the - course of this release cycle may be found under the 4.0.0 milestone.

+ course of this release cycle may be found under the 4.0.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: The standOff element functions as a container element for linked data, contextual information, and - stand-off annotations embedded in a TEI document (#374, thanks to Laurent Romary and Piotr Bański). + stand-off annotations embedded in a TEI document (#374, thanks to Laurent Romary and Piotr Bański). With the introduction of the standOff element a new structural class - model.describedResource has - been introduced, and model.resourceLike has been revised and renamed model.resource. + model.describedResource has + been introduced, and model.resourceLike has been revised and renamed model.resource. - As the TEI element is a member of the new model.describedResource class, it can now + As the TEI element is a member of the new model.describedResource class, it can now be a child of another TEI element. The new standOff element: @@ -85,11 +79,9 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details New elements, attributes, and an attribute class have - been introduced for using Unihan properties in TEI (#1805, thanks to Duncan Paterson): + been introduced for using Unihan properties in TEI (#1805, thanks to Duncan Paterson): - The attribute class att.gaijiProp provides attributes for + The attribute class att.gaijiProp provides attributes for defining the properties of non-standard characters or glyphs. @@ -112,8 +104,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details The unihanProp element holds the name and value of a normative or informative Unihan character (or glyph) property as part of its attributes. A list of legal - values from the Unicode Han + values from the Unicode Han Database is provided for the name attribute on unihanProp. The use of the elements charProp, @@ -124,149 +115,99 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Changes were made to improve the precision of language - in the Guidelines referring to conformance (#1588) + in the Guidelines referring to conformance (#1588) Multiple Schematron rules, assertions, or reports in a single constraintSpec are now correctly output as a single sch:pattern in the RELAX - NG schemas (#1625). + NG schemas (#1625). - The discussion of validation has been updated in A Gentle Introduction to XML (#1708). + The discussion of validation has been updated in A Gentle Introduction to XML (#1708). The attributes mode and ident have - been added to the remarks element (#1713). + been added to the remarks element (#1713). The elements decoNote, explicit, and - incipit are now members of the model.biblPart class (#1784). + incipit are now members of the model.biblPart class (#1784). The description of the points attribute in - att.coordinated has been - clarified (#1789). + att.coordinated has been + clarified (#1789). The xr element is now a member of the attribute - class att.typed (#1810). + class att.typed (#1810). Our use of the Travis continuous integration server has - been migrated from travis.org to travis.com (#1826). + been migrated from travis.org to travis.com (#1826). - An example to specify the source of a translation has been added (#1830). + An example to specify the source of a translation has been added (#1830). The description of manuscript descriptions clarifies that msDesc can be used for all text-bearing objects - (#1835). + (#1835). The content model of repository, institution, and collection has been changed - from macro.xtext to macro.phraseSeq.limited (#1836). + from macro.xtext to macro.phraseSeq.limited (#1836). The g element is now available within the - zone element (#1838). + zone element (#1838). The placeName element has been added to the - class model.settingPart and the + class model.settingPart and the example in the setting element has been changed - accordingly (#1842). + accordingly (#1842). The dateline element is now a member of the - class model.pLike.front (#1843). + class model.pLike.front (#1843). The catDesc element is now a member of the - attribute class att.canonical - (#1864). + attribute class att.canonical + (#1864). A Schematron rule has been added to only allow one remarks element per language in specification files - (#1872). + (#1872). The datatype of the name attribute of the - attRef element has been changed from teidata.text to teidata.name (#1878). + attRef element has been changed from teidata.text to teidata.name (#1878). The schema has been tightened to prevent a combination - of valList in sequence with other members of model.contentPart (#1862). + of valList in sequence with other members of model.contentPart (#1862). With the addition of the subtype attribute to - the attribute class att.textCritical, subtype is + the attribute class att.textCritical, subtype is now available on lem, rdg, and - rdgGrp (#1867). + rdgGrp (#1867). The content model of teiCorpus has been changed - (#1922). + (#1922). The constraints for teidata.word have been loosened to allow any character except Unicode separators or control - characters (#1930). + characters (#1930). The explanation of Relax NG and XPath, together with its - associated graphic in the chapter A Gentle Introduction to XML have been revised (#1949). + associated graphic in the chapter A Gentle Introduction to XML have been revised (#1949). Corrections of typographic errors and broken links, improvements on explanations, and corrections of examples have been conducted in various sections of the Guidelines - (including #1760, - #1847, - #1887, - #1907, - #1909, - #1927, - #1936, - #1948, - #1952, - #1954, - #1964, - #1965, - #1968, - #1969). + (including #1760, + #1847, + #1887, + #1907, + #1909, + #1927, + #1936, + #1948, + #1952, + #1954, + #1964, + #1965, + #1968, + #1969). Furthermore, a number of translations have been added or updated. @@ -275,44 +216,32 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT - stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as + stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). The Stylesheets are maintained - separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. + separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release - cycle may be found under the 7.49.0 milestone.

+ cycle may be found under the 7.49.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: The type attribute on biblScope has been replaced by the unit attribute in the tests - (#213). + (#213). Orphaned files in the test directory have been removed - (#216). + (#216). Relative paths to CSS files in the EPUB transformation - have been replaced with absolute paths (#312). + have been replaced with absolute paths (#312). - The jquery library has been updated (#359). + The jquery library has been updated (#359). Special characters encoded as <w:sym> in DOCX are - now converted to hi elements (#389). + now converted to hi elements (#389). Correct handling of Schematron rules in attDef - elements (#403 - and #1950). + elements (#403 + and #1950).

@@ -320,24 +249,18 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

Finally, we have made some significant updates to our documentation and the website: - Documentation of Council practices in TCW 20 is + Documentation of Council practices in TCW 20 is improved for working with branches in the TEIC GitHub repository - #1825. + #1825. The documentation for updating the TEI Framework in oXygen to - the latest release of the TEI Guidelines has been improved #1673 and - added to the oxygen-tei repository, see How + the latest release of the TEI Guidelines has been improved #1673 and + added to the oxygen-tei repository, see How to automatically update your TEI framework in oXygen. Corrections have been conducted in various sections of the - TEI website (including #1944), - and #1938. + TEI website (including #1944), + and #1938.

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.1.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.1.0.xml index d4584537ae..9f9e4004c3 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.1.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.1.0.xml @@ -32,137 +32,98 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.1.0 milestone.

+ 4.1.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: - Chapter 11, Representation of Primary Sources, has been restructured. In addition, the + Chapter 11, Representation of Primary Sources, has been restructured. In addition, the language on the usage of sourceDoc for encoding spatial features and text for encoding textual phenomena has been clarified (#1427). The guidelines on encoding short-form citations with bibliographic details using the - corresp attribute on the bibl element have been expanded (#1431). + corresp attribute on the bibl element have been expanded (#1431). The minimal exemplar TEI customization has been entirely - replaced with a new version (#1540). + replaced with a new version (#1540). A constraint on the usage of the restriction attribute on the dataRef element has been added: restriction can only be used - together with the name attribute (#1606). + together with the name attribute (#1606). Most of the exemplar ODD customizations have been purified — converted to use the ODD language, not RELAX NG, to describe element content models (#1609). The class membership of q has been changed. In the course of this, the - element class model.qLike was renamed to model.attributable. Consequently, the use of the q element is - allowed in additional contexts (#1918), including - the byline element (#1858), and - the span element (#1658). + element class model.qLike was renamed to model.attributable. Consequently, the use of the q element is + allowed in additional contexts (#1918), including + the byline element (#1858), and + the span element (#1658). The surplus element has been added to the content model of subst. The subst element must have at least one child add and at least one - child del or surplus (#1661). + child del or surplus (#1661). - A new datatype, teidata.authority has been + A new datatype, teidata.authority has been introduced. Its value may be either a value from an enumerated list defined in the document's schema, or a URI (ostensibly referring to an authority list that is not in the document's schema). The new datatype is used by the where attribute of - the move element (#1769). + the move element (#1769). - A new attribute class att.lexicographic.normalized + A new attribute class att.lexicographic.normalized holding the attributes norm and orig has been introduced. The - existing attribute classes att.lexicographic and att.linguistic are now members of the new attribute class (#1776 and #1973), thanks to Piotr + existing attribute classes att.lexicographic and att.linguistic are now members of the new attribute class (#1776 and #1973), thanks to Piotr Bański. The elements interp, interpGrp, span, and - spanGrp are now members of the attribute class att.typed (#1844). + spanGrp are now members of the attribute class att.typed (#1844). - The titlePage element and most elements from the classes model.titlepagePart and model.frontPart.drama are now available in the rdg and lem + The titlePage element and most elements from the classes model.titlepagePart and model.frontPart.drama are now available in the rdg and lem elements (#1848). Further discussion of editorial theory and practice has been added to chapter 12, - Critical Apparatus (#1849). + Critical Apparatus (#1849). A discussion of the use of witDetail without target has been - added to chapter 12, Critical + added to chapter 12, Critical Apparatus — such a witDetail refers to the closest preceding - rdg or lem (#1852). + rdg or lem (#1852). - The rendering of the Deprecation Appendix has been improved (#1854). + The rendering of the Deprecation Appendix has been improved (#1854). - The class model.graphicLike and the pc element - have been added to the content model of the cit element (#1914 and #1891). + The class model.graphicLike and the pc element + have been added to the content model of the cit element (#1914 and #1891). The datatype of the role attribute of the org element has been - changed from teidata.word to teidata.enumerated (#1908). + changed from teidata.word to teidata.enumerated (#1908). Multiple seriesStmt elements are now allowed in the TEI Header and in the - biblFull element (#1998). + biblFull element (#1998). The content model of the standOff element, which functions as a container for linked data, contextual information, and stand-off annotations embedded in a TEI document, has been further extended with the introduction of new elements, classes, - extensions of content models, and related explanations (#2018): + extensions of content models, and related explanations (#2018): The listAnnotation element contains a list of annotations, typically encoded as annotation, annotationBlock, or note, possibly organized with nested listAnnotation elements. The annotation element represents an annotation following the Web Annotation Data Model. - The class model.annotationLike groups elements used + The class model.annotationLike groups elements used to represent annotations. - The class model.annotationPart.body groups elements + The class model.annotationPart.body groups elements which may be used as an annotation body. - The pron element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed (#2020). + The pron element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed (#2020). Corrections of typographic errors and broken links, improvements on explanations, and corrections of examples, constraints and references have been conducted in various - sections of the Guidelines (including #1781, #1980, #1982, #2025). + sections of the Guidelines (including #1781, #1980, #1982, #2025).

@@ -170,39 +131,29 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). - The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.50.0 milestone.

+ 7.50.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: The Noto CJK fonts have been made the default for the PDF version of the Guidelines. - This resolves a number of rendering issues (#132, #148, and #202). + This resolves a number of rendering issues (#132, #148, and #202). Several http references have been replaced with https - (#378 and #400). + (#378 and #400). The handling of the dataRef element with name attributes has - been corrected (#408). + been corrected (#408). Table cells spanning multiple columns are now automatically centered in jTEI - conversions (#409). + conversions (#409). In the conversion from jTEI to OpenEdition, the unrecognized elements title level="s" and email are now ignored rather than incorrectly rendered (#430). - The JQuery library has been updated to the current version: 3.5.1 (#433). + The JQuery library has been updated to the current version: 3.5.1 (#433). Incorrect rendering of Arabic in the PDF version of the Guidelines has been resolved (#442). @@ -211,9 +162,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

Finally, we have made some updates to our documentation and the website: - The ODD documentation has been updated and improved (#1082 and #1813). + The ODD documentation has been updated and improved (#1082 and #1813). Documentation on Workload and Guidelines for Resignation has been added to the documentation repository as TCW 30. diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.0.xml index 85be5923af..108d769e1e 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.0.xml @@ -32,38 +32,32 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.2.0 milestone.

+ 4.2.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: New encoding features New elements have been introduced for the encoding of ruby annotations, a particular - method of glossing runs of text which is common in East Asian scripts (#2054, with thanks to Kiyonori + method of glossing runs of text which is common in East Asian scripts (#2054, with thanks to Kiyonori Nagasaki, Satoru Nakamura, Kazuhiro Okada, Duncan Paterson, and Martin Holmes): The ruby element contains a passage of base text along with its associated ruby gloss(es). The rb element contains the base text annotated by a ruby gloss. The rt element contains a ruby text, an annotation closely associated with a passage of the main text. - A subsection on Ruby Annotations has been added, which is also referenced from several + A subsection on Ruby Annotations has been added, which is also referenced from several suitable places in the Guidelines. With this first take we hope to initiate further discussion and the implementation of additional use cases. The new element persPronouns has been introduced to indicate the personal - pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described (#2010). + pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described (#2010). Two new elements and an attribute class have been introduced to allow documents to declare their citation structure and to specify how structural information may be extracted from them (#1957): - The attribute class att.citeStructurePart provides + The attribute class att.citeStructurePart provides attributes for selecting particular elements within a document. The citeData element specifies how information may be extracted from citation structures. @@ -72,50 +66,35 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details - A new element, noteGrp, for grouping notes has been introduced (#1833). + A new element, noteGrp, for grouping notes has been introduced (#1833). Changes to content models - The attribute class att.translatable has been moved from - the TEI Infrastructure module to the Documentation Elements module (#2036 and #2097). + The attribute class att.translatable has been moved from + the TEI Infrastructure module to the Documentation Elements module (#2036 and #2097). The interp, interpGrp, span, and spanGrp - elements now have a type attribute (#2012). + elements now have a type attribute (#2012). - The material element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. Furthermore, a free-standing function + The material element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. Furthermore, a free-standing function attribute has been added to the material element, including a sample values list (#1911). - The altIdentifier element is now a member of the attribute class att.datable (#1986). + The altIdentifier element is now a member of the attribute class att.datable (#1986). The elements author, editor, funder, meeting, - principal, and sponsor are now members of the attribute class att.datable (#1992). + principal, and sponsor are now members of the attribute class att.datable (#1992). Elements from the RELAX NG annotations namespace are now allowed alongside elements - from the RELAX NG schema language namespace inside content elements (#1937). + from the RELAX NG schema language namespace inside content elements (#1937). - The certainty element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed, and has a sample values list for the type + The certainty element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed, and has a sample values list for the type attribute (#1934). The free-standing predicate attribute on model has been replaced - with a reference to the newly introduced attribute class att.predicate. The equiv element is now also a member of the new + with a reference to the newly introduced attribute class att.predicate. The equiv element is now also a member of the new class (#1925). In several previous releases the schema permitted altIdent as a child of @@ -129,8 +108,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details and taxonomy.--> (#1919). - The object element is now allowed in the witness element (#1868). + The object element is now allowed in the witness element (#1868). The name element is now directly allowed in the place element (#1484). @@ -138,23 +116,17 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Improvements of prose and examples - The remarks of the match attribute in the attribute class att.scoping and the description of the class itself have been + The remarks of the match attribute in the attribute class att.scoping and the description of the class itself have been improved (#2078). The subsection on Dates and Times has been promoted to the new - section Dates (#2066 and + section Dates (#2066 and #2033). The description for the specDesc element has been improved and the - key attribute is now required (#2061 and #2062). + key attribute is now required (#2061 and #2062). - The prose discussion of the location of a place has been expanded (#2042). + The prose discussion of the location of a place has been expanded (#2042). Several comments in ODD customization exemplars were changed to expository prose. This change was motivated by the realization that the placement of each comment made it @@ -163,43 +135,30 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Chapter 5 on Characters, Glyphs, and Writing Modes now refers potential proposers of new characters to the Unicode Standards to the UC Berkeley Script - Encoding Initiative for assistance (#1963). + Encoding Initiative for assistance (#1963). The examples demonstrating the usage of the type attribute on - listPerson elements has been improved (#1953). + listPerson elements has been improved (#1953). Several indefinite articles in front of element and attribute names have been - corrected (#1951 and #2015). + corrected (#1951 and #2015). - A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#1989, #2082, #2101, #2074). + A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#1989, #2082, #2101, #2074). - Several examples have been corrected and improved (#1932, #2087). + Several examples have been corrected and improved (#1932, #2087). A new xenoData example using GeoJSON has been added demonstrating the usage - of non-XML data (#1884). + of non-XML data (#1884). - The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1786). + The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1786). Housekeeping - Some warning messages in tei_customization have been improved (#2052). + Some warning messages in tei_customization have been improved (#2052). - The outdated genetic directory has been removed (#2043). + The outdated genetic directory has been removed (#2043). For each specification element in the Guidelines that has glosses in any language, an English gloss has been added (if not already present), even if it had @@ -208,8 +167,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details glosses in multiple languages, and has the added benefit of treating all languages more equally (#2037). - Licensing information has been added explicitly to the repository (#1962). + Licensing information has been added explicitly to the repository (#1962). Unused test files have been removed from the Test directory (#1942). @@ -236,26 +194,19 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). - The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.51.0 milestone.

+ 7.51.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: - Test2 has been updated to use its own copy of source/p5subset.xml (#456). - A permalink has been added to all examples (#471). + Test2 has been updated to use its own copy of source/p5subset.xml (#456). + A permalink has been added to all examples (#471). An erroneous resp attribute on the note element has been - replaced with the type attribute in the OpenEdition output (#474). + replaced with the type attribute in the OpenEdition output (#474). The hard-coded word bibliography used to link to the bibliography at the bottom right of many examples has been replaced with an i18n key (#478). - An obsolete email address has been removed from the Guidelines pages (#484). + An obsolete email address has been removed from the Guidelines pages (#484).

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.1.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.1.xml index 1404f35f3a..648f74d4bc 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.1.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.1.xml @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details The constraintSpec element is now ignored when processing an attDef in order to generate the “Schema Declaration” portion of the documentation for the - attribute being defined (#488). + attribute being defined (#488).

@@ -53,38 +52,32 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.2.0 milestone.

+ 4.2.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: New encoding features New elements have been introduced for the encoding of ruby annotations, a particular - method of glossing runs of text which is common in East Asian scripts (#2054, with thanks to Kiyonori + method of glossing runs of text which is common in East Asian scripts (#2054, with thanks to Kiyonori Nagasaki, Satoru Nakamura, Kazuhiro Okada, Duncan Paterson, and Martin Holmes): The ruby element contains a passage of base text along with its associated ruby gloss(es). The rb element contains the base text annotated by a ruby gloss. The rt element contains a ruby text, an annotation closely associated with a passage of the main text. - A subsection on Ruby Annotations has been added, which is also referenced from several + A subsection on Ruby Annotations has been added, which is also referenced from several suitable places in the Guidelines. With this first take we hope to initiate further discussion and the implementation of additional use cases. The new element persPronouns has been introduced to indicate the personal - pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described (#2010). + pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described (#2010). Two new elements and an attribute class have been introduced to allow documents to declare their citation structure and to specify how structural information may be extracted from them (#1957): - The attribute class att.citeStructurePart provides + The attribute class att.citeStructurePart provides attributes for selecting particular elements within a document. The citeData element specifies how information may be extracted from citation structures. @@ -93,50 +86,35 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details - A new element, noteGrp, for grouping notes has been introduced (#1833). + A new element, noteGrp, for grouping notes has been introduced (#1833). Changes to content models - The attribute class att.translatable has been moved from - the TEI Infrastructure module to the Documentation Elements module (#2036 and #2097). + The attribute class att.translatable has been moved from + the TEI Infrastructure module to the Documentation Elements module (#2036 and #2097). The interp, interpGrp, span, and spanGrp - elements now have a type attribute (#2012). + elements now have a type attribute (#2012). - The material element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. Furthermore, a free-standing function + The material element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. Furthermore, a free-standing function attribute has been added to the material element, including a sample values list (#1911). - The altIdentifier element is now a member of the attribute class att.datable (#1986). + The altIdentifier element is now a member of the attribute class att.datable (#1986). The elements author, editor, funder, meeting, - principal, and sponsor are now members of the attribute class att.datable (#1992). + principal, and sponsor are now members of the attribute class att.datable (#1992). Elements from the RELAX NG annotations namespace are now allowed alongside elements - from the RELAX NG schema language namespace inside content elements (#1937). + from the RELAX NG schema language namespace inside content elements (#1937). - The certainty element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed, and has a sample values list for the type + The certainty element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed, and has a sample values list for the type attribute (#1934). The free-standing predicate attribute on model has been replaced - with a reference to the newly introduced attribute class att.predicate. The equiv element is now also a member of the new + with a reference to the newly introduced attribute class att.predicate. The equiv element is now also a member of the new class (#1925). In several previous releases the schema permitted altIdent as a child of @@ -150,8 +128,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details and taxonomy.--> (#1919). - The object element is now allowed in the witness element (#1868). + The object element is now allowed in the witness element (#1868). The name element is now directly allowed in the place element (#1484). @@ -159,23 +136,17 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Improvements of prose and examples - The remarks of the match attribute in the attribute class att.scoping and the description of the class itself have been + The remarks of the match attribute in the attribute class att.scoping and the description of the class itself have been improved (#2078). The subsection on Dates and Times has been promoted to the new - section Dates (#2066 and + section Dates (#2066 and #2033). The description for the specDesc element has been improved and the - key attribute is now required (#2061 and #2062). + key attribute is now required (#2061 and #2062). - The prose discussion of the location of a place has been expanded (#2042). + The prose discussion of the location of a place has been expanded (#2042). Several comments in ODD customization exemplars were changed to expository prose. This change was motivated by the realization that the placement of each comment made it @@ -184,43 +155,30 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Chapter 5 on Characters, Glyphs, and Writing Modes now refers potential proposers of new characters to the Unicode Standards to the UC Berkeley Script - Encoding Initiative for assistance (#1963). + Encoding Initiative for assistance (#1963). The examples demonstrating the usage of the type attribute on - listPerson elements has been improved (#1953). + listPerson elements has been improved (#1953). Several indefinite articles in front of element and attribute names have been - corrected (#1951 and #2015). + corrected (#1951 and #2015). - A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#1989, #2082, #2101, #2074). + A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#1989, #2082, #2101, #2074). - Several examples have been corrected and improved (#1932, #2087). + Several examples have been corrected and improved (#1932, #2087). A new xenoData example using GeoJSON has been added demonstrating the usage - of non-XML data (#1884). + of non-XML data (#1884). - The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1786). + The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1786). Housekeeping - Some warning messages in tei_customization have been improved (#2052). + Some warning messages in tei_customization have been improved (#2052). - The outdated genetic directory has been removed (#2043). + The outdated genetic directory has been removed (#2043). For each specification element in the Guidelines that has glosses in any language, an English gloss has been added (if not already present), even if it had @@ -229,8 +187,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details glosses in multiple languages, and has the added benefit of treating all languages more equally (#2037). - Licensing information has been added explicitly to the repository (#1962). + Licensing information has been added explicitly to the repository (#1962). Unused test files have been removed from the Test directory (#1942). @@ -257,26 +214,19 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). - The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.51.0 milestone.

+ 7.51.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: - Test2 has been updated to use its own copy of source/p5subset.xml (#456). - A permalink has been added to all examples (#471). + Test2 has been updated to use its own copy of source/p5subset.xml (#456). + A permalink has been added to all examples (#471). An erroneous resp attribute on the note element has been - replaced with the type attribute in the OpenEdition output (#474). + replaced with the type attribute in the OpenEdition output (#474). The hard-coded word bibliography used to link to the bibliography at the bottom right of many examples has been replaced with an i18n key (#478). - An obsolete email address has been removed from the Guidelines pages (#484). + An obsolete email address has been removed from the Guidelines pages (#484).

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.2.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.2.xml index aeadca44d8..d4407d769a 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.2.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.2.2.xml @@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details made to the Guidelines: Add a mode attribute with value - add (#2128) + add (#2128) to each type attribute that overrides the att.typed class. @@ -55,8 +54,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details The constraintSpec element is now ignored when processing an attDef in order to generate the “Schema Declaration” portion of the documentation for the - attribute being defined (#488). + attribute being defined (#488).

@@ -69,38 +67,32 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.2.0 milestone.

+ 4.2.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: New encoding features New elements have been introduced for the encoding of ruby annotations, a particular - method of glossing runs of text which is common in East Asian scripts (#2054, with thanks to Kiyonori + method of glossing runs of text which is common in East Asian scripts (#2054, with thanks to Kiyonori Nagasaki, Satoru Nakamura, Kazuhiro Okada, Duncan Paterson, and Martin Holmes): The ruby element contains a passage of base text along with its associated ruby gloss(es). The rb element contains the base text annotated by a ruby gloss. The rt element contains a ruby text, an annotation closely associated with a passage of the main text. - A subsection on Ruby Annotations has been added, which is also referenced from several + A subsection on Ruby Annotations has been added, which is also referenced from several suitable places in the Guidelines. With this first take we hope to initiate further discussion and the implementation of additional use cases. The new element persPronouns has been introduced to indicate the personal - pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described (#2010). + pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described (#2010). Two new elements and an attribute class have been introduced to allow documents to declare their citation structure and to specify how structural information may be extracted from them (#1957): - The attribute class att.citeStructurePart provides + The attribute class att.citeStructurePart provides attributes for selecting particular elements within a document. The citeData element specifies how information may be extracted from citation structures. @@ -109,50 +101,35 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details - A new element, noteGrp, for grouping notes has been introduced (#1833). + A new element, noteGrp, for grouping notes has been introduced (#1833). Changes to content models - The attribute class att.translatable has been moved from - the TEI Infrastructure module to the Documentation Elements module (#2036 and #2097). + The attribute class att.translatable has been moved from + the TEI Infrastructure module to the Documentation Elements module (#2036 and #2097). The interp, interpGrp, span, and spanGrp - elements now have a type attribute (#2012). + elements now have a type attribute (#2012). - The material element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. Furthermore, a free-standing function + The material element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. Furthermore, a free-standing function attribute has been added to the material element, including a sample values list (#1911). - The altIdentifier element is now a member of the attribute class att.datable (#1986). + The altIdentifier element is now a member of the attribute class att.datable (#1986). The elements author, editor, funder, meeting, - principal, and sponsor are now members of the attribute class att.datable (#1992). + principal, and sponsor are now members of the attribute class att.datable (#1992). Elements from the RELAX NG annotations namespace are now allowed alongside elements - from the RELAX NG schema language namespace inside content elements (#1937). + from the RELAX NG schema language namespace inside content elements (#1937). - The certainty element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed, and has a sample values list for the type + The certainty element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed, and has a sample values list for the type attribute (#1934). The free-standing predicate attribute on model has been replaced - with a reference to the newly introduced attribute class att.predicate. The equiv element is now also a member of the new + with a reference to the newly introduced attribute class att.predicate. The equiv element is now also a member of the new class (#1925). In several previous releases the schema permitted altIdent as a child of @@ -166,8 +143,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details and taxonomy.--> (#1919). - The object element is now allowed in the witness element (#1868). + The object element is now allowed in the witness element (#1868). The name element is now directly allowed in the place element (#1484). @@ -175,23 +151,17 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Improvements of prose and examples - The remarks of the match attribute in the attribute class att.scoping and the description of the class itself have been + The remarks of the match attribute in the attribute class att.scoping and the description of the class itself have been improved (#2078). The subsection on Dates and Times has been promoted to the new - section Dates (#2066 and + section Dates (#2066 and #2033). The description for the specDesc element has been improved and the - key attribute is now required (#2061 and #2062). + key attribute is now required (#2061 and #2062). - The prose discussion of the location of a place has been expanded (#2042). + The prose discussion of the location of a place has been expanded (#2042). Several comments in ODD customization exemplars were changed to expository prose. This change was motivated by the realization that the placement of each comment made it @@ -200,43 +170,30 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Chapter 5 on Characters, Glyphs, and Writing Modes now refers potential proposers of new characters to the Unicode Standards to the UC Berkeley Script - Encoding Initiative for assistance (#1963). + Encoding Initiative for assistance (#1963). The examples demonstrating the usage of the type attribute on - listPerson elements has been improved (#1953). + listPerson elements has been improved (#1953). Several indefinite articles in front of element and attribute names have been - corrected (#1951 and #2015). + corrected (#1951 and #2015). - A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#1989, #2082, #2101, #2074). + A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#1989, #2082, #2101, #2074). - Several examples have been corrected and improved (#1932, #2087). + Several examples have been corrected and improved (#1932, #2087). A new xenoData example using GeoJSON has been added demonstrating the usage - of non-XML data (#1884). + of non-XML data (#1884). - The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1786). + The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1786). Housekeeping - Some warning messages in tei_customization have been improved (#2052). + Some warning messages in tei_customization have been improved (#2052). - The outdated genetic directory has been removed (#2043). + The outdated genetic directory has been removed (#2043). For each specification element in the Guidelines that has glosses in any language, an English gloss has been added (if not already present), even if it had @@ -245,8 +202,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details glosses in multiple languages, and has the added benefit of treating all languages more equally (#2037). - Licensing information has been added explicitly to the repository (#1962). + Licensing information has been added explicitly to the repository (#1962). Unused test files have been removed from the Test directory (#1942). @@ -273,26 +229,19 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). - The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.51.0 milestone.

+ 7.51.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: - Test2 has been updated to use its own copy of source/p5subset.xml (#456). - A permalink has been added to all examples (#471). + Test2 has been updated to use its own copy of source/p5subset.xml (#456). + A permalink has been added to all examples (#471). An erroneous resp attribute on the note element has been - replaced with the type attribute in the OpenEdition output (#474). + replaced with the type attribute in the OpenEdition output (#474). The hard-coded word bibliography used to link to the bibliography at the bottom right of many examples has been replaced with an i18n key (#478). - An obsolete email address has been removed from the Guidelines pages (#484). + An obsolete email address has been removed from the Guidelines pages (#484).

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.3.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.3.0.xml index 0f4f12964a..83c25310f2 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.3.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.3.0.xml @@ -32,9 +32,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.3.0 milestone.

+ 4.3.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: @@ -43,20 +41,16 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details The new element ellipsis has been introduced for encoding a purposeful marking in the source document that indicates a passage has been omitted, and optionally - supplying the omitted passage if available (#1877). + supplying the omitted passage if available (#1877). The where attribute of event — used to reference a location by pointing to entries in a canonical list of places — has been moved to a new attribute - class, att.locatable, and - event is a member of the new class (#1910). + class, att.locatable, and + event is a member of the new class (#1910). The conversion element has been made a member - of the new att.locatable class, + of the new att.locatable class, allowing encoders to specify where a particular conversion calculation is or was applicable. @@ -65,65 +59,45 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Changes to content models The invalid content model for editorialDecl in the TEI Lite - ODD has been corrected (#2162). - The object element allows multiple nested object siblings now (#2152) + ODD has been corrected (#2162). + The object element allows multiple nested object siblings now (#2152) The schemaSpec element is now a member of the - element class model.frontPart, + element class model.frontPart, allowing it to be a direct child of front or - back (#2149, - #2147). + back (#2149, + #2147). - The attributes calendar and period allow multiple teidata.pointer values now (#2028, #2002). + The attributes calendar and period allow multiple teidata.pointer values now (#2028, #2002). Improvements of prose and examples - Several examples have been corrected and improved (#2145). + Several examples have been corrected and improved (#2145). - Several typos have been corrected (#2133). + Several typos have been corrected (#2133). - The descriptions on the usage of ruby has been improved (#2109). + The descriptions on the usage of ruby has been improved (#2109). An example for the usage of hand on rt (ruby text) has been added (#2107). - Language inconsistencies in the subsection on Using Non-Gregorien Calendars have been fixed (#2134). + Language inconsistencies in the subsection on Using Non-Gregorien Calendars have been fixed (#2134). - The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1721, #1586, #2100). + The descriptions of several modules have been improved (#1721, #1586, #2100). Housekeeping - Several broken links and tagging errors on the TEI website have been repaired (#2160, #2159) + Several broken links and tagging errors on the TEI website have been repaired (#2160, #2159) - Saxon 9 has been upgraded to Saxon 10 (#2117) + Saxon 9 has been upgraded to Saxon 10 (#2117) The documentation for the release of the Oxygen plugin has been significally improved (#2116) - The Schematron contraint for ab has been refined (#1988). + The Schematron contraint for ab has been refined (#1988).

@@ -131,20 +105,16 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). - The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.52.0 milestone.

+ 7.52.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: References to the Schematron 1.x namespace (http://www.ascc.net/xml/schematron) have been - removed (#178). + removed (#178). xml:id values are passed through to HTML5 @@ -152,26 +122,20 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details class tei_front, tei_body, or tei_back that is generated from a TEI input front, body, or back with an - xml:id (#326). + xml:id (#326). The error message for reading source files has been improved in the odd2odd.xsl file - (#379). + (#379). - The URL wrapping in the JTEI Open Edition output has been enabled (#436). + The URL wrapping in the JTEI Open Edition output has been enabled (#436). The error that caused desc children of - graphic to be dropped has been fixed in odd2lite.xsl (#444). + graphic to be dropped has been fixed in odd2lite.xsl (#444). The repetition of id attributes when processing - listBibl/bibl elements into HTML has been fixed (#516). + listBibl/bibl elements into HTML has been fixed (#516).

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.4.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.4.0.xml index 6a994ace88..46b388581f 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.4.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.4.0.xml @@ -27,9 +27,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details -

Release 4.4.0 is codenamed Ukraine Solidarity.The TEI-C has contributed to a small +

Release 4.4.0 is codenamed Ukraine Solidarity.The TEI-C has contributed to a small grant program started by e-editiones aiming to help scholars of Ukrainian cultural heritage whose work has been disrupted by the Russian invasion of Ukraine to continue their @@ -38,171 +36,107 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.4.0 milestone.

+ 4.4.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: Changes to content models - The listRef element is now a member of the element class model.ptrLike. Furthermore, constraints on the use of listRef within + The listRef element is now a member of the element class model.ptrLike. Furthermore, constraints on the use of listRef within Documentation Elements have been added and the corresponding remarks have been updated. - (#1667 and #2209). - The graphic element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. A corresponding example has been added to the + (#1667 and #2209). + The graphic element is now a member of the attribute class att.typed. A corresponding example has been added to the specification (#1999). The constraintSpec element has been added to elements that get copied to p5subset (#2187). - The stage element is now member of the attribute class att.written - (#2197). + The stage element is now member of the attribute class att.written + (#2197). The constraint that an objectIdentifier must have at least one child element was moved from the - Schematron schema to the Relax NG schema.(#2260). - In release 4.1.0, att.interpLike became a member of - att.typed, in preference to its - previously locally-defined type attribute (#2012). + Schematron schema to the Relax NG schema.(#2260). + In release 4.1.0, att.interpLike became a member of + att.typed, in preference to its + previously locally-defined type attribute (#2012). Due to a yet unfound (let alone solved) bug in the Stylesheets this caused an egregious error in the HTML output. Thus this change has been reverted until such time - as the bug can be fixed: att.interpLike is no longer a member of - att.typed and locally defines - both type and subtype (#2270). + as the bug can be fixed: att.interpLike is no longer a member of + att.typed and locally defines + both type and subtype (#2270). Improvements of prose and examples The descriptions of the legal values of the mode attribute in the - attribute class att.combinable have been clarified (#1715). + attribute class att.combinable have been clarified (#1715). The description of the URI value of the type attribute of the - idno element has been improved (#2071). - The prose in the subsection on Grouped Texts has been updated (#2203). - The description for the msDesc element has been improved (#2218). + idno element has been improved (#2071). + The prose in the subsection on Grouped Texts has been updated (#2203). + The description for the msDesc element has been improved (#2218). Two examples have been added to demonstrate the annotation of multiple ruby streams - in the same alignment (#2110). + in the same alignment (#2110). A constraint has been added for the global source attribute on ODD elements (#1869). - Several typos and unclear expressions have been corrected (#2178, #2181, #2186, #2191, #2198, #2236). - A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (PR #2199, PR #2201). + Several typos and unclear expressions have been corrected (#2178, #2181, #2186, #2191, #2198, #2236). + A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (PR #2199, PR #2201). Housekeeping - The Bibliography + The Bibliography now includes entries for examples in French and Taiwanese Mandarin when previously they were only available in their language-specific version of the Guidelines; in addition, the sort order of many entries has been - corrected (#2106). + corrected (#2106). tei_dictionaries.odd has been - removed from Exemplars (#1572). - The deprecated elements charName, charProp, glyphName, localName, unicodeName, and value have been removed (#2232). The schemaSpec element + removed from Exemplars (#1572). + The deprecated elements charName, charProp, glyphName, localName, unicodeName, and value have been removed (#2232). The schemaSpec element is now only permitted as a child of encodingDesc, back, body, div, div1, div2, div3, div4, div5, div6, div7, or front; its use in - other places has been deprecated since release 4.1.0 (#1921). + other places has been deprecated since release 4.1.0 (#1921). The phrase-level encoding of macros has been made - consistent (#2192). + consistent (#2192). Outdated references to SourceForge have been removed - (#2206). + (#2206). The identifiers of ident attributes in constraintSpec elements have been made unique, and - a constraint has been added to require uniqueness (#2223). + a constraint has been added to require uniqueness (#2223). The targets for generating PDF in the P5/Makefile have - been renamed for better orientation (#2217). + been renamed for better orientation (#2217). The Jenkins image has been updated to fix the out of - memory error (#2239). + memory error (#2239). Links to the W3C website have been updated to - https (PR + https (PR #2238). Editorial errors have been fixed in the remarks in the moduleRef tagdoc, and a constraint has been added to flag simultaneous use of include and except on the same - moduleRef as an error (PR - #2265). The directory listing for https://tei-c.org/Vault/P5/ has been repaired (#2167). + moduleRef as an error (PR + #2265). The directory listing for https://tei-c.org/Vault/P5/ has been repaired (#2167).

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and OxGarage as well as other TEI conversions). - The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.53.0 milestone.

+ 7.53.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: The processing in docx2tei has been aligned with the Guidelines - prose, differentiating between list/@type and list/@rend (#465). + prose, differentiating between list/@type and list/@rend (#465). The obsolete HTML output declaration has been updated to a current XHTML5 - declaration (#487). + declaration (#487). Both idno and altIdent are now - accepted as encodings for the FPI of a module (#509). - A template to handle images has been added to tei-to-markdown.xsl (#511). + accepted as encodings for the FPI of a module (#509). + A template to handle images has been added to tei-to-markdown.xsl (#511). The superfluous word Attributes in the tables of element and attribute classes, which appeared in the HTML output documentation from user ODD files, has been - removed (#515). - Phrase-level references to macros and datatypes are now links in the PDF (#526). - The file tools/getnames.xsl now gets p5subset.xml from the Stylesheets - repo, rather than from the web (#527). - An incorrect namespace URI in the file html/html_figures.xsl has been corrected (#546). + removed (#515). + Phrase-level references to macros and datatypes are now links in the PDF (#526). + The file tools/getnames.xsl now gets p5subset.xml from the Stylesheets + repo, rather than from the web (#527). + An incorrect namespace URI in the file html/html_figures.xsl has been corrected (#546). The names of elements and classes that appear in specification lists in the PDF version of the Guidelines are now links to the appropriate diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.5.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.5.0.xml index 28b7abcd25..92112efdf6 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.5.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.5.0.xml @@ -32,78 +32,51 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 4.5.0 milestone.

+ 4.5.0 milestone.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: New encoding features - Sex and gender have been revised in the Guidelines (#2189, #2190), this includes + Sex and gender have been revised in the Guidelines (#2189, #2190), this includes The introduction of the new element gender specifying the gender identity of a person, persona, or character. - The introduction of the new datatype teidata.gender defining the range of attribute values used to represent + The introduction of the new datatype teidata.gender defining the range of attribute values used to represent the gender of a person, persona, or character. - The revision of the discussion of traits and states in the subsection on Basic Principles. - Documentation and guidance in various places of Chapter 13 Names, + The revision of the discussion of traits and states in the subsection on Basic Principles. + Documentation and guidance in various places of Chapter 13 Names, Dates, People, and Places. The revision of the elements sex, person, persona as - well as the datatype teidata.sex. + well as the datatype teidata.sex. - The Guidelines now allow for nested ab elements (#1856). The changes include - The introduction of the new macro macro.abContent + The Guidelines now allow for nested ab elements (#1856). The changes include + The introduction of the new macro macro.abContent defining the content of anonymous block elements. - The introduction of the new element class model.paraPart that groups elements that may appear in paragraphs and + The introduction of the new element class model.paraPart that groups elements that may appear in paragraphs and similar elements. - Changing the content model for ab from macro.paraContent to macro.abContent. - The revision of the descriptions of paragraphs in the subsection on Paragraphs and of anonymous blocks in the subsection on Blocks, Segments, and Anchors. - Making model.gLike, model.global, model.inter, model.lLike, model.phrase, and - lg members of the new element class model.paraPart. + Changing the content model for ab from macro.paraContent to macro.abContent. + The revision of the descriptions of paragraphs in the subsection on Paragraphs and of anonymous blocks in the subsection on Blocks, Segments, and Anchors. + Making model.gLike, model.global, model.inter, model.lLike, model.phrase, and + lg members of the new element class model.paraPart. Changes to content models - With the introduction of model.describedResource the - Guidelines and the data model for teiCorpus are now consistent (#1823). + With the introduction of model.describedResource the + Guidelines and the data model for teiCorpus are now consistent (#1823). - The content model of textLang has been changed from macro.phraseSeq to macro.specialPara (#2248). + The content model of textLang has been changed from macro.phraseSeq to macro.specialPara (#2248). - The measure element is now a member of the attribute class att.ranging, and examples have been added to demonstrate the use - of attributes for encoding numerical ranges on measure (#2254). + The measure element is now a member of the attribute class att.ranging, and examples have been added to demonstrate the use + of attributes for encoding numerical ranges on measure (#2254). - The constraint for the calendar attribute of att.datable has been broadened to flag as an error a date element - which has a calendar attribute but has only whitespace content (#2257). + The constraint for the calendar attribute of att.datable has been broadened to flag as an error a date element + which has a calendar attribute but has only whitespace content (#2257). The constraint for the location attribute in variantEncoding has - been simplified (#2259). + been simplified (#2259). - The listBibl element is now allowed as a child of abstract (#2292). + The listBibl element is now allowed as a child of abstract (#2292). A constraint has been added that requires that there is no text content within a zone or line element that is itself within a facsimile @@ -112,116 +85,74 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Improvements of prose and examples - A passage that incorrectly implied that figure is a member of the model.titlepagePart class has been re-written (#2228). + A passage that incorrectly implied that figure is a member of the model.titlepagePart class has been re-written (#2228). The relationship between hand and handShift has been clarified (#2338). - The outdated references to ISOCat have been updated in Chapter 9 Dictionaries, - Chapter 18 Feature Structures, gram, and att.datcat. + The outdated references to ISOCat have been updated in Chapter 9 Dictionaries, + Chapter 18 Feature Structures, gram, and att.datcat. In the course of this the attributes datcat and valueDatcat have been removed from the dcr: namespace and are now native TEI attributes. - Additionally, the targetDatcat attribute has been added to the attribute class att.datcat. This change is illustrated by examples in the + Additionally, the targetDatcat attribute has been added to the attribute class att.datcat. This change is illustrated by examples in the sections mentioned. English glosses have been added to scriptDesc, transcriptionDesc, - modelGrp, noteGrp, surfaceGrp, and att.declaring (PR - #2308, PR #2302, PR #2293). - - A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#2241, PR #2233, PR #2234, PR #2237, PR #2240, PR #2281, PR #2294, PR #2305, PR #2310, PR #2311, PR #2312, PR #2322, PR #2323, PR #2324, PR #2348). + modelGrp, noteGrp, surfaceGrp, and att.declaring (PR + #2308, PR #2302, PR #2293). + + A number of translations have been added, updated or improved (#2241, PR #2233, PR #2234, PR #2237, PR #2240, PR #2281, PR #2294, PR #2305, PR #2310, PR #2311, PR #2312, PR #2322, PR #2323, PR #2324, PR #2348). In addition, over a dozen typos, unclear expressions, and incorrect encodings have - been corrected (#2222, #2289, PR #2351). + been corrected (#2222, #2289, PR #2351). Documentation - The documentation on Customizing TEI to Check Pointers by Syd Bauman has been published (1675). + The documentation on Customizing TEI to Check Pointers by Syd Bauman has been published (1675). Housekeeping - The datatypes teidata.pointer, teidata.namespace, and teidata.namespaceOrName - have been restricted so that they do not allow any whitespace in a URI (#2185). + The datatypes teidata.pointer, teidata.namespace, and teidata.namespaceOrName + have been restricted so that they do not allow any whitespace in a URI (#2185). - Improvements of the TEI encoding of examples have been made (#2314, #2297). + Improvements of the TEI encoding of examples have been made (#2314, #2297). The elements charName and glyphName have been removed from the tei_simplePrint exemplar ODD to align with the changes - made in the 4.4.0 release (#2283). + made in the 4.4.0 release (#2283). Some constraints in tei_customization have been removed now that the elements dataSpec and macroSpec allow at most one - content or valList element (#2318). + content or valList element (#2318). Misleading documentation for the prefix attribute of the - elementSpec element has been removed (#2319). + elementSpec element has been removed (#2319). The schematron definition for reporting unused rendition definitions in jTEI articles has been improved (#PR 2325). Constraints on dataFacet and restriction have been made explicit - in the dataRef element (#2326. + in the dataRef element (#2326. - The datatype teidata.unboundedInt has been renamed to - teidata.unboundedCount (#2327). + The datatype teidata.unboundedInt has been renamed to + teidata.unboundedCount (#2327). - Missing ISO references have been added to the bibliography (PR #2344). + Missing ISO references have been added to the bibliography (PR #2344). - The references to the ISO 8601 standard named in the att.datable.iso and teidata.temporal.iso have - been updated with the version number 2004 (PR #2250). + The references to the ISO 8601 standard named in the att.datable.iso and teidata.temporal.iso have + been updated with the version number 2004 (PR #2250). - Vestigal declarations of the RelaxNG namespace have been removed (PR #2353). + Vestigal declarations of the RelaxNG namespace have been removed (PR #2353). - The values of the datatype teidata.outputMeasure have - been updated to the latest CSS3 Candidate Recommendation (PR #2354). + The values of the datatype teidata.outputMeasure have + been updated to the latest CSS3 Candidate Recommendation (PR #2354). Various minor (but helpful) improvements have been made to our internal build - process (#2267 and #551). + process (#2267 and #551).

@@ -229,29 +160,22 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and TEIGarage as well as other TEI - conversions). The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + conversions). The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.54.0 milestone.

+ 7.54.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: The odds/odd2odd.xsl program now copies over the attributes of the children of content in order to retain attributes like - preserveOrder declared on the source element (#241). + preserveOrder declared on the source element (#241). An XSLT template has been added to common/common_core.xsl that prevents the content of the index element within the head element - from being displayed in the table of contents (#382). + from being displayed in the table of contents (#382). - A warning has been added to epub/epub_common.xsl and tools/makegraphicsanttask.xsl in case the xml:id a facs - attribute refers to does not exist (#476). + A warning has been added to epub/epub_common.xsl and tools/makegraphicsanttask.xsl in case the xml:id a facs + attribute refers to does not exist (#476). - A bug in the processing of constraintSpec was fixed in odds/odd2odd.xsl by changing the XSL keys in which constraintSpec + A bug in the processing of constraintSpec was fixed in odds/odd2odd.xsl by changing the XSL keys in which constraintSpec elements are looked up to use only the value of the ident attribute only; and, when processing elementSpec, dataSpec, macroSpec, or classSpec seeking all descendant constraintSpec elements, not just - child constraintSpec elements (#541). + child constraintSpec elements (#541). - The attribute classpathref="classpath" has been added to common/teianttasks.xml to allow the TEI Stylesheets to be called - from external scripts that will submit the classpath location (#544). + The attribute classpathref="classpath" has been added to common/teianttasks.xml to allow the TEI Stylesheets to be called + from external scripts that will submit the classpath location (#544). The whitespace differences that have caused errors in RNC when running the tests were prevented by adding -bBw switches to the diff commands @@ -278,12 +198,10 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details The issue with un-escaped hashes when transforming teitolatex has been fixed by applying the template for text nodes and its tei:escapeChars() function to - the computed link text of pointers which are processed in the xref mode (#565). + the computed link text of pointers which are processed in the xref mode (#565). The examples of the show-all-examples pages have been appended with an indication - that the user is about to go into a different language version of the Guidelines (#571). + that the user is about to go into a different language version of the Guidelines (#571).

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.6.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.6.0.xml index a8732dd65a..a6b4d3ca64 100644 --- a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.6.0.xml +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.6.0.xml @@ -33,38 +33,28 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the 4.6.0 milestone.

-

The Peace Release delivers a new Roma v1.0.0, available at https://roma.tei-c.org/. TEI Roma now has a +

The Peace Release delivers a new Roma v1.0.0, available at https://roma.tei-c.org/. TEI Roma now has a localized user interfaces for English, Spanish, German, French, Italian, and Japanese, with thanks to - translators listed on the home page. The original Roma remains available at http://romaantiqua.tei-c.org/.

+ translators listed on the home page. The original Roma remains available at http://romaantiqua.tei-c.org/.

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: New encoding features - The calendar element is now a member of att.typed, giving it the type and subtype attributes (#2396). - The lg element may now contain any of the members of model.pPart.transcriptional, including supplied, redo, and - damage (#2242). - The gender attribute has been added to the elements in model.castItem.part and the sex attribute to the + The calendar element is now a member of att.typed, giving it the type and subtype attributes (#2396). + The lg element may now contain any of the members of model.pPart.transcriptional, including supplied, redo, and + damage (#2242). + The gender attribute has been added to the elements in model.castItem.part and the sex attribute to the actor element for the encoding of cast lists in - performance texts (#2400). + performance texts (#2400). vColl elements may now self-nest, so that the TEI specifications match the - Guidelines prose (2034). + Guidelines prose (2034). Changes to content models - It is anticippated that in a future relase the content model of the - content element will require that it have one and only one child element (#2381). Thus a Schematron + It is anticipated that in a future release the content model of the + content element will require that it have one and only one child element (#2381). Thus a Schematron warning for ODD writers about this upcoming change has been added to this release (PR #2410). @@ -74,42 +64,32 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Changes to classes The model.glossLike class (which contained altIdent, equiv, and gloss) - has been renamed to model.identSynonyms. + has been renamed to model.identSynonyms. Improvements of prose and examples The biblStruct element now has a new example featuring the use of a - type attribute (#1773). + type attribute (#1773). - An outdated link in an example in att.global was updated + An outdated link in an example in att.global was updated with a new example from a current archive, and the Bibliography was updated to reflect the change (#2366). A misrepresented source for an example in the - Manuscript Description chapter was corrected (#2372). + Manuscript Description chapter was corrected (#2372). To improve consistency, many desc elements were converted to gloss elements and vice versa, and underscores were removed from glosses in several element specifications (PR #2388). - The explanation of the attribute ns has been clarified in att.namespaceable to indicate more precisely that it refers to an - element being defined (#2395). + The explanation of the attribute ns has been clarified in att.namespaceable to indicate more precisely that it refers to an + element being defined (#2395). In addition, several typos, unclear expressions, and faulty encodings have been - corrected (#2252, #2403, #2387, #2225, PR #2375, #2356). + corrected (#2252, #2403, #2387, #2225, PR #2375, #2356). @@ -124,16 +104,14 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Housekeeping The TEI oXygen framework has been updated to - accomodate the fact that versions 25+ of oXygen use Saxon 11 (#2251) + accommodate the fact that versions 25+ of oXygen use Saxon 11 (#2251) The title elements with ref attributes used to refer from the Guidelines to some external standards have been replaced with ref elements with target attributes both for internal consistency of encoding and to ensure their - values are properly processed as links (#2368). + values are properly processed as links (#2368).

@@ -141,12 +119,9 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and TEIGarage as well as other TEI - conversions). The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + conversions). The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the - 7.55.0 milestone.

+ 7.55.0 milestone.

Highlights of this release include: @@ -154,43 +129,34 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details class via an attRef that refers to another attribute class (as opposed to class membership via memberOf or attribute definition via attDef) was not showing up in - the documentation specification pages; this has been fixed (#419). + the documentation specification pages; this has been fixed (#419). Infelicitous spacing in egXML was corrected with resetting the HTML output - declaration to prevent indentation (PR #599). + declaration to prevent indentation (PR #599). Corrected a problem with processing the minOccurs attribute on attDef — when set - to 0 minOccurs was behaving as if + to 0 minOccurs was behaving as if it had been set to 1 unless maxOccurs - was unbounded (#557). + was unbounded (#557). Cases of an attDef with a mode of delete that was inside an attList that was itself inside an attList were not being - processed; this was corrected (PR + processed; this was corrected (PR #601). In processing ODDs, the contents of code elements within desc were being dropped from the - RELAX NG output; this was corrected (PR #514). + RELAX NG output; this was corrected (PR #514). - Improved the documentation of the $cssInlineFiles parameter (#538). + Improved the documentation of the $cssInlineFiles parameter (#538). Corrected serious problems in Test/test.odd with invalid - and undocumented values of the atts attribute (#329). + and undocumented values of the atts attribute (#329). Corrected a problem in the OxGarage conversion of XLSX spreadsheets to TEI in which - empty cells were being omitted (#323). + empty cells were being omitted (#323).

diff --git a/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.7.0.xml b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.7.0.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e4e7d717a --- /dev/null +++ b/P5/ReleaseNotes/readme-4.7.0.xml @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ + + + + + + + + + TEI P5 version 4.7.0 and Stylesheets version 7.56.0 release notes + + + + Thursday, 16 November 2023 + + + + The Text Encoding Initiative + + +

Created retrospectively from ChangeLog and GitHub trackers

+
+
+
+ + +

Release 4.7.0 is codenamed in nova fert animus.

+

This release introduces new features and resolves a number of issues raised by the TEI + community. As always, the majority of these changes and corrections are a consequence of + feature requests or bugs reported by the TEI community using the GitHub tracking system. A + full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the + 4.7.0 milestone.

+

The following changes are particularly worth highlighting in this release: + + + New encoding features + New with this release is the eventName element, which may be used to encode + names of events in general transcribed text, or in the event element. The new + eventName element also has membership in several attribute classes associated + with named entities, including att.datable to supply a date + range for the use of an event’s name, and att.typed, allowing + it type and subtype attributes. It is also a member of att.editLike, giving it the evidence attribute (#2382). + The content model of event has been modified to contain eventName + elements, but still allows older ways of labeling events. See PR #2483. + The taxonomy and category elements are now added to att.datacat (#2419). + + + + Changes to content models + The content model of content has been changed to permit only one child + element from model.contentPart (#2381). + At the request of the Manuscript SIG, the content model of additional is + now more flexible, permitting any alternation of model.pLike + (p or ab) instead of zero or one each of adminInfo, + surrogates, or listBibl (#2195). + The content model of revisionDesc now permits multiple listChange + elements (#2420). + A Schematron constraint has been added to the specification for dataSpec in + order to prevent the possibility of elements being included in the specification for an + attribute’s datatype (PR #2443 + and #2426). + A scheme attribute is now optional on a constraintSpec + with a mode of either change or + delete (it is still required when mode + is add, replace, or unspecified — see PR + #2453 and #2261). + The datatype of the class attribute on attRef has been changed + from teidata.word to teidata.name (#2276). + + +

+

With these release notes we are beginning a practice of documenting changes that could + invalidate ODD customizations in TEI projects if they are working with the + current release of these TEI Guidelines. Those maintaining ODD customizations of the TEI may + want to be aware of the following changes and adapt your ODD files accordingly. + ODD-breaking changes and deprecation + The calendar attribute has been removed from att.datable because it is supposed to designate information about a date + represented in an element’s contents, and thus should not be applied to elements that do not contain + dates. To clarify its intended usage, calendar has been moved to a new class, + att.calendarSystem, and its use is now deprecated on many + elements. The calendar attribute is now properly available only on + date, time, origDate, and docDate. See #2045. + +

+

+ + Improvements of prose and examples + The title of the Guidelines section 2.2.8 has been changed to more accurately + reflect its content (#2415). + Several revisions were applied to the explanation of TEI XPointer Schemas in the + Guidelines section 16.2.4 (#2083). + A new example was added for langKnown (#2139). + The examples for use of the key attribute are updated and a source + attribution corrected (#2144). + Several Japanese translations have been added to element, attribute, and class + specifications (PRs #2448, + #2449, and #2461). + Inconsistencies have been corrected in initial capitalization and initial spacing of + the French descriptions in element specifications (#2486) + Descriptions of the ident and usage attributes on the + language element have been improved (#2447). + + + + + Housekeeping + Bugs have been corrected in the processing of Guidelines release notes to HTML + (#2070). + The version P5 is now properly represented in footers and headings of the + published TEI Guidelines on the web (#2413). + Bookmark links on examples in the Guidelines now feature mouseover text (#2137). + +

+ +

In addition, many improvements have been made to the XSLT stylesheets (which provide + processing of TEI ODD files for Roma and + TEIGarage as well as other TEI + conversions). The Stylesheets are maintained separately from the Guidelines at https://github.com/TEIC/Stylesheets. A + full list of the issues resolved in the course of this release cycle may be found under the + 7.56.0 + milestone.

+ +

Highlights of this release include: + + Attributes shown on element and class specification pages are now formatted as + a vertical nested list to improve legibility + (PR + #619 and + #2489). + A bug in Stylesheets ODD processing that had produced output files with multiple + superfluous filename extensions has now been corrected (Stylehsheets 543). + A serious problem in the processing of ns attributes in ODD + customizations has been fixed (Stylesheets #424). + The Guidelines now output the sch: prefix consistently when representing elements in + the Schematron namespace (Stylesheets #529) + A bug has been fixed in the ODD processing of more than one anyElement in a + content model so that it no longer generates an invalid Relax NG output (Stylesheets + #631). + The xml:id on list elements is now properly being translated to + an HTML id attribute in HTML list container elements (Stylesheets #616 and PR #617). + The teitohtml stylesheet now properly highlights val and tag + elements in HTML output (#567). + Improvements and bug corrections have been applied to the docx to tei conversion + (Stylesheets #524, #610, and PR #634). + +

+ +
+
diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/AB-About.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/AB-About.xml index 810f0b68b8..9ca1077c08 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/AB-About.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/AB-About.xml @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ Guidelines, to the possible problems which revision might pose for those who are already using this version of these Guidelines.

With TEI P5, a version numbering system is introduced following - the pattern specified by + the pattern specified by the Unicode Consortium: the first digit identifies a major version number, the second digit a minor version number, and the third digit a sub-minor version number. The TEI undertakes that no diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/BIB-Bibliography.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/BIB-Bibliography.xml index b08e771c34..14d10b349b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/BIB-Bibliography.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/BIB-Bibliography.xml @@ -75,6 +75,11 @@ $Id$ 白先勇,〈金大班的最後一夜〉,《台北人》。 白先勇,《孽子》。 白居易,《憶江南》。 + + Amheida I: Ostraka from Trimithis Volume 1: Texts from the 2004–2007 Seasons, + Bagnall, R. S. and G. R. Ruffini, with contributions by R. Cribiore and G. Vittmann + (2012). + Baker, James K.. Night in Tarras. In Hilltop: A Literary Paper, vol 1 no 2. Wellington: Victoria University College @@ -116,6 +121,12 @@ $Id$ Parisienne. Edition électronique par l'ATILF et le CNRTL, d'après l'édition de Fasquelle (Paris, 1922). + + Bowers, Jack + Mixtepec-Mixtec Project Personography + + + Beerbohm, Max. Autograph manuscript of The Golden Drugget, Pierpont Morgan MA 3391. in 123. @@ -995,7 +1006,7 @@ $Id$ Parachute: The Highest Falls People Survived, Statista, November 18, 2020. . + />. McCarty, Willard. Introduction in Collaborative Research in the Digital Humanities: A volume in honour of Harold Short on the occasion of his 65th @@ -1071,6 +1082,13 @@ $Id$ The New Penguin English Dictionary. London: Penguin Books (1986). + + Derived from + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council. Nga Korero Paramete: 1881-1885 + (New Zealand Electronic Text Collection). 2008 + Wellington, New Zealand. + . + Njal's saga. tr. Magnus Magnusson and Hermann Palsson. Penguin. (1960), chapter @@ -6141,7 +6159,7 @@ $Id$ Hawke The 'tag' URI Scheme - + RFC 4151 2005 diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CH-LanguagesCharacterSets.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CH-LanguagesCharacterSets.xml index d81ac7fbae..e87690893b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CH-LanguagesCharacterSets.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CH-LanguagesCharacterSets.xml @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ sublanguage), a script, and a region for the language, each possibly followed by a variant subtag.

The authoritative list of registered subtags is maintained by IANA and is available at . +target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/language-subtag-registry"/>. For a good general overview of the construction of language tags, see , diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CO-CoreElements.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CO-CoreElements.xml index 9811544d09..8ee380d944 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CO-CoreElements.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/CO-CoreElements.xml @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ of the att.datable.w3c and att.d when and calendar attributes will be discussed here: - +

Dates can occur virtually anywhere in a text, but in some contexts diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/DI-PrintDictionaries.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/DI-PrintDictionaries.xml index 3f48249f14..22fb2907c6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/DI-PrintDictionaries.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/DI-PrintDictionaries.xml @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ result, many general problems of text encoding are particularly pronounced here, and more compromises and alternatives within the encoding scheme may be required in the future.We refer the reader to previous and current discussions of a common -format for encoding lexical resources. For example, ; ;; ; ; ; ; and ; . Two problems are particularly +format for encoding lexical resources. For example, ; ; ; ; ; ; ; and ; . Two problems are particularly prominent.

First, because the structure of dictionary entries varies widely @@ -1982,8 +1982,7 @@ derivatives or inflected forms of the entry word, or for compound words, phrases collocations, and idioms containing the entry word.

Related entries can be complex, and may in fact include any of the information to be found in a regular entry. Therefore, the re element is defined to contain -the same elements as an entry element, with the exception that it may not -contain any nested re elements.

+the same elements as an entry element.

Examples: bevvy (ˈbɛvɪ) informal n, pl -vies 1 a drink, esp an diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/FM1-IntroductoryNote.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/FM1-IntroductoryNote.xml index f07b2a8fb9..07464a05bb 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/FM1-IntroductoryNote.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/FM1-IntroductoryNote.xml @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ $Id$ 2012–2015: Elena Pierazzo (King's College London / Université Stendhal-Grenoble 3) 2016–2017: Michelle Dalmau (Indiana University) 2018–2021: Kathryn Tomasek (Wheaton College) - 2022: Diane K. Jakacki (Bucknell University) + 2022-2023: Diane K. Jakacki (Bucknell University) @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ $Id$ 2012–2014: James Cummings (University of Oxford) 2015–2017: Hugh Cayless (Duke University) 2018–2022: Martina Scholger (University of Graz) + 2023: Elisa Beshero-Bondar (Penn State Erie, The Behrend College) @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ $Id$ 2011–2012: Piotr Bański (University of Warsaw) 2010–2013: Brett Barney (University of Nebraska) 2013–2023: Syd Bauman (Brown University / Northeastern University) - 2021–2022: Helena Bermúdez Sabel (Université de Neuchâtel) + 2021–2025: Helena Bermúdez Sabel (Université de Neuchâtel / JinnTec) 2016–2024: Elisa Beshero-Bondar (University of Pittsburgh at Greensburg / Penn State Erie, The Behrend College) 2022: Elli Bleeker (Huygens Institute for the History of the Netherlands) 2019–2020: Vanessa Bigot Juloux (Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes / Paris Sciences et Lettres / Andrews University, Michigan) @@ -102,6 +103,7 @@ $Id$ 2002: Martin Mueller (Northwestern University) 2013–2014, 2016–2019: Elli Mylonas (Brown University) 2010–2011: Julianne Nyhan (University of Trier / University College London) + 2023-2025: Patricia O Connor (Independent Researcher) 2008–2011: Elena Pierazzo (King's College London) 2006–2007, 2009–2010: Dot Porter (University of Kentucky / Digital Humanities Observatory / Indiana University) 2002–2003: Merillee Proffitt (Research Libraries Group) @@ -117,6 +119,7 @@ $Id$ 2004–2005: Natasha Smith (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) 2014–2022: Peter Stadler (Carl-Maria-von-Weber-Gesamtausgabe / University of Paderborn) 2017–2019: Sarah Stanley (Florida State University) + 2023: Joey Takeda (Digital Humanities Innovation Lab, Simon Fraser University) 2008–2009: Manfred Thaller (University of Cologne) 2006–2007: Conal Tuohy (Victoria University of Wellington) 2016–2024: Magdalena Turska (eXist Solutions / University of Oxford) @@ -167,6 +170,9 @@ these meetings were generously hosted by the following institutions: Short virtual meeting (May 2021) Short virtual meeting (October 2021) Short virtual (April 2022) + Newcastle University (September 2022) + University of Guelph (May 2023) + Paderborn University (September 2023)

During the production of TEI P5, the Council chartered a number diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/HD-Header.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/HD-Header.xml index 59aaf200ad..0eebacb3ba 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/HD-Header.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/HD-Header.xml @@ -925,13 +925,11 @@ following elements to hold such information:

-
Computer Files Derived from Other Computer Files -

If a computer file (call it B) is derived not from a -printed source but from another computer file (call it -A) which includes a TEI header, then the source text of -computer file B is another computer file, A. The five sections -of A's file header will need to be incorporated into the new -header for B in slightly differing ways, as listed below: +

TEI documents derived from other TEI documents +

When a TEI document (call it B) is derived not from a +printed source but from another TEI file (call it +A), then the five sections of A's file header will need to be incorporated into the new +header for B as indicated below: A's file description should be copied into the diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/MS-ManuscriptDescription.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/MS-ManuscriptDescription.xml index 8f3a80cd1f..b0514d371e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/MS-ManuscriptDescription.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/MS-ManuscriptDescription.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $Date$ $Id$ --> -

+
Manuscript Description
Overview @@ -78,14 +78,17 @@ elements is further described in the remainder of this chapter. is mandatory; it is described in more detail in below. It is followed optionally by one or more head elements, each holding a brief heading (see ), and then either one or more -paragraphs, marked up as a series of p elements, or one or more of the -specialized elements msContents (), -physDesc (), history (), and additional (). These elements are all -optional, but if used they must appear in the order given here. Finally, in the -case of a composite manuscript (a manuscript composed of several codicological -units) or a fragmented manuscript (a manuscript whose parts are now dispersed -and kept at different places), a full description may also contain one or more -msPart () elements and msFrag () elements, respectively.

+paragraphs, marked up as a series of p elements, or at most +one of each of the specialized elements msContents (), +physDesc (), history (), +and additional (). These elements are all +optional, and if used they may appear at most once in a given +msDesc, in any order. Finally, +in the case of a composite manuscript (a manuscript composed of several +codicological units) or a fragmented manuscript (a manuscript whose parts are now +dispersed and kept at different places), a full description may also contain one or more +msPart () elements and msFrag () +elements, respectively.

To demonstrate the use of this module, consider the following sample manuscript description, chosen more or less at random from the Bodleian Library's Summary catalogue ()

@@ -223,7 +226,7 @@ written at the foot of the page (15th cent.).

In the remainder of this chapter we discuss all of the encoding features demonstrated above, together with many other related matters.

- +
@@ -738,24 +741,24 @@ racchiudono l'inizio dell'epistolario di Paolino.

- - - - - - - + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + +
@@ -980,12 +983,12 @@ circumstances requires the presence within it of the three sub-elements what is, by common consent, the minimum amount of information necessary to identify a manuscript.

- - - - - - + + + + + +
@@ -1032,27 +1035,33 @@ informal prose paragraphs or a series of msItem or description of a single item contained within the manuscript. These may be prefaced, if desired, by a summary element, which is especially useful where one wishes to provide an overview of a manuscript's contents and describe -only some of the items in detail. - - - - -

+only some of the items in detail. + + + + + + +

In the simplest case, only a brief description may be provided, as in the following examples: - -

A collection of Lollard sermons

- - -

Atlas of the world from Western Europe and Africa to Indochina, containing 27 -maps and 26 tables

-
- -

Biblia sacra: Antiguo y Nuevo Testamento, con prefacios, prólogos y -argumentos de san Jerónimo y de otros. Interpretaciones de los nombres -hebreos.

-
+ +

A collection of Lollard sermons

+
+ + + +

Atlas of the world from Western Europe and Africa to Indochina, containing 27 + maps and 26 tables

+
+
+ + +

Biblia sacra: Antiguo y Nuevo Testamento, con prefacios, prólogos y + argumentos de san Jerónimo y de otros. Interpretaciones de los nombres + hebreos.

+

This description may of course be expanded to include any of the TEI elements @@ -1398,21 +1407,21 @@ latin

- - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + - - + +
@@ -2105,32 +2114,32 @@ bokarinnar. Og er þar fyrer eigi i allann máta samhlioda

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
@@ -2201,27 +2210,31 @@ or 97.

- - - - + + + +
-Additional Information -

Three categories of additional information are provided for by the scheme -described here, grouped together within the additional element -described in this section. - + Additional Information +

Three categories of additional information are provided for by + the scheme described here, grouped together within the + additional element described in this section. + -

-

None of the constituent elements of additional is required. If any -is supplied, it may appear once only; furthermore, the order in which elements -are supplied should be as specified above.

+ +

+

None of these specialized constituent elements of +additional is required. If any is supplied, it may appear +once only; furthermore, the order in which elements are supplied +should be as specified above. Alternatively, additional information may be +provided as either one or more paragraphs or anonymous blocks, marked up as +a series of p or ab elements.

- +
Administrative Information @@ -2346,12 +2359,12 @@ Konserveringsværksted.

- - - + + + - - + +
@@ -2395,7 +2408,7 @@ detailed information such as technical details of the process by which a digital or photographic image was made. For information about the inclusion of digital facsimile images within a TEI document, refer also to .

- + @@ -2471,7 +2484,7 @@ Psychomachia; Physiologus de natura animantium

- +
@@ -2528,7 +2541,7 @@ description, and other related information:

- +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ND-NamesDates.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ND-NamesDates.xml index 759045f574..080753c925 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ND-NamesDates.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ND-NamesDates.xml @@ -735,6 +735,56 @@ target="#CONA"/>). The tag -->The
+ +
+ Event Names + +

The eventName element is provided in parallel to + other naming mechanisms; it is intended especially for + canonical names that are used in texts to + mention specific named events, whether real or fictional. + +

On Monday, she was writing about the + 1618 Defenestration of Prague which initiated the + long war.

+ +

+

+

There are two major applications of eventName: + + to indicate names of events mentioned in transcribed text, such as in the above example; and + to indicate the names of events for which details are being provided in an event element. + +

+

For the first application, as with most other naming + elements, the eventName element is a member of the + att.canonical class, and thus the + ref (or key) attribute may be used to + refer to a an event element (about which see ) or some other data item that contains + further information about the event.

+

When used as a direct child of event, an + eventName provides one of the names of the event about + which details are being provided in its parent event. A + single event may be known by many names. All, only one, or + indeed none of these might be provided in the event used + to provide information about such an event. If more than one + eventName is used they may be differentiated by use of + type, where, or dating attributes. In cases + where multiple event elements describe events that have + the same name, the xml:id attribute of the + event or an idno, head, or + label sibling of the eventName may be used for + disambiguation and identification. Typically xml:id + or idno would be used for machine-processable + disambiguation, and either head or label for + human readers.

+

+ + + +

+
Object Names @@ -783,7 +833,7 @@ target="#CONA"/>). The tag -->The the text, and encode it directly using the more specific elements described in this section.

Basic Principles -

Information about people, places, and organizations, of whatever type, essentially comprises a series of statements or +

Information about people, places, organizations, and events, of whatever type, essentially comprises a series of statements or assertions relating to: characteristics or traits which do not, by and large, change over time characteristics or states which hold true only at a specific time @@ -1259,12 +1309,14 @@ exemplifying here too? -->

Personal Events +

This section describes events that relate to one or more persons, while the section on + Events below describes the use of event in more general terms.

Events in a person's history are not characteristics of an individual, but often cause an individual to gain such characteristics, or to enter a new state. Most such events, for example marriage, appointment, promotion, or a journey may be recorded using the generic element event, which may be grouped with listEvent, and has a content model similar to that of state and trait. The chief difference is that event can include a placeName element to identify the name of the place where the event occurred.

-

Two particular events in a persons life, namely birth and death, are both ubiquitous and usually considered +

Two particular events in a person's life, namely birth and death, are both ubiquitous and usually considered particularly important, and thus may be represented by specialized elements for the purpose: @@ -1890,239 +1942,14 @@ exemplifying here too? --> The dating and responsibility attributes here behave slightly differently from the type attribute: responsibility is not an additive property, and therefore an element either states it explicitly, or inherits it from its nearest ancestor. Dating is slightly different again, in that a child element may specify a date more precisely than - its parent, as in the example above

+ its parent, as in the example above.

-

Events may also be subdivided into other events. For example, a two part meeting might be represented as follows: - - - All day meeting to resolve content models - - first part - - - second part - - - -

- -

An event element is usually used to record information about a place, or a person; for this reason the element - usually appears as content of a place or person. However, it is also possible to describe events - independently of either a person or a place. This may be useful in such applications as chronologies, lists of - significant events such as battles, legislation, etc.

- -

The listEvent element is a member of the model.listLike class, and may therefore - appear inside standOff, or wherever else lists are - permitted, in the same way as the listPerson, - listPlace etc. elements described elsewhere in this - chapter.

- - - - - - France ceded to Great Britain its claims to the Hudson's Bay Company territories in - Rupert's Land, Newfoundland, and Acadia and - recognized British suzerainty over the Iroquois but retained its other pre-war - North American possessions, including - Île-Saint-Jean - (now Prince Edward Island)... - - - - This act of the British Parliament guaranteed free practice of the Catholic faith and restored use of the - French Civil Code for private matters throughout the Province of Quebec, which had been expanded in territory - following the Treaty of Paris. - - - - Also known as the Treaty with the Delawares, this was the first written treaty - between the newly formed United States and any Native American people, in this case, the - Lenape or Delawares. - - - - -

The next example demonstrates the use of the - where attribute with event, coordinated - with location information stored in listPlace.

- - - - - - Luftwaffe shoots down Ilyushin Il-4 - DB-3F - - Іван Чиссов - - - Snap, Crackle, Pop is shot down by German flak - B-17 - - Alan Magee - - - Avro Lancaster shot down by Junkers Ju 88 - Lancaster - - Nicholas Alkemade - - - LANSA 508 struck by lightning - Amazon rainforest - - Juliane Diller (née Koepcke) - - - Bombing of Yugoslav Airlines Flight 367 - JAT 367 - - Весна Вуловић - - - - SAS parachute failure - Bear Grylls - - - - - Johannesburg parachute failure - Christine McKenzie - - Christine McKenzie - - - Cameraman fails to open chute - Sport videographer - - - - - - - - Gare de Saint-Nazaire - - 47.28657,-2.21171 - - - - Johannesburg - - South Africa - Gauteng - - - - Камчатке - - Russia - Kamchatka Krai - - - - Kenya - - - Oberkirchen - - Deutschland - Nordrhein-Westfalen - Arnsberg - Hochsauerlandkreis - Schmallenberg - 51.154,8.357 - - - - Puerto Inca - - Peru - Huánuco - Puerto Inca - - - - Schmallenberg - Smalmereg - - - - - Sebnitz - - 50.966667,14.283333 - - - - Eastern Front - - - - Zambia - - - - - - Весна Вуловић - Vesna Vulović - - - - - - Іван Михайлович Чиссов - Иван Михайлович Чисов - Ivan Mikhailovich Chisov - - - - - - Alan Eugene Magee - - - - - - Nicholas Stephen Alkemade - - - - - - Edward Michael Grylls - - - - - Juliane Koepcke - - - - - James Boole - 1978, give or take a year - - - - - - - - - -

The where attribute on event can point to multiple - canonical place descriptions, which should indicate - that the event took place in multiple locations. For example, the November 2015 - Paris Attacks took place at six different locations in Paris; this - might be encoded as an event with a where - attribute with six space-separated values.

+

An event may be related to other named entities, and thus may appear within + an org, person, personGrp, persona, or place + element as well as within a listEvent or another event.

+
+
Relations Between Places @@ -2269,6 +2096,254 @@ occupation and residence.

+
+ Events +

+ + + + + An event is a change of state whether real, planned, fictional, or purported about which more + information is known. The eventName element may be used to encode the proper name of an event, if known. The head or label element may also appear in event, either in lieu of or in addition to the eventName element, to provide a human-readable heading or editorially supplied label for the event.

+

These guidelines do not prescribe what encoders count as events, nor their granularity, + nesting, or amount of other information to record in relation to each event. Yet most events can be identified by their time, location, or agents involved (be they organizations, persons, or objects).

+

An event element may be used to record information about a place, person, or organization related to the described event; for this reason the element + may appear as content of a place, person, or org. However, it is also possible to describe events + independently of either a place, person, or organization. This may be useful not only for encoding texts which describe named events and + their eventNames, but also in applications as chronologies or lists of significant events (e.g., important battles, legislative milestones, or the stages of construction of a large building, etc.).

+ +

The listEvent element is a member of the model.listLike class, and may therefore + appear inside standOff, or wherever else lists are + permitted, in the same way as the listPerson, + listPlace, listOrg etc. elements described elsewhere in this + chapter.

+ + + + + + + France ceded to Great Britain its claims to the Hudson's Bay Company territories in + Rupert's Land, Newfoundland, and Acadia and + recognized British suzerainty over the Iroquois but retained its other pre-war + North American possessions, including + Île-Saint-Jean + (now Prince Edward Island)... + + + + This act of the British Parliament guaranteed free practice of the Catholic faith and restored use of the + French Civil Code for private matters throughout the Province of Quebec, which had been expanded in territory + following the Treaty of Paris. + + + + Also known as the Treaty with the Delawares, this was the first written treaty + between the newly formed United States and any Native American people, in this case, the + Lenape or Delawares. + + + + +

The next example demonstrates the use of the + where attribute with event, coordinated + with location information stored in listPlace.

+ + + + + + Luftwaffe shoots down Ilyushin Il-4 + DB-3F + + Іван Чиссов + + + Snap, Crackle, Pop is shot down by German flak + B-17 + + Alan Magee + + + Avro Lancaster shot down by Junkers Ju 88 + Lancaster + + Nicholas Alkemade + + + LANSA 508 struck by lightning + Amazon rainforest + + Juliane Diller (née Koepcke) + + + Bombing of Yugoslav Airlines Flight 367 + JAT 367 + + Весна Вуловић + + + + SAS parachute failure + Bear Grylls + + + + + Johannesburg parachute failure + Christine McKenzie + + Christine McKenzie + + + Cameraman fails to open chute + Sport videographer + + + + + + + + Gare de Saint-Nazaire + + 47.28657,-2.21171 + + + + Johannesburg + + South Africa + Gauteng + + + + Камчатке + + Russia + Kamchatka Krai + + + + Kenya + + + Oberkirchen + + Deutschland + Nordrhein-Westfalen + Arnsberg + Hochsauerlandkreis + Schmallenberg + 51.154,8.357 + + + + Puerto Inca + + Peru + Huánuco + Puerto Inca + + + + Schmallenberg + Smalmereg + + + + + Sebnitz + + 50.966667,14.283333 + + + + Eastern Front + + + + Zambia + + + + + + Весна Вуловић + Vesna Vulović + + + + + + Іван Михайлович Чиссов + Иван Михайлович Чисов + Ivan Mikhailovich Chisov + + + + + + Alan Eugene Magee + + + + + + Nicholas Stephen Alkemade + + + + + + Edward Michael Grylls + + + + + Juliane Koepcke + + + + + James Boole + 1978, give or take a year + + + + + + + + + +

The where attribute on event can point to multiple canonical place descriptions, which indicates that an event took place in multiple locations. For example, the November 2015 + Paris Attacks took place at six different locations in Paris; this + might be encoded as an event with a where + attribute with six space-separated values, or using a listPlace (nested into the event or standalone).

+ +

Events may also be modeled as hierarchies of nested events. For example, a two part meeting might be represented as follows: + + + All day meeting to resolve content models + + first part + + + second part + + + +

+ +

For event as a child element of person, note the Section .

+
+
Objects

@@ -2907,6 +2982,7 @@ Journal rédigé par Camille Desmoulins, + @@ -2935,7 +3011,7 @@ Journal rédigé par Camille Desmoulins,

The following attributes can now be used to encode dates using this calendar: - + diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/SA-LinkingSegmentationAlignment.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/SA-LinkingSegmentationAlignment.xml index a13eaae8bb..86f566266e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/SA-LinkingSegmentationAlignment.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/SA-LinkingSegmentationAlignment.xml @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ XPointer schemes.

All TEI attributes used to point at something else are declared as having the datatype teidata.pointer, which is defined as a URI referenceThe URI (Universal -Resource Indicator) is defined in RFC 3986; the +Resource Indicator) is defined in RFC 3986; the cases so far discussed are all simple examples of a URI reference. Another familiar example is the mechanism used in XHTML to create represent hypertext links by means of the XHTML href attribute. A URI reference can reference the @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ chapter and elsewhere in these Guidelines.

Any number of prefixDef elements may be provided for the same prefix. A processor may decide to process one or all of them; if it processes only one, it should choose the first one with the correct ident value, so the primary or most important prefixDef for any given prefix should appear first in its parent listPrefixDef.

-

When creating private URI schemes, it is recommended that you avoid using any existing registered prefix. A list of registered prefixes is maintained by IANA at .

+

When creating private URI schemes, it is recommended that you avoid using any existing registered prefix. A list of registered prefixes is maintained by IANA at .

Note that this mechanism can also be used to dereference other abbreviated pointing systems which are based on prefixes, such as Tag URIs.

@@ -746,13 +746,12 @@ kinds of object: A node is an instance of one of the node kinds defined in -the XQuery -1.0 and XPath 2.0 Data Model (Second Edition). It represents +the XQuery and XPath Data Model 3.1. It represents a single item in the XML information set for a document. For pointing purposes, the only nodes that are of interest are Text Nodes, Element Nodes, and Attribute Nodes. -A Sequence follows the definition in the XPath 2.0 Data +A Sequence follows the definition in the XPath 3.1 Data Model, with one alteration. A Sequence is an ordered collection of zero or more items, where an item is either a node or a partial text node. @@ -829,7 +828,7 @@ scheme.

xpath()

Sequence xpath(XPATH)

The xpath() scheme locates zero or more nodes within an XML - Information Set. The single argument XPATH is an XPath selection pattern, as + Information Set. The single argument XPATH is an XPath selection pattern, as defined in XSLT 3.0, that returns a node or sequence of nodes. XPaths returning atomic values (e.g. substring()) are illegal in the xpath() @@ -839,9 +838,9 @@ scheme.

attribute nodes should be avoided in schemes other than xpath().

The example below, and all subsequent examples in this section refer -to the following TEI fragment: +to the following TEI fragment: - +

si non habuiabui quidquam vaco sib @@ -882,11 +881,11 @@ recommended when possible.

left() -

Point left( IDREF | XPATH )

+

Point left( IDREF | XPATH )

The left() scheme locates the point immediately preceding the node addressed by its argument, -which is either an XPATH as defined above or an -IDREF, the value of an xml:id +which is either an XPATH as defined above or an +IDREF, the value of an xml:id occurring in the document addressed by the base URI in effect for the pointer.

Example: the pointer #left(//supplied[1]) @@ -895,11 +894,11 @@ indicates the point between the first lb and the first

Example: #left(//gap[1]) indicates the point immediately before the first gap element in line two and the string si.

Example: #left(line1) indicates the point immediately before -the ]]> element.

+the lb n="1" element.

right() -

Point right( IDREF | XPATH )

+

Point right( IDREF | XPATH )

The right() scheme locates the point immediately following the node addressed by its argument.

Example: the pointer #right(//lb[@n='3']) @@ -910,12 +909,12 @@ in the example.

string-index() -

Point string-index( IDREF | XPATH, OFFSET )

+

Point string-index( IDREF | XPATH, OFFSET )

The string-index() scheme locates a point based on character positions in a text stream relative - to the node identified by the IDREF or XPATH parameter. The OFFSET + to the node identified by the IDREF or XPATH parameter. The OFFSET parameter is a positive, negative, or zero integer which determines -the position of the point. An offset of 0 represents the +the position of the point. An offset of 0 represents the position immediately before the first character in either the first text node descendant of the node addressed in the first parameter or the first following text node, if the addressed element contains @@ -925,13 +924,12 @@ between the s and the i in the word si in line 2.

Note: The OFFSET parameter (and similarly the LENGTH parameter found below in the string-range() scheme) are measured in characters. What is considered a single character will -depend (assuming the document being evaluated is in Unicode) on the -Normalization Form in use (see +depend on the Normalization Form in use (see UNICODE NORMALIZATION FORMS). A letter followed by a combining diacritic counts as two characters, but the same diacritic precombined with a letter would count -as a single character. Compare, for example, é (\u0060 -followed by \u0301) and é (\u00E9). These are +as a single character. Compare, for example, é (U+0060 +followed by U+0301) and é (>U+00E9). These are equivalent, and a conversion between Normalization Forms C and D will transform one into the other. This specification does not mandate a particular Normalization Form (see ), but @@ -942,15 +940,15 @@ counting.

range() -

Sequence range( POINTER, POINTER[, POINTER, POINTER ...])

+

Sequence range( POINTER, POINTER[, POINTER, POINTER ...])

The range() scheme takes as parameters one -or more pairs of POINTERs, which are each members of the set IDREF, -XPATH, left(), +or more pairs of POINTERs, which are each members of the set IDREF, +XPATH, left(), right(), or string-index(). A range() locates a (possibly non-contiguous) sequence beginning at the first POINTER parameter and ending at the -last. If the POINTER locates a node (i.e. is an XPATH or IDREF), then +last. If a POINTER locates a node (i.e. is an XPATH or IDREF), then that node is a member of the addressed sequence. If a sequence addressed by a range pointer overlaps, but does not wholly contain, an element (i.e. it contains only the start but not the end tag or vice-versa), @@ -964,24 +962,24 @@ the whole of line 3 from the ]]> to the point right before the following ]]>.

Example: #range(right(//lb[@n='3']),string-index(//lb[@n='3'],15)) - indicates the sequence semper in mente]]>.

+ indicates the sequence semper in mente]]> (an element, a text node, another element, and a partial text node).

Example: #range(string-index(//lb[@n='3'],7),string-index(//lb[@n='3'],10),string-index(//lb[@n='3'],15),string-index(//lb[@n='3'],21)) indicates the non-contiguous sequence in mentem.

string-range() -

Sequence string-range(IDREF | XPATH, OFFSET, LENGTH[, OFFSET, LENGTH ...])

+

Sequence string-range(IDREF | XPATH, OFFSET, LENGTH[, OFFSET, LENGTH ...])

The string-range() scheme locates a sequence based on character positions in a text stream relative to the node identified by the first parameter. The location of the beginning of the addressed sequence is determined precisely -as for string-index(). The OFFSET +as for string-index(). The OFFSET parameter is defined as above in string-index(). -The LENGTH parameter is a positive integer that denotes +The LENGTH parameter is a positive integer that denotes the length of the text stream captured by the sequence. As with range(), the addressed sequence may -contain text nodes and/or elements. The +contain text nodes and elements. The string-range() scheme can accept multiple OFFSET, LENGTH pairs to address a non-contiguous sequence in much the same way that range() can accept multiple pairs of pointers.

@@ -1002,7 +1000,7 @@ the non-contiguous sequence in mentem.

match() -

Sequence match(IDREF | XPATH, 'REGEX' [, INDEX])

+

Sequence match(IDREF | XPATH, 'REGEX' [, INDEX])

The match scheme locates a sequence based on matching the REGEX parameter against a text stream relative to the reference node identified by the first parameter. REGEX is a regular expression as defined by @@ -1011,7 +1009,7 @@ parameter. REGEX is a regular expression as defined by modifications: Because the regular expression is delimited by apostrophe - characters, any such characters (' or \u0027) + characters, any such characters (' or U+0027) occurring inside the expression must be escaped using the URI percent-encoding scheme %27. Regular expressions in match() are assumed to @@ -1026,7 +1024,7 @@ modifications: The optional INDEX parameter is an integer greater than 0 which specifies which match should be chosen when there is more than one possibility. If omitted, the -first match in the text stream will be used.

+first match in the text stream will be used to resolve the match().

Like string-range(), match() may capture elements in the indicated sequence, even though they are ignored for purposes of evaluating the match.

diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ST-Infrastructure.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ST-Infrastructure.xml index 437106d4af..7110750331 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ST-Infrastructure.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/ST-Infrastructure.xml @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ entities in the XML DTD fragments.-->

所有TEI模組可用的元素集、資料類型、巨集指令之宣告 Dichiarazione di classi, tipi di dati (datatype)e macro disponibili in tutti i moduli TEI Declaraçoes de classes, tipos de dados, e macros disponíveis em todos os módulos TEI - 全TEIモジュールで使用可能なデータ型,クラス,マクロ. + 全TEIモジュールで使用可能なデータ型,クラス,マクロ。

The order in which declarations are made within the infrastructure module is critical, since diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/TD-DocumentationElements.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/TD-DocumentationElements.xml index 88c8896822..b610ee20ff 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/TD-DocumentationElements.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/TD-DocumentationElements.xml @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration.

If the cited phrase is a mathematical or chemical formula, the more specific formula element defined by the figures module () may be more - appropriate.

+ appropriate.

A further group of similar phrase-level elements is also defined for the special case of representing parts of an XML document: @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration. These elements constitute the model.phrase.xml class, which is also a subclass of model.phrase. They are also available anywhere that - running prose is permitted when the module defined by this chapter is included in a schema.

+ running prose is permitted when the module defined by this chapter is included in a schema.

As an example of the recommended use of these elements, we quote from an imaginary TEI working paper:

The gi element is used to tag element names when they appear in the text; the tag element however is used to show how a tag as @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration. document is processed. It is a specialized form of the more general q element provided by the TEI core module. In documents containing examples of XML markup, the egXML element should be used for preference, as further discussed below in , since the content of this - element can be checked for well-formedness.

+ element can be checked for well-formedness.

These elements are added to the class model.egLike when this module is included in a schema. That class is a part of the general model.inter class, thus permitting eg or egXML elements to appear either within or between - paragraph-like elements.

+ paragraph-like elements.

Element and Attribute Descriptions @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration. accessed by name from any TEI schema specification. Elements, and their attributes, element classes, and patterns are all individually documented using further elements described in section below; part of that specification includes the name of the module to which the - component belongs.

+ component belongs.

An ODD processor generating XML DTD or schema fragments from a document marked up according to the recommendations of this chapter will generate such fragments for each moduleSpec element found. For example, the chapter documenting the TEI module for names and dates contains a module specification @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration. element. This is useful if, for example, it is desired to describe particular groups of elements in a specific sequence. Note however that the order in which element declarations appear within the schema code generated from an ODD file element is not in general affected by the order of declarations within a - specGrp.

+ specGrp.

An ODD processor will generate a piece of schema code corresponding with the declarations contained by a specGrp element in the documentation being output, and a cross-reference to such a piece of schema code when processing a specGrpRef. For example, if the input text reads @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration. will not be affected in any way. Indeed, it is possible that the imaginary module will contain declarations not present in any specification group, or that the specification groups will refer to elements that come from different modules. Specification groups are always local to the document in - which they are defined, and cannot be referenced externally (unlike modules).

+ which they are defined, and cannot be referenced externally (unlike modules).

@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ an XML Document Type Declaration. order. Furthermore, since these elements all describe markup objects in broadly similar ways, they have several child elements in common. In the remainder of this chapter, we discuss first the elements which are - common to all the specification elements, and then those which are specific to a particular type.

+ common to all the specification elements, and then those which are specific to a particular type.

Specification elements may appear at any point in an ODD document, both between and within paragraphs as well as inside a specGrp element, but the specification element for any particular component may only appear once (except in the case where a modification is being defined; see further the nominated module, thus including them within the schema code generated for that module, and it will also generate a full reference description for the object concerned in a catalogue of markup objects. These latter two actions always occur irrespective of whether or not the declaration is included in a - specGrp.

+ specGrp.

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ element --> It should not be used to provide a full description of the intended meaning (this is the function of the desc element), nor to comment on equivalent values in other schemes (this is the purpose of the equiv element), nor to provide alternative versions of the ident attribute - value in other languages (this is the purpose of the altIdent element).

+ value in other languages (this is the purpose of the altIdent element).

The contents of the desc element provide a brief characterization of the intended function of the object being documented in a form that permits its quotation out of context, as in the following example: @@ -380,17 +380,17 @@ element --> By convention, a desc element begins with a verb such as contains, indicates, specifies, etc. and contains a single clause.

-

Both the gloss and desc elements (in - addition to exemplum, remarks, and - valDesc) are members of att.translatable, and thus carry the - versionDate attributre. Where specifications are - supplied in multiple languages, these elements may be repeated - as often as needed. Each such element should carry both an - xml:lang and a versionDate attribute to - indicate the language used and the date on which the - translated text was last checked against its source.

- +

Both the gloss and desc elements (in + addition to exemplum, remarks, and + valDesc) are members of att.translatable, and thus carry the + versionDate attributre. Where specifications are + supplied in multiple languages, these elements may be repeated + as often as needed. Each such element should carry both an + xml:lang and a versionDate attribute to + indicate the language used and the date on which the + translated text was last checked against its source.

+

The equiv element is used to document equivalencies between the concept represented by this object and the same concept as described in other schemes or ontologies. The uri attribute is used to supply a pointer to some location where such external concepts are defined. For example, to @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ element -->

By default, the altIdent of a component is identical to the value of its ident - attribute.

+ attribute.

The remarks element contains any additional commentary about how the item concerned may be used, details of implementation-related issues, suggestions for other ways of treating related information etc., as in the following example: @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ element --> where the value COHQF is the identifier of the section in these Guidelines where this - element is fully documented.

+ element is fully documented.

Exemplification of Components @@ -516,11 +516,11 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: This recursion is giving me a headache.]]]]>

]]> However, escaping the markup in this way will make it impossible to validate, and should therefore - generally be avoided.

+ generally be avoided.

If the XML contained in an example is not well-formed then it must either be enclosed in a CDATA marked section, or escaped as above: this applies whether the eg or egXML is used. The valid attribute on egXML may be used to indicate the - XML validity of the example with respect to some schema, as being valid, invalid, or feasibly valid.

+ XML validity of the example with respect to some schema, as being valid, invalid, or feasibly valid.

The egXML element should not be used to tag non-XML examples: the general purpose eg or q elements should be used for such purposes.

@@ -579,44 +579,44 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: content child of elementSpec. There are three distinctly different ways of specifying a content model: - The content model can be described using TEI elements - defined by this chapter, as discussed in immediately below. Two such TEI elements - that may be used to define a content model are - dataRef and valList. But because these are - most often used to define attribute values, they are discussed - separately near the beginning and towards the end of , respectively. - Alternatively, and primarily for backwards - compatibility, the content model may be expressed using a - RELAX NG pattern. This is discussed in , below. - Lastly, content models may be expressed using a schema - language other than TEI or RELAX NG, but no further - recommendations on doing so are provided by these - Guidelines. + The content model can be described using TEI elements + defined by this chapter, as discussed in immediately below. Two such TEI elements + that may be used to define a content model are + dataRef and valList. But because these are + most often used to define attribute values, they are discussed + separately near the beginning and towards the end of , respectively. + Alternatively, and primarily for backwards + compatibility, the content model may be expressed using a + RELAX NG pattern. This is discussed in , below. + Lastly, content models may be expressed using a schema + language other than TEI or RELAX NG, but no further + recommendations on doing so are provided by these + Guidelines.

- Defining Content Models: TEI -

In the simplest case, the content model of an element may - be expressed using a single empty element as the only - child of content. This describes the element being - defined as empty, meaning a valid instance of - said element can not have any content.It - would still be allowed to contain comments or processing - instructions, as these are not considered part of the content - model. - - - + Defining Content Models: TEI +

In the simplest case, the content model of an element may + be expressed using a single empty element as the only + child of content. This describes the element being + defined as empty, meaning a valid instance of + said element can not have any content.It + would still be allowed to contain comments or processing + instructions, as these are not considered part of the content + model. + + +

More commonly, one or more of the following elements are used to define a content model: - - - - + + + +

An elementRef provides the name of an element which @@ -636,15 +636,15 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: which provides attributes that further modify their significance as follows: - +

Additionally, two wrapper elements are provided to indicate whether the components listed as their children form a sequence or an alternation: - - + + These two wrapper elements are also members of att.repeatable. References listed as @@ -658,24 +658,24 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: be present, but having both a ptr and a ref would be invalid. - - - - - - + + + + + + However, the following content model permits any number of either ptr or ref elements (except zero); one element must be present, and having both ptr elements and ref elements (even intermixed) would be valid. - - - - - - + + + + + +

The sequence and alternate elements may be @@ -686,45 +686,45 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: corr, orig and reg, or abbr and expan is allowed. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + In the following example, which might be imagined as a clean replacement for the content of the address element, the encoder is given a choice of either: - a single street followed by a single - placeName followed by a single postCode - followed by an optional country, or - 2, 3, or 4 - addrLine elements. + a single street followed by a single + placeName followed by a single postCode + followed by an optional country, or + 2, 3, or 4 + addrLine elements. - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + +

In addition to expressing where certain elements, members of @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: in the content model. This is indicated by supplying the element textNode within the content element. - + If nothing but a textNode element is present inside a content element, valid instances of the element being @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ to mark any technical term, thus:

Element content models may also be defined using RELAX NG patterns. Here is a very simple example - + The element within whose specification element this @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: This is the content model for the teiHeader element, expressed in the RELAX NG syntax, which again is copied unchanged to the output during schema generation. The equivalent DTD notation - generated from this is (fileDesc, (%model.teiHeaderPart;)*, revisionDesc?).

+ generated from this is (fileDesc, (%model.teiHeaderPart;)*, revisionDesc?).

The RELAX NG language does not formally distinguish element names, attribute names, class names, or macro names: all names are patterns which are handled in the same way, as the above example shows. Within the TEI scheme, however, different naming conventions are used to distinguish amongst the @@ -818,25 +818,27 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: override, delete, or change them individually. Each constraintSpec can be expressed in any notation which is found useful; the notation used must be recorded using the scheme attribute.

-

Schematron is an ISO standard (ISO/IEC 19757-3:2006) which defines a - simple XML vocabulary for an assertion language, together with a RELAX NG schema - to validate it. The Schematron assertion language provides a powerful way of expressing constraints on - the content of any XML document in addition to those provided by other schema languages. Such - constraints can be embedded within a TEI schema specification using the methods exemplified in this - chapter. An ODD processor will typically process any constraintSpec elements in a TEI +

Schematron is an ISO standard (ISO/IEC 19757-3:2006) that defines a + simple XML vocabulary for an assertion language which provides a powerful way of + expressing constraints on the content of any XML document in addition to those provided by other + schema languages. Such constraints can be embedded within a TEI schema specification — including + a TEI customization specification — using the methods exemplified in this chapter.Indeed, these Guidelines themselves include many additional constraints + which are expressed in the ISO Schematron language using this mechanism. A conformant TEI document + should respect these constraints, although automatic validation of them may not be possible for all + processors. + An ODD processor will typically process any constraintSpec elements in a TEI specification whose scheme attribute indicates that they are expressed in Schematron to - create an ISO-conformant Schematron schema which may be used to validate document instances.

-

The TEI Guidelines include some additional constraints which are expressed using the ISO Schematron - language. A conformant TEI document should respect these constraints, although automatic validation of - them may not be possible for all processors. A TEI customization may likewise specify additional - constraints using this mechanism. Some examples of what is possible using the Schematron language are - given below.

+ create an ISO Schematron schema which may be used to validate document instances. The ISO Schematron + schema may be a free-standing document, or may be embedded in the RELAX NG schema output of the ODD + processor.

Constraints are generally used to model local rules which may be outside the scope of the target schema language. For example, in earlier versions of these Guidelines several constraints on the usage of the attributes of the TEI element relation were expressed informally as follows: only one of the attributes active and mutual may be supplied; the attribute - passive may be supplied only if the attribute active is supplied.. In the current version of the - Guidelines, constraint specifications expressed as Schematron rules have been added, as follows: + passive may be supplied only if the attribute active is supplied.. In the + current version of the Guidelines, constraint specifications expressed as Schematron rules have been + added, as follows: @@ -869,7 +871,7 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: if it contains any subdivisions, a - division must contain at least two of them + division must contain at least two of them @@ -936,19 +938,19 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: (output = leq(title,author) "title and author cannot be the same") - Note that the value of scheme is - SPITBOL. In order to properly constrain and - document the values of scheme used in their - customization file, a project may wish to create a - customization that (among other things) adds and explains this - value for use in validating their customization file. Thus - using schemes other than those provided for by the TEI - (currently schematron and isoschematron) - may require somewhat more effort when creating a customization - file. Such private schemes will generally be even more - problematic on implementation of the constraints themselves, - as it may require siginficant programming work. The TEI only - provides this capability for the suggested values.

+ Note that the value of scheme is + SPITBOL. In order to properly constrain and + document the values of scheme used in their + customization file, a project may wish to create a + customization that (among other things) adds and explains this + value for use in validating their customization file. Thus + using schemes other than those provided for by the TEI + (currently schematron and isoschematron) + may require somewhat more effort when creating a customization + file. Such private schemes will generally be even more + problematic on implementation of the constraints themselves, + as it may require siginficant programming work. The TEI only + provides this capability for the suggested values.

Attribute List Specification @@ -956,7 +958,7 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: within an elementSpec, or within a classSpec. An attribute list can be organized either as a group of attribute definitions, all of which are understood to be available, or as a choice of attribute definitions, of which only one is understood to be available. An attribute list - may thus contain nested attribute lists.

+ may thus contain nested attribute lists.

The attribute org is used to indicate whether its child attDef elements are all to be made available, or whether only one of them may be used. For example, the attribute list for the element moduleRef contains a nested attribute list to indicate that either the @@ -989,23 +991,25 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: specific to that particular element. Instances of the element may carry other attributes which are declared by the classes of which the element is a member. These extra attributes, which are shared by other elements, or by all elements, are specified by an attList contained within a - classSpec element, as described in section below.

+ classSpec element, as described in section below.

Datatypes

The datatype (i.e. the kind of value) for an attribute may be specified using the elements datatype and dataRef. A datatype may be defined in any of the following three ways: - by reference to an existing TEI datatype definition; - by use of its name in the widely used schema datatype library maintained by the W3C as part - of the definition of its schema language; + by reference to an existing TEI datatype definition, itself defined by a dataSpec; + by use of its name in XML Schema + Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, the widely used + datatype library maintained by the W3C as part of + the definition of its schema language; by referencing its URI within some other datatype library. - The TEI defines a number of datatypes, each with an identifier beginning + The TEI defines a number of datatypes, each with an identifier beginning teidata., which are used in preference to the datatypes available natively from a target schema such as RELAX NG or W3C Schema since the facilities provided by different schema languages vary so widely. The TEI datatypes available are described in section above. Note that each is, of necessity, mapped eventually to an externally defined datatype such as W3C Schema's text or name, possibly combined to give more - expressivity, or constrained to a particular defined usage.

+ expressivity, or constrained to a particular defined usage.

It is possible to reference a W3C schema datatype directly using name. In this case, the child dataFacet can be used instead of restriction to set W3C schema compliant restrictions on the datatype. A dataFacet is particularly useful for restrictions that can be difficult to impose and to read as a @@ -1015,17 +1019,32 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: Note that restrictions are either expressed with restriction or dataFacet, never both.

-

Attributes minOccurs and maxOccurs are available for the case where an - attribute may take more than one value of the type specified. For example, the target - attribute provided by the att.pointing class has the following - declaration: - - specifies the destination of the reference by - supplying one or more URI References - - - - +

A datatype may be used to constrain the textual content of + an element, rather than the value of an attribute. But because + they are intended for use in defining ranges of attribute + values, datatypes may not contain elements or attributes.

+

The attributes minOccurs and + maxOccurs are available for the case where an + attribute may take more than one value of the type + specified. For example, the columns attribute of + the layout element can have one or two non-negative + integers as its value: + + + columns + specifies the number of columns per page + + + + +

If a single number is given, all pages referenced + have this number of columns. If two numbers are given, + the number of columns per page varies between the + values supplied. Where columns is omitted + the number is assumed to be 1.

+ + + indicating that the target attribute may take any number of values, each being of the same datatype, namely the TEI data specification teidata.pointer. As is usual in XML, multiple values for a single attribute are separated by one or more white space characters. Hence, @@ -1051,15 +1070,15 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: positive integer values less than 150, the datatype teidata.numeric might be used in combination with a constraintSpec such as the following: - - age in years at death - - - - age at death must be an integer less than 150 - + + age in years at death + + + + age at death must be an integer less than 150 + - +

The elements altIdent, equiv, gloss and desc may all be used in @@ -1086,7 +1105,7 @@ to mark any technical term, thus: Note the use of the gloss element here to explain the otherwise less than obvious meaning of the codes used for these values. Since this value list specifies that it is of type closed, only the values enumerated are legal, and an ODD processor will typically - enforce these constraints in the schema fragment generated.

+ enforce these constraints in the schema fragment generated.

The valList element can also be used to provide illustrative examples of the kinds of values expected without listing all of them. In such cases the type attribute will have the value open, as in the following example: @@ -1206,7 +1225,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> models, possibly for different outputs or applicable in different contexts. Alternatively, the modelGrp element may be used to group alternative model elements intended for a single kind of output. The modelSequence element is provided for the case where a sequence of - models is to be processed, functioning as a single unit.

+ models is to be processed, functioning as a single unit.

A processing model suggests how a given element may be transformed to produce one or more outputs. The model is expressed in terms of behaviours and parameters, using high-level formatting concepts familiar to software engineers and web designers, such as @@ -1216,7 +1235,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> target="#HD57-1"/> and . It does not necessarily describe anything present in the original source, nor does it necessarily represent its original structure or semantics. A processing model is a template description, which may be used to simplify the task of producing or - customizing the stylesheets needed by a formatting engine or any other form of processor.

+ customizing the stylesheets needed by a formatting engine or any other form of processor.

The TEI processing model

The model element is used to document the processing model intended for a particular @@ -1303,7 +1322,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples">

As discussed further below, the input data available to a processing model is by default the - content of the element being processed, together with its child nodes.

+ content of the element being processed, together with its child nodes.

@@ -1594,7 +1613,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> the implementor. Such decisions may vary greatly depending on the kind of processing environment, the kind of output envisaged, etc. The intention is to reduce as far as possible any requirement for the implementor to be aware of TEI-specific rules, and to maximize the ability of the ODD to express - processing intentions without fully specifying an implementation.

+ processing intentions without fully specifying an implementation.

Implementation of Processing Models @@ -1647,14 +1666,14 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> In this example, an implementation should use the first processing model only for head elements with a list element as parent; for all other head elements, the second - processing model should be used.

+ processing model should be used.

@@ -1702,17 +1721,17 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> which indicate that the class model.hiLike is actually a member (or - subclass) of the class model.highlighted.

+ subclass) of the class model.highlighted.

The function of a model class declaration is to provide another way of referring to a group of - elements. It does not confer any other properties on the elements which constitute its membership.

+ elements. It does not confer any other properties on the elements which constitute its membership.

The attribute type is used to distinguish between model and attribute classes. In the case of attribute classes, the attributes provided by membership in the class are documented by an attList element contained within the classSpec. In the case of model classes, no further information is needed to define the class - beyond its description, its identifier, and optionally any classes of which it is a member.

+ beyond its description, its identifier, and optionally any classes of which it is a member.

When a model class is referenced in the content model of an element (i.e. by means of a classRef element within the content of an elementSpec), its meaning will - depend on the value of its expand attribute.

+ depend on the value of its expand attribute.

If this attribute is not specified, the classRef is interpreted to mean an alternated list of all the current members of the class named. For example, suppose that the members of the class model.hiLike are elements hi, it, and would be equivalent to the explicit content model: - - - - - + + + + + (or, to use RELAX NG compact syntax, ( hi | it | bo )). @@ -1734,13 +1753,13 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> expand="sequence"/> would be equivalent to the following explicit content model: - - - - + + + + (or, in RELAX NG compact syntax, - ( hi, it, bo )).

+ ( hi, it, bo )).

+ >model.hiLike_sequenceRepeatable would be regarded as invalid by an ODD processor.

-->

An attribute class (a classSpec of type atts) contains an attList element which lists the attributes that all the members of that class inherit from it. For example, the class att.interpLike defines a @@ -1811,7 +1830,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> that class, an ODD processor is required to extend the attList (or equivalent) for such elements to include any attributes defined by the classSpec elements concerned. There is a single global attribute class, att.global, to which some modules contribute - additional attributes when they are included in a schema.

+ additional attributes when they are included in a schema.

@@ -1893,7 +1912,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples"> modules, and deliver the result as a schema of the requested type. It may also generate documentation for the elements declared by those modules. No source is specified for the modules, and the schema will therefore combine the declarations found in the most recent release version of the TEI Guidelines - known to the ODD processor in use.

+ known to the ODD processor in use.

The value specified for the source attribute, when it is supplied as a URL, specifies any convenient location from which the relevant ODD files may be obtained. For the current release of the TEI Guidelines, a URL in the form @@ -1904,7 +1923,7 @@ xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples">

aaa:x.y.z, where aaa is a prefix indicating the markup language in use, and x.y.z indicates the version number. For example, tei:1.2.1 should be used to reference release 1.2.1 of the current TEI Guidelines. When such a URI is used, it will - usually be necessary to translate it before such a file can be used in blind interchange.

+ usually be necessary to translate it before such a file can be used in blind interchange.

The effect of a moduleRef element is to include in the schema all declarations provided by that module. This may be modified by means of the attributes include and except which allow the encoder to supply an explicit lists of elements from the stated module which are to be @@ -1940,7 +1959,7 @@ most recent version of the Guidelines would be used instead.-->

Note that in this last case, there is no need to specify the name of the module from which the two element declarations are to be found; in the TEI scheme, element names are unique across all modules. - The module is simply a convenient way of grouping together a number of related declarations.

+ The module is simply a convenient way of grouping together a number of related declarations.

In the same way, a schema may select a subset of the attributes available in a specific class, using the classRef element to point to an attribute class: @@ -1999,7 +2018,7 @@ most recent version of the Guidelines would be used instead.-->

supplied above: content in this example. Note that if the value for mode were replace, the effect would be to replace all children elements of the original specification with the the children elements of the new specification, and thus (in this example) to - delete all of them except content.

+ delete all of them except content.

A schema may not contain more than two declarations for any given component. The value of the mode attribute is used to determine exactly how the second declaration (and its constituents) should be combined with the first. The following table summarizes how a processor should @@ -2094,7 +2113,7 @@ most recent version of the Guidelines would be used instead.-->

their content model in terms of that element class (notably figure) can now include it. A RELAX NG schema generated from such a specification can be used to validate documents in which the TEI figure element contains any valid SVG representation of a graphic, embedded within an - svg:svg element.

+ svg:svg element.

@@ -2109,7 +2128,7 @@ most recent version of the Guidelines would be used instead.-->

that all pointing attributes point at existing targets, and also a link to the TEI ODD file from which the RELAX NG schema was generated. See also for details of another method of linking an ODD specification into your file by including a schemaSpec element in - encodingDesc.

+ encodingDesc.

@@ -2121,8 +2140,8 @@ most recent version of the Guidelines would be used instead.-->

Éléments de déclaration d’un modèle TEI模組說明 Documentazione dei moduli TEI - Documentação dos módulos TEI - タグ定義モジュール + Documentação dos módulos TEI + タグ定義モジュール The selection and combination of modules to form a TEI schema is described in .

The elements described @@ -2135,8 +2154,8 @@ most recent version of the Guidelines would be used instead.-->

(members of model.common and model.egLike). All of these classes are declared along with the other general TEI classes, in the basic - structure module documented in .

In - addition, some elements are members of the .

+

In addition, some elements are members of the att.identified class, which is documented in above.

diff --git a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/WD-NonStandardCharacters.xml b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/WD-NonStandardCharacters.xml index fecc50f7e5..ba3c5ce0c0 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/WD-NonStandardCharacters.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Guidelines/en/WD-NonStandardCharacters.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ In order to determine whether a character has been encoded, encoders should follow the following steps:

Check the Unicode - web site at , in particular the page "Where is my + web site at , in particular the page "Where is my Character?", and the associated character code charts. Alternatively, users can check the latest published version of The Unicode Standard (Unicode Consortium (2006)), though the web site is @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ project, refer to the guidelines contained below under Ann encoded document may be rendered on a system which has different fonts from yours: if the specific form of a character is important to you, then you should document it.

- Check the Proposed New Characters web page () to see whether + Check the Proposed New Characters web page () to see whether the character is in line for approval. Ask on the Unicode email list () to @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ represent a variant form of a known character, or does it represent a completely unencoded character? If the character is determined to be missing from the Unicode Standard, it would be helpful to submit the new character for inclusion (see ). For assistance +target="https://unicode.org/pending/proposals.html"/>). For assistance on writing or submitting a proposal, potential proposers can contact the UC Berkeley Script Encoding Initiative ().

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/TEI.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/TEI.xml index e6daa53258..a0fe94201b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/TEI.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/TEI.xml @@ -62,6 +62,12 @@ $Id$ + + + + + + specifies the version number of the TEI Guidelines against diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/acquisition.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/acquisition.xml index 0868f90ac6..1a51d12679 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/acquisition.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/acquisition.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Dual-licensed under CC-by and BSD2 licences See the file COPYING.txt for details $Date$ $Id$ ---> +--> acquisition adquisición acquisition @@ -26,6 +26,39 @@ institution. + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Left to the Bodleian by diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/actor.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/actor.xml index a77ef26de0..e18aaff61f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/actor.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/actor.xml @@ -13,8 +13,7 @@ $Id$ 角色名單中的演員姓名。 Nombre de un actor que aparece dentro de la lista del reparto. 登場人物リスト中の役者名を示す。 - Nom d'un acteur apparaissant dans une - distribution. + nom d'un acteur apparaissant dans une distribution. nome di un attore che appare nella lista dei personaggi. @@ -90,4 +89,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/additional.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/additional.xml index f94ebbf98b..f2bb30769c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/additional.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/additional.xml @@ -1,10 +1,13 @@ - +--> + + additional 当該手書き資料等に関する書誌情報などの付随情報をまとめる。または当該資料の複製に関するキュレーション情報や管理情報をまとめる。 informations complémentaires @@ -13,31 +16,22 @@ $Id$ it, with curatorial or administrative information. 원고 또는 원고의 사본에 관한 서지 정보와 관리 정보를 결합한 부가적 정보를 모아 놓는다. 匯集附加資訊,結合手稿的書目資訊、或是手稿的代替副本,包含管理或行政資訊。 - 当該手書き資料に関する書誌情報などの付随情報まとめる。または当該資料 - の複製に関する管理情報をまとめる。 - - regroupe les informations complémentaires sur le - manuscrit, incluant une bibliographie, des indications sur ses reproductions, ou des - informations sur sa conservation et sur sa gestion + 当該手書き資料に関する書誌情報などの付随情報まとめる。または当該資料 の複製に関する管理情報をまとめる。 + regroupe les informations complémentaires sur le manuscrit, incluant une bibliographie, des indications sur ses reproductions, ou des informations sur sa conservation et sur sa gestion agrupa información adicional, combinando informaciones bibliográficas relativas al manuscrito o a copias adicionales del mismo con informaciones de carácter conservacional o administrativo. raggruppa ulteriori informazioni combinando informazioni bibliografiche relative al manoscritto o a copie surrogate dello stesso con informazioni di carattere curatoriale o amministrativo - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + @@ -128,4 +122,4 @@ it, with curatorial or administrative information. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/affiliation.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/affiliation.xml index 34b6df8039..2940c7a37f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/affiliation.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/affiliation.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> affiliation affiliation contains an informal description of a person's present or past affiliation with some @@ -37,7 +34,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + @@ -104,4 +134,4 @@ - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/age.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/age.xml index d96d73dcad..51dbdc6bef 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/age.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/age.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> age âge specifies the age of a person. @@ -29,7 +26,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/alt.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/alt.xml index 52b781b7b4..e9535b5bb4 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/alt.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/alt.xml @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ indica que la alternancia no es exclusiva, es decir que ocurren una o más de las alternativas. 複数を選択できる。 - Indique que cette alternative n'est pas + indique que cette alternative n'est pas exclusive, c'est-à-dire qu'une option au moins est vraie. indica che l'alternanza non è esclusiva, cioè che possono comparire più alternative @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 하나가 발생한 상태에서 대응하는 교체가능성이 발생할 확률이다. 若屬性mode的屬性值是excl,則每個weight皆表明相對應替換的可能性。若屬性mode的屬性值是incl,則每個weight皆表明,在至少一個其他替換存在的前提下,相對應替換的可能性 属性modeの値がexclの場合、各重みは対応する代替が発生する確率を示す。 属性modeの値がinclの場合、他の選択肢の少なくとも1つが発生した場合に対応する代替が発生する確率を示す。 - Si l'attribut mode a la valeur + si l'attribut mode a la valeur excl, chacune des valeurs de l'attribut weights établit la probabilité que l'option correspondante soit vraie. Si l'attribut mode a la valeur incl, chacune des valeurs de l'attribut weights @@ -143,4 +143,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/altIdentifier.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/altIdentifier.xml index 4f11453a8e..be5f44ec39 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/altIdentifier.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/altIdentifier.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> alternative identifier 대체 확인소 替換識別符碼 @@ -20,7 +17,7 @@ 包含手稿中的一個替換或先前使用的識別符碼,例如先前的分類碼。 当該手書き資料を示す、代わりとなるIDまたは昔のIDを示す。例えば、昔の カタログ番号など。 - Contient un autre ou un ancien identifiant pour un + contient un autre ou un ancien identifiant pour un manuscrit, par exemple un numéro anciennement utilisé dans un catalogue. contiene un identificador estructurado, alternativo o precedente, utilizado para un manuscrito, p.ej. un número antiguo de catalogación. contiene un identificatore strutturato alternativo o precedente utilizzato per un manoscritto, per esempio un precedente numero di catalogazione @@ -32,22 +29,47 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + @@ -60,32 +82,33 @@ - B 106 - Cote de la Bibliothèque royale au XVIIIe siècle. + B 106 + Cote de la Bibliothèque royale au XVIIIe siècle. - 台北市中正區 - 國立歷史博物館 - MS.El.26.C.9 + 台北市中正區 + 國立歷史博物館 + MS.El.26.C.9 + +

An identifying number of some kind must be supplied if + known; if it is not known, this should be stated.

+

Un numéro identifiant quelconque doit être fourni s'il est connu ; si on ne le connaît pas, cela devrait être signalé.

-

- 識別番号が判る場合は、示す必要がある。判らない場合は、そのことを示 - すべきである。 -

-
- -

An identifying number of some kind must be supplied if - known; if it is not known, this should be stated.

+ +

+ 識別番号が判る場合は、示す必要がある。判らない場合は、そのことを示 + すべきである。 +

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/anchor.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/anchor.xml index e877da70c7..11733a1c20 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/anchor.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/anchor.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ 在文件中某一位置附上識別符碼,無論該位置是否符合一個文字性元素。 テキスト中のある地点に対して識別子を付与する。テキスト要素と対応するかは問われない。 attache un identifiant à un point du texte, que ce point corresponde ou non à un élément textuel. - enlanza un indentificador con una posición al interno del texto, independientemente del hecho que esta sea o no a un elemento textual. + enlanza un indentificador con una posición al interno del texto, independientemente del hecho que esta corresponda o no a un elemento textual. aggancia un indentificatore a una posizione all'interno del testo indipendentemente dal fatto che questa corrisponda o meno a un elemento testuale fügt an einer Stelle im Text eine Kennung ein, unabhängig von der Textstruktur. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/application.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/application.xml index 8289125f26..12606b8fab 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/application.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/application.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> provides information about an application which has acted upon the document. 문서에 사용한 애플리케이션에 관한 정보를 제시한다. proporciona información sobre la aplicación que ha @@ -39,7 +36,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + supplies an identifier for the application, independent of its version number or display name. 버전 또는 표시명과 상관없이 애플리케이션의 확인소를 제공한다. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/arc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/arc.xml index 253a7a3dcd..f2cdf06259 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/arc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/arc.xml @@ -103,8 +103,7 @@ $Id$

要素arcは、ラベル付き辺の場合には必ず使用される。 - そうでない場合、辺は、要素nodeの属性adj, - adjToadjFromとして示すことも可能である。 + そうでない場合、辺は、要素nodeの属性adjadjToadjFromとして示すことも可能である。 しかし、この方法は記述が冗長になるかもしれない。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.ascribed.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.ascribed.xml index 884e199474..086fc17c7b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.ascribed.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.ascribed.xml @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ $Id$

In the following example from Hamlet, speeches (sp) in the body of the play - are linked to castItem elements in the castList using the who + are linked to role elements in the castList using the who attribute.

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.calendarSystem.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.calendarSystem.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36f102e80c --- /dev/null +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.calendarSystem.xml @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + + + provides attributes for indicating calendar systems to which a date belongs. + assegna attributi per indicare i sistemi o calendari ai quali appartiene una data. + + + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 (Feb. 11, 1731/32, + O.S.). + + + + + He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 + (Feb. 11, 1731/32, O.S.). + + + + + Dienstag 7/19 + Mai. + + + + L'année + 1960 fut, en vertu du calendrier grégorien, bissextile ; le 22 juin tomba ainsi le jour de + l'été, le 22 juin. + + +

Note that the calendar attribute declares the calendar + system used to interpret the textual content of an element, + as it appears on an original source. It does + not modify the interpretation of the normalization + attributes provided by att.datable.w3c, + att.datable.iso, or att.datable.custom. Attributes from those first two + classes are always interpreted as Gregorian or proleptic Gregorian + dates, as per the respective standards on which they are based. The + calender system used to interpret the last (att.datable.custom) may be specified with + datingMethod.

+
+

+ calendar属性は(att.datable.customクラスで定義されるdatingMethod属性と異なり、 + 親要素によって定義される原資料の日付の暦日システムを定義するものであり、 + どの暦日に日付を正規化するかではない。

+
+
+ + + + +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.canonical.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.canonical.xml index 575c7647f4..f621566293 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.canonical.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.canonical.xml @@ -18,18 +18,11 @@ provides an externally-defined means of identifying the entity (or entities) being named, using a coded value of some kind. - fournit un moyen, défini de façon externe, + fournit un moyen, défini de façon externe, d'identifier l'entité (ou les entités) nommé(es), en utilisant une valeur codée d'un certain type. 何らかのコード化された値を用いて、名付けられたエンティティを識別する外部的に定義された手段を提供する。 - - - - [New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council] - - - @@ -37,16 +30,11 @@ - +

The value may be a unique identifier from a database, or any other externally-defined - string identifying the referent.

-

No particular syntax is proposed for the values of the key attribute, since - its form will depend entirely on practice within a given project. For the same reason, this - attribute is not recommended in data interchange, since there is no way of ensuring - that the values used by one project are distinct from those used by another. In such - a situation, a preferable approach for magic tokens which follows standard practice - on the Web is to use a ref attribute whose value is a tag URI as defined in - RFC 4151.

+ string identifying the referent. + No particular syntax is proposed for the values of the key attribute, since + its form will depend entirely on practice within a given project.

La valeur peut être un identifiant unique dans une base de données, ou toute autre chaîne @@ -64,11 +52,11 @@ définition complète de l'entité nommée au moyen d'un ou plusieurs URIs. 一つ以上のURIを用いて、名付けられたエンティティの完全な定義かIDを参照するための明確な手段を提供する。 - - - Seamus Heaney - - + + + Seamus Heaney + +

The value must point directly to one or more XML elements or other resources by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more than one is supplied the implication is that the name identifies several distinct entities.

@@ -78,7 +66,57 @@

値は1つまたは複数のXML要素あるいは、空白によって区切られた1つまたは複数のURIを指し示すものでなければならない。1つ以上の値が与えられているときは、その名前が複数の異るエンティティに対応することを示唆する。

+ +

In this contrived example, a canonical reference to the same + organisation is provided in four different ways.

+ + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + +   + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + +   + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + +   + + New Zealand Parliament, Legislative Council + + +

The first presumes the availability of an internet connection + and a processor that can resolve a URI (most can). The second + requires, in addition, a prefixDef that declares how the + nzvm prefix should be interpreted. The third does not + require an internet connection, but does require that a file named + named_entities.xml be in the same + directory as the TEI document. The fourth requires that an entire + external system for key resolution be available.

+
+ + +

The key attribute is more flexible and + general-purpose, but its use in interchange requires that + documentation about how the key is to be resolved be sent to the + recipient of the TEI document. In contrast values of the + ref attribute are resolved using the widely accepted + protocols for a URI, and thus less documentation, if any, is + likely required by the recipient in data interchange.

+

These guidelines provide no semantic basis or suggested + precedence when both key and ref are + provided. For this reason simultaneous use of both is not + recommended unless documentation explaining the use is provided, + probably in an ODD customizaiton, for interchange.

+
- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.citing.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.citing.xml index f460639b7b..a41f2441a8 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.citing.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.citing.xml @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ $Id$ + identifies the unit of information conveyed by the element, e.g. columns, pages, volume, entry. identifie le type d'information que transmet l'élément, par exemple colonnes, pages, volume, inscription, etc. - identifies the unit of information conveyed by the element, e.g. columns, pages, volume, entry. 当該要素が伝える情報の単位を特定する。たとえば、カラム (columns)、頁 (pages)、巻 (volume)、エントリ (entry) 等。 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ $Id$ 該元素標記的內容為一頁數或頁數範圍。 el elemento contiene un número de página o un intervalo de páginas. ページ番号またはページ範囲を含む。 - l'élément contient un nombre de pages + l'élément contient un nombre de pages ou l'étendue de sélection des pages. l'elemento contiene l'indicazione di pagina o pagine @@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.combinable.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.combinable.xml index b5656b2596..a636a74c5d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.combinable.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.combinable.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ $Id$ provides attributes indicating how multiple references to the same object in a schema should be combined - あるスキーマにおける同一オブジェクトに対する複数の参照をどのように統合すべきか示す属性を提供する。 + あるスキーマにおける同一オブジェクトに対する複数の参照をどのように統合すべきか示す属性を提供する。 @@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ $Id$ 当該のオブジェクトと子、また先んじて存在するすべてのオブジェクトの子をchangeモードで処理する。

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.damaged.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.damaged.xml index 8c545fb095..1b45cc5be5 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.damaged.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.damaged.xml @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ $Id$ categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified. 식별될 수 있다면 그 손상의 원인을 분류한다. 当該損傷の原因の分類を示す。 - caractérise la raison des dommages, lorsqu'elle peut + caractérise la raison des dommages, lorsqu'elle peut être identifiée classifica la causa del danneggiamento, se rintracciabile @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ $Id$ 다양한 척도에 따라 손상 정도를 나타낸다. degree 속성과 함께 damage 태그는 텍스트가 확인 가능한 곳에서만 사용되어야 한다; 다른 원본에서 가져온 텍스트는 supplied를 부착한다. 当該損傷部分の程度を0(損傷なし)から1(極度に損傷している)まで間の数値ないしhigh(強度)、medium(中度)、low(程度)、unknown(未知)のコードによって示す。要素damageの属性 degreeは、当該損傷部分のテキストが確認できる場合にのみ使用されるべきである。他の資料から補われたテキストの場合には、 要素suppliedで示されるべきである。 - indique le degré (la gravité) du dommage subi, selon + indique le degré (la gravité) du dommage subi, selon une grille appropriée. L'attribut degree doit être utilisé dans le seul cas où le texte peut être lu avec certitude ; le texte restitué en utilisant d'autres sources doit être encodé au moyen de l'élément supplied. @@ -164,4 +164,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.iso.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.iso.xml index 775cc32b46..5b37e247cc 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.iso.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.iso.xml @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 표준형으로 기간의 시작 지점을 나타낸다. 以標準格式表示該段時間的起始點。 当該時間幅の、始点を標準形で示す。 - Indique le point de départ de la période sous une forme normalisée + indique le point de départ de la période sous une forme normalisée indica l'inizio del periodo nel formato standard indica el punto de inicio de un periodo de tiempo en formato estándard. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 以標準格式表示該段時間的結束點。 indica en forma estándard el punto de conclusión de un período. 当該時間幅の、終点を標準形で示す。 - Indique le point final de la période sous une forme normalisée + indique le point final de la période sous une forme normalisée indica la fine del periodo nel formato standard @@ -156,4 +156,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.xml index b8fa7d278a..f2f6276aea 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.datable.xml @@ -25,66 +25,9 @@ $Id$ - - indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the - date represented by the content of this element belongs. - 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. - 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 - この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 - indique le système ou le calendrier auquel - appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. - indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra - una fecha. - indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data - appartiene. - - - - - - - @calendar indicates one or more - systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, - but this element has no textual content. - - - - - He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 (Feb. 11, 1731/32, - O.S.). - - - - - He was born on Feb. 22, 1732 - (Feb. 11, 1731/32, O.S.). - - - - - Dienstag 7/19 - Mai. - - - - L'année - 1960 fut, en vertu du calendrier grégorien, bissextile ; le 22 juin tomba ainsi le jour de - l'été, le 22 juin. - - -

Note that the calendar attribute (unlike datingMethod defined in - att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date - in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to - which the date is normalized.

-
-

- calendar属性は(att.datable.customクラスで定義されるdatingMethod属性と異なり、 - 親要素によって定義される原資料の日付の暦日システムを定義するものであり、 - どの暦日に日付を正規化するかではない。

-
supplies pointers to one or more definitions of - named periods of time (typically categorys or calendars) within which the datable item is understood to have occurred. + named periods of time (typically categorys, dates or events) within which the datable item is understood to have occurred.
시간을 명시할 수 있는 항목이 일어난 시간의 기간명을 정의하는 특정 위치로의 포인터를 제공한다. suministra un indicador a una localización diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.datcat.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.datcat.xml index e18f1d0252..b23fde6e4d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.datcat.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.datcat.xml @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ $Id$ taxonomy, in this way establishing the identity of information containers and values, and providing means of interpreting them. datacat属性とValueDatacat属性を提供する.これらがXML要素や属性を連携させる日付分類は、国際標準ISO - 12620:2009で定義されるものであり,にあるISOCatと呼ばれるWebリポジトリに格納されている. + >datacat属性とValueDatacat属性を提供する。これらがXML要素や属性を連携させる日付分類は、国際標準ISO + 12620:2009で定義されるものであり、にあるISOCatと呼ばれるWebリポジトリに格納されている。
provides a pointer to a definition of, and/or general @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ $Id$ taxonomy or ontology. If valueDatcat is present in the immediate context, this attribute takes on role (a), while valueDatcat performs role (b). 指定された要素をISOcatの適切なデータカテゴリ(または複数のデータカテゴリ)と対応付けるPID(永続的識別子)を含む. + >指定された要素をISOcatの適切なデータカテゴリ(または複数のデータカテゴリ)と対応付けるPID(永続的識別子)を含む。 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ $Id$ by reference to an external taxonomy or ontology. Used especially where a contrast with datcat is needed. 指定された要素の内容または指定された属性の値を,ISOcatの適切かつ単純なデータカテゴリ(または複数のデータカテゴリ)と対応付けるPID(永続的識別子)を含む. + >指定された要素の内容または指定された属性の値を、ISOcatの適切かつ単純なデータカテゴリ(または複数のデータカテゴリ)と対応付けるPID(永続的識別子)を含む。 @@ -190,9 +190,60 @@ $Id$ dictionary is therefore advised.

Yet another possibility is to associate the information about the relationship between a TEI markup element and the data category that it is intended to model already at the level of - modeling the dictionary resource, that is, at the level of the ODD, in equiv element + modeling the dictionary resource, that is, at the level of the ODD, in the equiv element that is a child of elementSpec or attDef.

+ +

The taxonomy element is a handy tool for encoding taxonomies that are later + referenced by att.datcat attributes, but it can also act as an + intermediary device, for example holding a fragment of an external taxonomy (or + flattening an external ontology) that is relevant to the project or document at hand. + (It is also imaginable that, for the purpose of the project at hand, the local + taxonomy element combines vocabularies that originate from more than one external + taxonomy or ontology.) In such cases, the taxonomy creates a local layer of + indirection: the att.datcat attributes internal to the resource + may reference the category elements stored in the header (as well as the + taxonomy element itself), whereas these same category and + taxonomy elements use att.datcat attributes to + reference the original taxonomy or ontology.

+ + + + + + + + UD syntactic relations + + + + acl: Clausal modifier of noun (adjectival clause) + + + + acl:relcl: relative clause modifier + + + + advcl: Adverbial clause modifier + + + + + + +

The above fragment was excerpted from the GB subset of the ParlaMint project in April 2023, and + enriched with att.datcat attributes for the purpose of + illustrating the mechanism described here.

+

Note that, in the ideal case, the values of att.datcat attributes + should be persistent identifiers, and that the addressing scheme of Universal Dependencies is + treated here as persistent for the sake of illustration. Note also that the contrast between + datcat used on taxonomy on the one hand, and the valueDatcat + used on category on the other, is not mandatory: both kinds of relations could be + encoded by means of the generic datcat attribute, but using the former for the + container and the latter for the content is more user-friendly.

+

The targetDatcat attribute is designed to be used in, e.g., feature structure declarations, and is analogous to the targetLang attribute of the @@ -219,6 +270,52 @@ $Id$ its values, which are used as direct references to data categories; hence the use of datcat in the symbol element.

+ +

The att.datcat attributes can be used for any sort of taxonomies. + The example below illustrates their usefulness for describing usage domain labels in + dictionaries on the example of the Diccionario da Lingua Portugueza by + António de Morais Silva, retro-digitised in the MORDigital project.

+ + + + + + + + + + Medical and Health Sciences + Ciências Médicas e da Saúde + + + Medicine + + + + Medicina + + + + + + + + + + + Med. + + +

In the Morais dictionary, the relevant domain labels are in the header, getting referenced + inside the dictionary, from usg elements. The vocabulary used for dictionary-internal + labelling is in turn anchored in the MorDigital controlled vocabulary + service of the NOVA University of Lisbon – School of Social Sciences and Humanities + (NOVA FCSH).

+

The TEI Abstract Model can be expressed as a hierarchy of attribute-value matrices (AVMs) @@ -255,7 +352,7 @@ $Id$ assumption that its URIs are going to persist. It is imaginable that a project may choose to address a local taxonomy store instead, but this risks losing the advantage of interchangeability with other projects.

-

Historically, datcat and valueDatcat originate from the (the now obsolete) ISO +

Historically, datcat and valueDatcat originate from the (now obsolete) ISO 12620:2009 standard, describing the data model and procedures for a Data Category Registry (DCR). The current version of that standard, ISO 12620-1, does not standardize the serialization of pointers, merely mentioning the TEI att.datcat as @@ -268,7 +365,7 @@ $Id$

ISO - 12620:2009は、データ分類のレジストリ(DCR)に関するデータモデルと手続きについての国際標準である.データ分類は,一つの言語の構造における基本的な記述子として定義される。DCRのデータモデルでは、個々のデータ分類には、ユニークな永続的識別子(PID)、つまり、URIが割り当てられる.DCRからデータ分類を利用する言語資源,あるいは、できることならそのスキーマは、このPIDを用いて参照すべきである。TEI文書のようなXMLベースの資源(にて参照可能)に関しては、ISO 12620:2009 付録 Aに、datcat属性とvalueDatcat属性を提供する小さなデータ分類参照のXML語彙がある。

@@ -276,4 +373,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.declarable.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.declarable.xml index dc099cdc22..950e726ef4 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.declarable.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.declarable.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ its parent is selected. 親要素が選択された場合に、当該要素がデフォルトとして選択されるか どうかを示す。 - Indique si oui ou non cet élément est affecté par + indique si oui ou non cet élément est affecté par défaut quand son élément parent a été sélectionné. indica si el elemento es seleccionado automáticamente o no cuando es seleccionado el padre indica se l'elemento è selezionato automaticamente quando è selezionato il genitore @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ il est sélectionné si son parent a été choisi - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.deprecated.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.deprecated.xml index 554ed67dfc..652ed437fc 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.deprecated.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.deprecated.xml @@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ $Id$ 非推奨の機能を将来のリリースでどのように扱うかを示す属性を提供する。 - provides a date before which the construct being defined - will not be removed. + provides a date before which the construct being defined will not be removed. 定義されている構文が削除される前の日付を提供する。 @@ -25,30 +26,35 @@ $Id$ forme pleine forma completa forma completa + 完全形 prefix préfixe prefisso prefijo + 接頭辞 suffix suffixe suffisso sufijo + 接尾辞 infix infixe infisso infijteio + 接中辞 partial partiel parziale parcial + 一部分 @@ -57,7 +63,12 @@ $Id$

+ +

+ この属性はオプションであり、デフォルト値は指定されていないため、この情報が不要な場合は省略することができる。 +

+
- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.patternReplacement.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.patternReplacement.xml index 533fe9fcf6..a085eace50 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.patternReplacement.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.patternReplacement.xml @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ $Id$ provides attributes for regular-expression matching and replacement. + 正規表現のマッチと置換のための属性を提供する。 specifies a regular expression against which the values of other attributes @@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ $Id$ être comparées les valeurs des attributs cRef. cRef 속성 값이 대응하는 정규 표현을 명시한다. 標明一個表示屬性cRef屬性值的固定方法。 - 属性cRefの値が対応する正規表現を示す. + 他の属性の値がマッチする対象の正規表現を指定する。 legt einen regulären Ausdruck fest, gegen den die Werte eines cRef-Attributs abgeglichen werden können. especifica una expresión regular con la que los @@ -43,8 +44,8 @@ $Id$ y los átomos para la cuantificación, sino también para crear los subpatterns que se referirán por el atributo replacementPattern.

- -

丸括弧で区切られたグループは、出現順序や量化単位の他、属性 replacementPatternで示された下位パタンを示す。

+ +

使用される構文は、W3C XPath syntaxで定義されているものに従うべきである。カッコで囲まれたグループは、出現順序や量化単位の他、属性 replacementPatternで参照される下位パターンの作成にも使用されることに注意する。

@@ -57,8 +58,7 @@ $Id$ 하위 유형 대치가 실행되면, URI를 제공하는 replacement pattern를 명시한다. 標明一個取代模式,一旦進行次要模式的替換,會自動提供統一資源識別符 (URI) 。 - 変形パタンを示す。下位の置換パタンが実行さ - れれば、これはURIになる。 + replacement patternを指定する。つまり、matchPattern内のグループへの参照を含む相対URIまたは絶対URIのスケルトンで、サブパターンの置換が実行されることで、URIを完成させるものである。 beschreibt ein replacement pattern (Ersetzungsmuster), das heißt das Grundgerüst einer relativen oder absoluten URI, die Referenzen auf Gruppen im matchPattern-Attribut enthalten und die URI komplettieren, sobald die Ersetzung der untergeordneten Muster durchgeführt wurde. @@ -96,9 +96,10 @@ $Id$ de dólar se debe escribir como %24.

-

文字列$1から$9は、属性matchPatternにある正規表現 に該当するグループに(左から右の順番で)対応したものである。ソフ - トウェアは、当該正規表現に対応したグループを変形することが期待 されている。

-

ドル記号に続く数値が(後方参照に対する)置換パタンとして必要な場 合には、当該ドル記号は%24と書かれなければならない。

+

+ 文字列$1, $2などは、属性matchPatternにある正規表現に該当するグループに(開き括弧を左から右の順番で数えて)対応するものである。処理ソフトウェアは、当該正規表現に対応するグループに置換することが期待されている。

+

ドル記号に続く数値が(後方参照として用いられるのではなく)置換パターンとして必要な場合には、そのドル記号は%24と書かれなければならない。 +

@@ -108,4 +109,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.personal.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.personal.xml index d90b8dd80a..9d9924a140 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.personal.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.personal.xml @@ -14,10 +14,11 @@ $Id$ attributs des composantes des noms de personnes atributos para los componentes de nombres propios de persona attributi per componenti di nomi propri di persona + 名前を構成するもののための属性。通常は人物名だが、必ずしもそうとは限らない。 common attributes for those elements which form part of a name usually, but not necessarily, a personal name. 사람 이름의 부분을 형성하는 요소에 대한 공통 속성 構成部分個人名稱的元素所用之通用屬性 - 個人名の構成要素となる要素に付与される属性。 + 名前の構成要素となる要素に付与される一般的な属性。通常は人物名だが、必ずしもそうとは限らない。 attributs communs des éléments qui composent un nom de personne atributos comunes para los elementos que forman parte de un nombre propio de persona. attributi comuni agli @@ -56,6 +57,7 @@ abbreviation or simply as an initial. abrégé abbreviato el componente del nombre aparece como forma abreviada. + 省略された the name component is given in an abbreviated form. 이름 성분이 축약형으로 제시된다. 該名稱元件為縮寫形式。 @@ -70,6 +72,7 @@ abbreviation or simply as an initial. initiale lettera iniziale el componente del nombre aparece mediante la inicial. + イニシャルの the name component is indicated only by one initial. 이름 성분이 하나의 이니셜(첫글자)로 제시되었다. @@ -84,10 +87,11 @@ one initial. sort ordre + 並び替え specifies the sort order of the name component in relation to others within the name. 사람 이름 내에 다른 것과 관련된 이름 성분의 정렬 순서를 명시한다. 指明個人名稱中該名稱元件與其他元件之間的排列順序。 - 個人名間で並び替えをする際の順番を示す。 + 名前の並び替えにおいて、その名前要素が他の構成要素との関係で何番目に優先されるかを指定する。 précise dans quel ordre est placé la composante par rapport aux autres dans le nom d'une personne. especifica la posición del componente al interno del nombre propio de persona en relación con los otros componentes. specifica la posizione della componente all'interno del nome proprio di persona in relazione alle altre componenti @@ -97,4 +101,4 @@ one initial. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.placement.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.placement.xml index 1b75284da3..78a8d466fe 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.placement.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.placement.xml @@ -24,13 +24,14 @@ $Id$ specifies where this item is placed. specifie où cet item se trouve. + このアイテムが置かれた場所を指定する。 at the top of the page 위쪽 여백에 있음 頁首空白處 - 上の余白。 + 当該頁の上の余白。 en el margen superior nel margine superiore dans la marge supérieure @@ -42,17 +43,18 @@ $Id$ margine inferiore en el margen inferior 頁尾空白處 - 下の余白。 + 当該頁の下の余白。 in the margin (left, right, or both) dans la marge (gauche, droite ou les deux en même temps) + 余白(左left, 右right, 左右both) on the opposite, i.e. facing, page 맞쪽, 즉 마주보는 페이지 對頁頁面 - 反対側。例えば、見返しや、向かいのページなど。 + 反対側,つまり,向かいのページ。 en el opuesto,es decir en el anverso, reverso, etc. sur la page opposée nella pagina accanto @@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ $Id$ on the other side of the leaf 장의 반대쪽에 있음 書頁反頁頁面 - 裏面。 + 当該葉の裏面。 en la otra cara de la página de l'autre côté de la feuille @@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ $Id$ above the line 행 위에 있음 行上方 - 当該線の上。 + 当該行の上。 sobre la línea au-dessus de la ligne al di sopra della linea @@ -80,12 +82,13 @@ $Id$ to the right, e.g. to the right of a vertical line of text, or to the right of a figure + 右側、つまり、縦書きテキストや図の右側。 below the line 행 아래 行底 - 当該線の下。 + 当該行の下。 debajo de la línea au-dessous de la ligne al di sotto della linea @@ -93,12 +96,13 @@ $Id$ to the left, e.g. to the left of a vertical line of text, or to the left of a figure + 左側、つまり、縦書きテキストや図の左側。 at the end of e.g. chapter or volume. 주석이 장 또는 책 뒤에 나타난다. 註解出現於章節或書冊的結尾 - 章末や巻末に注釈がある。 + 末尾(たとえば章や巻の)。 al final del capítulo o del volumen. à la fin, par exemple d'un chapitre ou d'un volume alla fine del capitolo o del volume @@ -106,10 +110,12 @@ $Id$ within the body of the text. dans le corps du texte + テキスト本文の中で。 in a predefined space, for example left by an earlier scribe. dans un espace prédéfini, par exemple à gauche d'un scripteur précédent + あらかじめ用意された箇所(たとえば過去の書写者が空けておいたなど)。 @@ -130,4 +136,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.group.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.group.xml index 022b52a9e3..2427493314 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.group.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.group.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ $Id$ enclose groups of pointer elements. 포인터 요소군을 포함하는 모든 요소에 공통적인 속성 집합을 정의한다. 定義一組屬性,通用於所有包含指標元素群組的元素。 - ポインタとなる要素に共通の属性を示す。 + ポインター要素のグループを含むすべての要素に共通の属性セットを提供する。 fournit un ensemble d'attributs communs à tous les éléments qui contiennent des groupes d'éléments pointeurs. define un conjunto de atributos comunes a todos los elementos que incluyen grupos de indicadores. definisce un insieme di attributi comuni a tutti gli elementi che includono gruppi di puntatori @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ $Id$ función meta fonction cible funzione obiettivo + ターゲット機能 describes the function of each of the values of the target attribute of the enclosed link, join, or alt tags. link, join 또는 alt 태그의 속성 값 각각에 대한 기능을 기술한다. 描述每個元素標籤linkjoin、或alt當中的屬性target的屬性值功能。 - 要素linkjoinaltに付与された属性 - targetの値の機能を示す。 + linkタグやjoinタグ、altタグに付与されるtarget属性の値のそれぞれの機能を示す。 décrit la fonction de chacune des valeurs de l'attribut target pour les balises incluses link, join, ou alt. @@ -100,14 +100,12 @@ $Id$ valeurs se trouvant dans l'attribut domains de l'élément en question, si un tel attribut a été spécifié.

- +

- 当該値は、要素link, join, altに付与 - されている属性targetの値と一致しなければならない - (属性ptrは、中間的な存在で、ここでの手法を補うために必要 - になるかもしれない)。また、 - domainsが付与されている場合には、その値とも一致する必要 - がある。 + 個々の値の数はlinkjoin、 + あるいは altにおけるtarget属性における値の数と一致しなければならない。 + (仲立ちをするptr要素がこのために必要かもしれない)。 + もしdomains属性が付与されるならば、現在の要素のdomains属性における値の数とも一致すべきである。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.xml index b48be17753..d30eeafca6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.pointing.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ $Id$ to other elements by means of one or more URI references. 하나 이상의 URI 참조를 통해서 다른 요소를 가리키는 모든 요소에 의해 사용된 속성 집합을 정의한다. 定義一組與其他元素相連結的所有元素皆使用的屬性,連結是使用ㄧ個或多個統一資源識別符 (URI) 參照。 - URIにより要素を参照する要素に共通して付与される属性を定義する。 + 一つ以上のURIにより他の要素を指示するすべての要素に使用される属性のセットを作成する示す。 fournit un ensemble d'attributs utilisés par tous les éléments qui pointent vers d'autres éléments au moyen d'une ou de plusieurs références URI. define un conjunto de atributos usados por todos los elementos que señalan a otros elementos a través de uno o más URI. definisce un insieme di attributi usati da tutti gli elementi che puntano ad altri elementi tramite uno o più URI @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ $Id$ specifies the language of the content to be found at the destination referenced by target, using a language tag generated according to BCP 47. + BCP 47に従って生成された言語タグを使用することで、targetの参照先にあるコンテンツの言語を特定する。 @@ -49,12 +50,16 @@ $Id$ these must remain consistent with their IETFInternet Engineering Task Force definitions.

+ +

+ 値はBCP 47に準拠している必要がある。 (x-で始まっていたり、-x-を含むような記述のように)値がプライベートに使用されるコードの場合、自身のident属性に対応する値をもったlanguage要素は、TEIのヘッダーにおいてその値を記述しなくてはならない。そうした(非公式なコードの)記述はあるいは公式なコードにオプションとして取り入れられることもあるが、公式なコードはIETFInternet Engineering Task Force (インターネット技術特別調査委員会)の定義に準拠したものでなくてはならない。

+
specifies the destination of the reference by supplying one or more URI References 하나 혹은 다수의 URI 참조를 제시하여 참조의 목적지를 명시한다. 用一個或多個統一資源識別符參照 (URI References) 來說明參照所指位置。 - ひとつ以上のURIで、参照先を特定する。 + 1つまたは複数のURI参照を指名することで、参照先を指定する。 précise la cible de la référence en donnant une ou plusieurs références URI especifica la destinación de una referencia @@ -71,6 +76,9 @@ $Id$ n’est autorisé à l'intérieur d'un URI. Si un espace est requis dans un URI, il faut le représenter avec une séquence d'échappement, comme par exemple TEI%20Consortium.

+

+ 空白で区切られた1つもしくはそれ以上の構文的に有効なURI参照。空白はURIを区切るために使用されるため、各URI中において空白を使用することはできない。URIに空白文字が必要な場合は、たとえば TEI%20Consortium と言ったような通常の方法でエスケープする必要がある。 +

evaluate diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.ranging.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.ranging.xml index f1e846bb32..247bc3fb4d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.ranging.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.ranging.xml @@ -9,17 +9,20 @@ provides attributes for describing numerical ranges. + 数値範囲を記述するための属性を提供する。 gives a minimum estimated value for the approximate measurement. donne une estimation de la valeur minimum pour la mesure. + 概算推量のための最小推定値を与える。 gives a maximum estimated value for the approximate measurement. donne une estimation de la valeur maximum pour la mesure. + 概算推量のための最大推定値を与える。 @@ -28,6 +31,7 @@ observed. lorsque la mesure résume plus d'une observation, fournit la valeur minimum observée. + 1回以上の観察あるいは範囲をまとめた推量において、観察された最小値を提供する。 @@ -36,11 +40,13 @@ observed. lorsque la mesure résume plus d'une observation, fournit la valeur maximum observée. + 1回以上の観察あるいは範囲をまとめた推量において、観察された最大値を提供する。 specifies the degree of statistical confidence (between zero and one) that a value falls within the range specified by min and max, or the proportion of observed values that fall within that range. + minmax、で指定された範囲内の値、あるいはその範囲内で観察された値の割合の統計的な信頼度を0から1の値で示す。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.rdgPart.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.rdgPart.xml index 6e5cb429d4..d2248d3bad 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.rdgPart.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.rdgPart.xml @@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ $Id$ manuscript or other witness. 파편화된 원고 또는 다른 비교 대상 텍스트의 시작부 또는 종료부를 표지하는 요소의 속성 提供元素的屬性,這些元素標記岀零散手稿的起始、結尾或其他版本。 - 手書き資料や文献の断片について、その初めと終わりを示す要素向けの - 属性。 + 手書き資料や証拠資料の断片について、その初めと終わりを示す属性。 attributs d'éléments qui marquent le début ou la fin d'un manuscrit fragmentaire ou d'un autre témoin. atributos para elementos que señalan el inicio o el fin de un manuscrito fragmentario o de otro testimonio attributi per elementi che segnalano l'inizio o la fine di un manoscritto frammentario o di altro testimone @@ -24,13 +23,12 @@ manuscript or other witness. testimonio o testimonios témoin ou témoins testimone o testimoni + 1つ以上の証拠資料 contains a space-delimited list of one or more sigla indicating the witnesses to this reading beginning or ending at this point. 이 지점에서 시작 또는 종료하는 비교 대상 텍스트를 표시하는 하나 이상의 기호 일람표 목록을 포함한다. 一個或多個印記列表,指出於此處開始或結束的版本。 - ひとつ以上の文献記号のリストを含む。 - 当該ポインタにより文献記号で示された文献の始めまたは終わりが示さ - れている。 + この時点で開始または終了するこの読みに対する証拠資料を示す1つ以上の記号のスペース区切りリストが含まれる。 contient une liste d'une ou plusieurs abréviations désignant les témoins qui commencent ou finissent à ce point. contiene una lista de una o más siglas que indican los testimonios que inician o acaban en ese punto. contiene una lista di una o più sigle indicanti i testimoni che cominciano o finiscono in questo punto diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.repeatable.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.repeatable.xml index 79c70aa7c6..02c9990305 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.repeatable.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.repeatable.xml @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ $Id$ provides attributes for the elements which define component parts of a content model. + 内容モデルの構成部分を定義するエレメントのための属性を提供する。 @@ -37,8 +38,12 @@ $Id$ nombre minimum d'occurrences numero minimo di occorrenze número mínimo de apariciones + 最小出現数 indicates the smallest number of times this component may occur. + この部品が出現し得る最小回数を示す。 + + @@ -51,8 +56,10 @@ $Id$ nombre maximum d'occurrences. numero minimo di occorrenze número máximo de apariciones. + 最大出現数 indicates the largest number of times this component may occur. + 概算推量のための最大推定値を与える。 @@ -68,4 +75,8 @@ $Id$ always be greater than or equal to 1. An ODD processor should raise an error if either of these conditions is not met.

+

+ minOccursの値は常にmaxOccursの値以下でなければならない。maxOccursのデフォルト値が1なので、maxOccursが指定されない時には、minOccursは1以下でなければならない。 + minOccursのデフォルト値も1なので、minOccursが指定されない時には、maxOccursは常に1以上でなければならない。これらの条件のいずれかが満たされなければ、ODDプロセッサはエラーとなるだろう。

+
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.resourced.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.resourced.xml index a44a5d9edd..3a418b8924 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.resourced.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.resourced.xml @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ $Id$ provides attributes by which a resource (such as an externally held media file) may be located. + (外部のメディアファイルのような)資料を示す属性を提供する。 uniform resource locator @@ -17,7 +18,9 @@ $Id$ localizador de recurso uniforme adresse URL URL (localizzatore universale di risorse) + 統一資源位置指定子 specifies the URL from which the media concerned may be obtained. + 関連するメディアを入手するURLを示す。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.scoping.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.scoping.xml index 42cffa076b..0e842aab3f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.scoping.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.scoping.xml @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ $Id$ provides attributes for selecting particular elements within a document. + ある文書の中の特定の要素を選択するための属性を提供する。 points at one or more sets of zero or more elements each. + ある文書の中の特定の要素を選択するための属性を提供する。 Elizabeth went to Essex @@ -25,6 +27,9 @@ $Id$ syntax defined in which identifies a set of nodes, selected within the context identified by the target attribute if this is supplied, or within the context of the parent element if it is not. + に定義された構文を用いて、ノードの集合を指し示す任意の XPath 式を記入する。 + 選択範囲は target 属性が与えられた場合はそのコンテクスト、 + なければ親要素のコンテクストとなる。 @@ -52,4 +57,13 @@ $Id$

Note that the value of the target attribute may include an XPointer expression including an XPath expression (see ).

+

確信度の表現は target 属性の値で指定されたノードセットに適用されるが、加えて match 属性の値によって修正されることがある。 + 複数の識別子が与えられた場合、それらすべての要素(またはノードセット)を指すものと解される。 + match 属性は要素のグループを指定するために用いることもできる。

+

targetmatch 両方がある場合、match の XPath 式は target で選択した要素のコンテクスト内で評価される。どちらの属性もない場合、表現は親要素に適用される。 + target のみ与えられている場合、その選択する要素もしくはノードセットに表現が適用される。 + match のみ与えられている場合、XPath 式はこの属性を含む要素の親要素のコンテクストで評価される。

+

なお、target 属性の値には XPath 式を含む XPointer 表現が入りうる( を参照)。

+ +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.segLike.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.segLike.xml index 89a48d587f..959fcd1228 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.segLike.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.segLike.xml @@ -35,6 +35,11 @@ $Id$

Attribute values will often vary depending on the type of element to which they are attached. For example, a cl, may take values such as coordinate, subject, adverbial etc. For a phr, such values as subject, predicate etc. may be more appropriate. Such constraints will typically be implemented by a project-defined customization.

+

+ 属性値は付与された要素のタイプに応じてしばしば変化する。 + たとえば、clは座標や主語、副詞のような値をとることができる。 + phrの場合、主語や述語のような値はより適切かもしれない。 + そういった制約は、典型的には、プロジェクトで定義されたカスタマイズとして実装されるだろう。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.sortable.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.sortable.xml index b6ca745ceb..5715c4bec9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.sortable.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.sortable.xml @@ -9,9 +9,11 @@ provides attributes for elements in lists or groups that are sortable, but whose sorting key cannot be derived mechanically from the element content. + ソート可能だが、ソートのキーは要素の内容から機械的に取り出すことはできないリストやグループにおける要素に関する属性。 supplies the sort key for this element in an index, list or group which contains it. + インデックスやリスト、グループに含まれる要素のソートキーを提供する。 David's other principal backer, Josiah @@ -52,14 +54,16 @@

La clave de ordenación se utiliza para determinar la secuencia y agrupar las entradas en un índice.

- -

当該属性は、索引中の項目の一連やグループを決めるために使用され る。当該属性がない場合、当該要素の内容が、並び替えのために使用 される。

-

辞書順序は、機械可読文字集合の照合順序とは、多くの場合異なって いる。例えば、英語の場合、辞書項目4-Hは、 - 文字化されたfourhの所に出てくる。また、項目 McCoyは、maccoyの所に出てくるだ - ろう。しかし、項目A1, A4, - A5らは、文字 順のa-AAとの間で、数字順で出てくる。 - 当該並び替えキーは、当該辞書が採る正書法では、場所の特定が十分 に行えない場合に、必要となる。

+ +

当該属性は、索引中の項目の並びやグループを決めるために使用される。 + これはほかの値によって並べ替えを行いたいときの一続きの文字を与え、それによって望まれる順序を実現する。 + ソートキー構文の詳細はアプリケーション依存である。

+

辞書順はしばしば機械可読文字集合の照合順と異なる。 + 英語圏の辞書では、4-Hという項目はしばしばfourhとしてアルファベット化され、McCoyは、maccoyとしてアルファベット化されうる。 + それに対して、A1A4A5a-AAのあいだに数字順に置かれてしまうこともある。 + ソートキーは、辞書項目の表記が辞書における順序を決定するのに不十分な際に必要となる。

+
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.styleDef.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.styleDef.xml index ef0fe5b201..31f0d9aa66 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.styleDef.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.styleDef.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ $Id$ Objetos extensibles del formato del lenguaje de Stylesheet XSL-FO - Langage XSL (Extensible Stylesheet )Formatting + langage XSL (Extensible Stylesheet )Formatting Objects linguaggio XSL-FO @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ If no value for the @scheme attribute is provided, then the default assumption s
- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/att.textCritical.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/att.textCritical.xml index 5460e5b5bb..79f1e25fd9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/att.textCritical.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/att.textCritical.xml @@ -169,8 +169,7 @@ different witnesses.

- 当該要素クラスは、共通識別子rdg, lem, - rdgGrpが継承する属性を定義している。 + 当該要素クラスは、共通識別子rdglemrdgGrpが継承する属性を定義している。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/attDef.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/attDef.xml index 49c9a504a9..6e90fdbd0f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/attDef.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/attDef.xml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ $Id$ + @@ -124,25 +125,6 @@ $Id$ - - namespace - 이름 공간 - 名稱空間 - espace de noms - espacio de nombre - spazio del nome - specifies the namespace to which this attribute belongs - 이 속성이 소속된 이름 공간을 명시한다. - 指明該屬性所屬的名稱空間。 - 当該属性が属する名前空間を示す。 - précise l'espace de noms auquel appartient cet - attribut. - especifica el espacio del nombre al que pertenece el - atributo. - indica lo spazio del nome al quale appartiene - l'attributo - - diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/attRef.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/attRef.xml index 9b13e08a78..05d134b7d0 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/attRef.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/attRef.xml @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ $Id$ the name of the attribute class - + the name of the attribute @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/author.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/author.xml index c559f77d1e..5850d43e8c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/author.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/author.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> author autor/a auteur @@ -17,7 +14,7 @@ form as that provided by a recognized bibliographic name authority. 참고문헌에 작가, 단독 저자, 공동 저자의 이름을 포함한다; 서지 항목의 책임에 관한 1차적 진술. 在書目參照中,包含一件作品的作者 (群) 姓名,無論是個人或是團體性質;這也是書目項目責任歸屬的主要陳述。 - 書誌情報における、著作者(個人・団体)の名前を示す。書誌項目における歴 任者を示す第一位の記述を示す。 + 書誌参照において、作品の著者となる人や法人の名前を、たとえば、よく知られた書誌典拠情報機関の形式で提供されるものに合わせるなどして記述する。 dans une référence bibliographique contient le nom de la (des) personne(s) physique(s) ou du collectif, auteur(s) d'une oeuvre ; par exemple dans la même forme que celle utilisée par une référence bibliographique reconnue. en una referencia bibliográfica, contiene el nombre del @@ -37,6 +34,39 @@ autor/a/es, ya sea una persona o una institución, de una obra; por ejemplo, en + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + British Broadcasting Corporation @@ -106,9 +136,12 @@ places, in particular where multiple names are given.

Dans le cas d'une émission, cet élément sert à encoder le nom de la société ou du réseau qui diffuse le programme.

- -

書誌情報を当該ヘダーに収録する場合、個人名の正確な記述を、一般に理 解可能な著者リストとして使用した方がよい。

-

放送の場合、当該要素は会社や放送局の名前として使用される。

+ +

特にヘッダの内容をもとに目録作成が行われると考えられる場合、この要素の内容を広く知られた名前典拠ファイルに準拠することを推奨する。 + keyref属性によって何らかの適切な典拠(たとえば図書館目録やオンライン情報のような)における著者(達)についての標準的な参照情報を示すこともできる。

+

放送番組の場合には、その番組の制作に責任を持つ放送局や放送ネットワークの名前を用いる。

+

著者が不明であったり不明確である場合、この要素は不詳匿名のようなテキストであってもよい。 + 特に、複数の名前が用いられている場合には、適切なTEIモジュールを用いて、人や組織、場所に関する名前をより詳細にタグ付けしてもよい。

Insbesondere wenn eine Katalogisierung auf Basis des TEI-Headers erfolgen soll, ist es ratsam @@ -127,4 +160,4 @@ places, in particular where multiple names are given.

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/authority.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/authority.xml index b14315ff58..297d962128 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/authority.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/authority.xml @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ $Id$ Freigabeinstanz responsable de la presentación autorità di pubblicazione + 刊行許可元 supplies the name of a person or other agency responsible for making a work available, other than a publisher or distributor. - donne le nom de la personne ou de l'organisme responsable de la publication d’un fichier électronique, autre qu’un éditeur ou un distributeur. + donne le nom de la personne ou de l'organisme responsable de la publication d’un fichier électronique, autre qu’un éditeur ou un distributeur. 출판사 또는 배포자 외에 전자 파일 사용 허가에 대한 권한을 갖는 개인 또는 기관의 이름을 제시한다. 說明除了出版者或發行者之外,負責提供電子檔案的個人或其他經銷商的名稱。 - 電子データの作成に責任のある個人または団体の名前を示す。出版者や頒布 - 者ではない。 + 作品の供給に責任のある、出版者や発売者以外の個人または団体の名前を示す。 gibt die Person oder Instanz (außer Verlag oder Distributor) an, die für den Zugang zu einer Ressource verantwortlich ist. proporciona el nombre de la persona o agente responsable que ha hecho disponible un archivo electrónico, que no es ni el editor ni el distribudor. fornisce il nome di una persona o di un'organizzazione responsabile della messa a disposizione di un file elettronico, diversa dalll'editore o dal distributore. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/availability.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/availability.xml index 8ceb37b720..3bae1d644d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/availability.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/availability.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ $Id$ toutes restrictions quant à son usage ou sa diffusion, son copyright, etc. 텍스트 이용에 관한 정보를 제시한다. 예를 들어 사용 또는 배포의 제한, 저작권 상태 등. 提供關於文件可利用性的資訊,例如使用或發行上的任何限制、版權狀態等。 - テキストの利用可能性に関する情報を示す。例えば、その使用や頒布、 著作権に関する制限など。 + テキストの利用許可に関する情報を示す。例えば、その使用や頒布の制限、著作権の状態、適用されるライセンス等。 liefert Informationen zur Verfügbarkeit eines Textes, zum Beispiel Einschränkungen bezüglich des Gebrauchs oder der Weitergabe, Lizensierungen usw. proporciona información sobre la disponibilidad de un texto, por ejemplo cualquier restricción en cuanto a su uso o distribución, su copyright, etc. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ $Id$ free frei the text is freely available. - Le texte est libre de droits. + le texte est libre de droits. 텍스트를 자유롭게 이용할 수 있음. 文件的可利用性不受限。 el texto está libremente disponible. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ $Id$ unknown unbekannt the status of the text is unknown. - Le statut du texte est inconnu. + le statut du texte est inconnu. 텍스트의 상태를 알 수 없다. 文件狀態不明。 el estatus del texto es desconocido. @@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ $Id$

Se debe adoptar un formato constante

- -

永続的な形式で示されるべきである。

+ +

一貫した形式を採用すべきである。

Es sollte ein einheitliches Format verwendet werden.

@@ -172,4 +172,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/back.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/back.xml index 2cef236eb4..5176385ba4 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/back.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/back.xml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ $Id$ Nachspann (back) paratexto final peritesto finale + 後付 contains any appendixes, etc. following the main part of a text. 텍스트의 주요부 뒤에 오는 부록 등을 포함한다. @@ -170,8 +171,8 @@ $Id$ front, ce qui permet de rendre compte de pratiques éditoriales qui ont évolué avec l'histoire culturelle.

- -

後付の内容モデルは、文化的背景によっては、前付に相当するものになる。

+ +

どのような内容が後付あるいは前付とされるかは文化的慣習で異なるため、backfrontのコンテントモデルは同一である。

Aufgrund von unterschiedlichen kulturellen Konventionen, die Angaben in Vorspann und Nachspann @@ -182,4 +183,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/bibl.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/bibl.xml index 16eccd0958..4f44ebf955 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/bibl.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/bibl.xml @@ -15,11 +15,12 @@ cita bibliográfica. citazione bibliografica bibliografische Angabe + 典拠情報の明示 contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. 하위 성분이 명시적으로 구분된 또는 그렇지 않은 덜 구조화된 서지 인용을 포함한다. 包含結構零散的書目資料,其中次要元件不一定會明確標記。 - 厳密でない構造を持つ書誌情報の引用を含む。下位要素で明示されていたり、 いなかったりする。 + 完全な構造を持たない典拠情報の引用を表す。各構成要素はタグ付けされていてもいなくてもよい。 contient une référence bibliographique faiblement structurée dans laquelle les sous-composants peuvent ou non être explicitement balisés. contiene una cita bibliográfica estructurada libremente, @@ -116,8 +117,8 @@

Cet élément contient des éléments de type expression, ainsi qu'un jeu d'éléments de la classe model.biblPart.

- -

model.biblPartで規定された要素と共に、句レベルの要素を示す。

+ +

フレーズレベル要素と、model.biblPartクラスの要素の任意の組み合わせを含む。

Enthält Phrasen-Level-Elemente, zusammen mit einer beliebigen Kombination von @@ -128,4 +129,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/biblFull.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/biblFull.xml index f4f4582b65..462ec3aceb 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/biblFull.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/biblFull.xml @@ -14,11 +14,12 @@ $Id$ citación bibliográfica estructurada completa référence bibliographique totalement structurée citazione bibliografica strutturata + 完全に構造化された典拠情報 contains a fully-structured bibliographic citation, in which all components of the TEI file description are present. 완전히 구조화된 서지 정보를 포함하며, 그 안에 TEI 파일 기술의 모든 성분이 제시된다. 包含結構完整的書目資料,其中呈現出TEI檔案描述內的所有元件。 - 厳密な構造を持つ書誌情報を示す。TEIのファイル記述の全要素は、ここ に記述される。 + 完全に構造化された典拠情報を示す。TEIのファイル記述のための全要素が利用できる。 contient une référence bibliographique totalement structurée : tous les composants de la description du fichier TEI y sont présents. contiene una cita bibliográfica completamente @@ -129,4 +130,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/biblScope.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/biblScope.xml index 9f68b443ea..2b085e6491 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/biblScope.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/biblScope.xml @@ -15,12 +15,13 @@ extensión de una cita estensione del riferimento bibliografico Geltungsbereich einer bibliografischen Referenz + 典拠参照の範囲 defines the scope of a bibliographic reference, for example as a list of page numbers, or a named subdivision of a larger work. 예를 들어 페이지수의 목록 또는 작품의 이름 붙은 하위 성분으로, 문헌 참조의 범위를 정의한다. 標明書目參照資訊的範圍,例如標示頁碼列表、或是某著作的分支作品名稱。 - 書誌情報の参照範囲を示す。例えば、ページ番号、下部単位の名前など。 + 典拠参照の範囲を示す。例えば、ページ番号や、全体の中で名前を与えられた下位要素など。 définit l'extension d'une référence bibliographique, comme par exemple une liste de numéros de page, ou le nom d'une subdivision d'une oeuvre plus grande. @@ -82,7 +83,13 @@ Kindelements) von imprint anzugeben, da es Informationen enthält, die nicht Teil des Impressums sind.

+ +

一つのページが引用される場合、from属性とto属性を同じ値で使用すべきである。 + 明確な終点が提供されていない場合、from属性はtoを使わずに使うことができる。 + 例えば、p. 3ffのような引用は、<biblScope from="3">p. 3ff</biblScope>となる。

+

出版事項の一部を構成しない情報を提供するため、この要素をimprintの子ではなく、兄弟として提供するほうが望ましい。

+
- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/biblStruct.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/biblStruct.xml index 6e44500922..b0c19ad88a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/biblStruct.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/biblStruct.xml @@ -14,11 +14,12 @@ référence bibliographique structurée cita bibliográfica estructurada. citazione bibliografica strutturata + 構造的な典拠情報 contains a structured bibliographic citation, in which only bibliographic sub-elements appear and in a specified order. 서지의 하위 요소만이 나타나는, 명시적 순서로 구성되는 구조화된 서지 인용을 포함한다. 包含僅出現子節點的結構書目資料,並以特定順序呈現。 - 構造を持った書誌情報を示す。下位要素として、書誌情報を示す要素が、決 められた順番で出現する。 + 構造を持った典拠情報を示す。下位要素として、典拠情報を示す要素のみが、決められた順番で出現する。 contient une référence bibliographique dans laquelle seuls des sous-éléments bibliographiques apparaissent et cela, selon un ordre déterminé. contiene una cita bibliográfica estructurada, en la cual @@ -140,4 +141,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/bicond.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/bicond.xml index f1ecce673f..10fd209d21 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/bicond.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/bicond.xml @@ -14,15 +14,16 @@ $Id$ contrainte bi-conditionnelle de structure de traits restricciones de estructura de rasgo bicondicional vincolo di struttura di tratti bi-condizionato + 必要十分な素性構造の制約 defines a biconditional feature-structure constraint; both consequent and antecedent are specified as feature structures or groups of feature structures; the constraint is satisfied if both subsume a given feature structure, or if both do not. 이중 조건 자질-구조 제약을 정의한다; 전건과 후건 모두 자질 구조 또는 자질 구조 집합으로 명시된다; 전건과 후건 모두 주어진 자질 구조를 포섭하거나 둘 다 포섭하지 않는다면 이 제약은 만족된다. 定義一個雙條件功能結構限制;結果和前提被指明為功能結構或功能結構群組;若兩者皆包含一個已知功能結構、或兩者皆不包含,則結果符合需求。 - 素性構造の制約を必要十分条件として定義する。前提部と帰結部は、素性構 - 造またはそのグループとして定義される。当該制約は、与えられた2つの素 - 性構造が共に真であるか、またはともに偽である場合に、真になる。 + 素性構造の制約を必要十分条件として定義する。 + 前提部と帰結部は、素性構造またはそのグループとして定義される。 + 当該制約は、与えられた前提部と帰結部の素性構造が共に真であるか、またはともに偽である場合に、満たされる。 définit une contrainte bi-conditionnelle de structure de traits ; la conséquence et l'antécédent sont tous deux indiqués comme structures de traits ou comme groupes de structures de traits ; la contrainte est satisfaite si chacun des @@ -66,4 +67,4 @@ subsume a given feature structure, or if both do not. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/binary.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/binary.xml index e53b3ad30c..df6b3a0b8a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/binary.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/binary.xml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ $Id$ valeur binaire valor binario un valore binario + 二値 represents the value part of a feature-value specification which can contain either of exactly two possible values. 정확히 두 가지 가능한 값 중 하나를 포함할 수 있는 자질-값 명세에서 값의 부분을 표시한다. @@ -42,9 +43,11 @@ $Id$

This attribute has a datatype of teidata.truthValue, which may be represented by the values 1 or true, or 0 or false.

+
+

この属性はteidata.truthValueのデータ型を持つ。 + その値は、1true、あるいは0falseで表現される。

- @@ -87,4 +90,4 @@ the strings - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/binaryObject.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/binaryObject.xml index 5de0cc99d1..f8de99bd6d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/binaryObject.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/binaryObject.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ audio, video or other object.
인라인 그래픽 또는 다른 개체를 표상하는 부호화된 이진 데이터를 제시한다. 標記用來表示文本中圖檔或其他檔案的二進位資料。 - 行中の画像やその他のオブジェクトを示す、符号化されたバイナリデータを 示す。 + 埋め込みの画像や音声、映像、その他のオブジェクトを示す、符号化されたバイナリデータである。 fournit des données binaires encodées qui représentent une image ou un autre objet insérés dans le texte ou dans un autre objet. proporciona datos binarios codificados que representan un @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Base64. 부호화는 이진 데이터의 부호 변환 방식이다. 별도로 명시되어 있지 않다면, Base64로 간주된다. 標記該二進位資料時所使用到的編碼。若未特別指明,則假定為使用Base64編碼 - 当該バイナリデータの符号化方式。指定がなければ、 Base64 と想定する。 + 当該バイナリデータの符号化方式。指定がなければ、Base64を想定する。 l'encodage utilisé pour encoder les données binaires. Sans autre spécification il est supposé s'agir de Base64. La codificación usada para codificar los datos diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/binding.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/binding.xml index cea8182a77..110efc583a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/binding.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/binding.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> binding reliure contains a description of one binding, i.e. type of covering, boards, @@ -35,7 +32,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + contemporary contemporaine specifies whether or not the binding is contemporary with the majority of its diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/bindingDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/bindingDesc.xml index d2ab20419e..2fc39632d6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/bindingDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/bindingDesc.xml @@ -14,12 +14,14 @@ $Id$ descripción de la encuadernación description de la reliure descrizione della rilegatura + 装訂の記述 describes the present and former bindings of a manuscript or other object, either as a series of paragraphs or as a series of distinct binding elements, one for each binding of the manuscript. 원고의 각 제본에 대해 일련의 문단 또는 일련의 binding 요소로 원고의 현재 그리고 이전 제본 상태에 대해 기술한다. 描述手稿現在與之前的裝訂,可以是連續性的文字段落、或是一連串專用的binding元素,每個手稿裝訂使用一個元素。 - 手書き資料の現行または以前の装訂に関する情報を示す。一連の段落または + + 手書き資料の現行または以前の装訂に関する情報を示す。一連の段落または 一連の要素bindingで示される。各単位が当該手書き資料の各装訂 に対応する。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/birth.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/birth.xml index a7c075572f..561103390f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/birth.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/birth.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> birth naissance contains information about a person's birth, such as its date and place. @@ -33,19 +30,55 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + caesarean section + 帝王切開 vaginal delivery + 普通分娩 ex nihilo + 無から diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/bloc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/bloc.xml index 68d82f8a10..8e187f0769 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/bloc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/bloc.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> bloc bloc contains the name of a geo-political unit consisting of two or more nation states or @@ -31,6 +28,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + the European Union diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/body.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/body.xml index 5621ddc768..c04dd1c4ce 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/body.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/body.xml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ $Id$ Textkörper cuerpo del texto corpo del testo + テキスト本文 contains the whole body of a single unitary text, excluding any front or back matter. 전면부 또는 후면부 자료를 배제한 단일 텍스트의 전체 본문을 포함한다. 單篇文章的整體部分,不包含正文前及正文後資訊。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/byline.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/byline.xml index bc38896b6d..6f55cc74d2 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/byline.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/byline.xml @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ $Id$ on its title page or at the head or end of the work. 제목 페이지 또는 작품의 시작부 또는 종료부에서 작품 책임성에 대한 주요 진술을 포함한다. 包含作品的主要責任陳述,出現在題名頁或作品開頭或結尾處。 - タイトルページや作品の冒頭や最後にある、作品の責任者を表す第一位の記 - 述。 + タイトルページや作品の冒頭や最後にある、作品の主要な責任表示。 indique la responsabilité principale pour une œuvre donnée sur la page de titre ou au début ou à la fin de l’œuvre. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/c.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/c.xml index 4026022793..cc9f79459b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/c.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/c.xml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ $Id$ caractère carácter carattere + 文字 represents a character. 문자(글자)를 표시한다. 表示一個文字符號。 @@ -69,8 +70,8 @@ $Id$ punctuation, ou digit, etc.

-

- 文字データ。一文字、または一文字を示すエンティティであるべき。 +

+ 一つの文字、一つのg、あるいは一つの文字として扱われるべき一連の文字素を含む。type属性は、その役割を示す。たとえばletterpunctuation、あるいはdigit

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/cRefPattern.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/cRefPattern.xml index 24fc78de5a..f3bcffa580 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/cRefPattern.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/cRefPattern.xml @@ -16,13 +16,14 @@ $Id$ define cómo convertir una referncia canónica en un URI definisce in che modo convertire un riferimento canonico in un URI + 標準的参照パタン specifies an expression and replacement pattern for transforming a canonical reference into a URI. spécifie un modèle d’expression et des règles de remplacement pour transformer une référence canonique en URI. 표준 참조를 URI로 변환하기 위한 표현 및 대체 유형을 명시한다. 標明將標準參照轉換成統一資源識別符的表示方法與取代模式。 - URIへの標準的参照を変形する、表現・変形パタンを示す。 + 標準的形式の参照をURIに変形するための表現・変形パタンを示す。 legt einen Ausdruck und ein Ersetzungsmuster für die Umwandlung einer kanonischen Referenz in eine URI fest. indica una expresión y un patrón de remplazamiento para diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/calendar.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/calendar.xml index 12df3c9ecb..2fb79f36b3 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/calendar.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/calendar.xml @@ -12,8 +12,10 @@ $Id$ calendrier calendario calendario + describes a calendar or dating system used in a dating formula in the text. describe un calendario o sistema de datación usado en una fórmula de datación en el texto. + テキスト中での日付の書式で用いられる暦日法を記述する。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/calendarDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/calendarDesc.xml index e4f376f0af..c052006bc6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/calendarDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/calendarDesc.xml @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ $Id$ descripción de las calendarios description des calendriers descrizione delle calendari + 暦の記述 contains a description of the calendar system used in any dating expression found in the text. contient la description des différents calendriers @@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ $Id$ calendarios usados en un manuscrito. contiene una descrizione dei diversi calendari usati in un manoscritto + テキスト中に見いだされた日付表現において用いられる暦日法の記述。 @@ -164,6 +166,9 @@ $Id$ http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions-11/#lang-cal-country

+

ひとつめの例での、暦の名とxml:idの略号は、 + http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions-11/#lang-cal-countryにおけるW3Cガイドラインから来ている。

+ diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/case.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/case.xml index a182a086b7..7fee52299c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/case.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/case.xml @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ $Id$ 주어진 형식에 대하여 사전에 제시된 문법적 격 정보를 포함한다. 包含文法上格的資訊。 辞書中における格情報を示す。 - contient des informations sur le cas grammatical - présenté par le dictionnaire pour une forme donnée. + contient des informations sur le cas grammatical présenté par le dictionnaire pour une forme donnée. contiene la información del caso gramatical. contiene informazioni grammaticali sul caso fornite dal dizionario per una determinata froma. @@ -109,9 +108,7 @@ $Id$

文字データまたは句レベルの要素。典型的な値は、 - nominative(主格), - accusative(対格), - dative(与格), genitive(属格) + nominative(主格)accusative(対格)dative(与格)genitive(属格) など。

@@ -121,4 +118,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/castGroup.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/castGroup.xml index ac660ce357..0f49b30933 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/castGroup.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/castGroup.xml @@ -14,15 +14,17 @@ $Id$ grupo de reparto liste de personnages raggruppamento della lista dei personaggi + 配役リスト内グループ groups one or more individual castItem elements within a cast list. 배역 목록 내의 몇 개의 개별 castItem 요소를 모아 놓는다. 匯集角色清單中一個或多個角色項目元素。 agrupa uno o más elementos individuales del reparto (castItem). - 配役リストにある、ひとつ以上の要素castItemをまとめるもの。 + 配役リストにある、ひとつ以上のcastItem要素をまとめる。 dans une distribution, catégorie qui rassemble un ou plusieurs personnages. raggruppa uno o più elementi individuali castItem in una lista dei personaggi. + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/castItem.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/castItem.xml index f0760cbc6b..0c0c7c527e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/castItem.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/castItem.xml @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ $Id$ elemento del reparto personnage oggetto della lista dei personaggi + 配役リスト項目 contains a single entry within a cast list, describing either a single role or a list of non-speaking roles. 배역 목록에서 하나의 배역, 또는 대사가 없는 배역 목록을 기술하는 하나의 항목을 포함한다. 包含角色清單中的一個項目,描述單一角色或無台詞角色的列表。 contiene una sola entrada dentro de la lista del reparto, describiendo un solo papel o una lista de papeles sin diálogo. - 配役リスト中の各項目を示す。ひとつの役、または台詞のない役のリスト - になる。 + 配役リスト中の一項目で、ひとつの役、または台詞のない役のリストを示す。 dans une liste de personnages, entrée décrivant un rôle en particulier ou une liste de rôles muets. contiene una singola voce all'interno della lista dei personaggi, descrive o un ruolo o una lista di ruoli privi di battute. @@ -54,8 +54,7 @@ either a single role or a list of non-speaking roles. 항목이 하나의 배역을 기술한다. 該項目為單一角色 el elemeto describe un único papel. - ひとつ役を示す。 - + ひとつの役を示す。 l'item décrit un simple rôle. l'oggetto descrive un solo ruolo. @@ -64,8 +63,7 @@ either a single role or a list of non-speaking roles. 항목이 대사 없는 배역 목록을 기술한다. 該項目為無台詞角色的列表 el item describe una lista de papeles sin diálogo. - 科白がない役のリストを示す。 - + 台詞がない役のリストを示す。 l'item décrit une liste de rôles muets l'oggetto descrive una lista di ruoli privi di battute. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/castList.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/castList.xml index a690304754..6bf8c3db2c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/castList.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/castList.xml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ $Id$ reparto distribution elenco dei personaggi + 配役リスト contains a single cast list or dramatis personae. 하나의 배역 목록 또는 드라마 등장인물을 포함한다. 包含單一角色名單或出場人物列表。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/catDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/catDesc.xml index 313e03315a..7f80b20ac1 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/catDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/catDesc.xml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ $Id$ Beschreibung der Kategorie descripción de una categoría descrizione della categoria + 分類の記述 describes some category within a taxonomy or text typology, either in the form of a brief prose description or in terms of the situational parameters used by the TEI formal textDesc. décrit une catégorie particulière à l’intérieur d’une @@ -24,8 +25,7 @@ $Id$ 간단한 산문체 기술 형식 또는 TEI의 형식적 텍스트 기술에 의해 사용된 상황 매개변수를 통해 분류법 또는 텍스트 유형 내에서 어떤 범주를 기술한다. 描述分類法中或文件類型學中的某些類目,可用短文描述的型式,或是用TEI正式元素textDesc所使用的狀況參數。 - テキスト分類や分類法における分類項目を示す。簡単な散文形式またはTEI - のtextDescで使用される状況パラメータで示される。 + テキスト分類や分類法における分類項目を示す。簡単な散文形式またはTEIのtextDescで使用される形式化された状況パラメータで示される。 beschreibt eine Kategorie innerhalb einer Taxonomie oder Texttypologie, entweder als einfacher Fließtext oder über kontextbezogene Parameter, mittels des strukturierten textDesc-Elements. describe alguna categoría dentro de una taxonomía o diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/catRef.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/catRef.xml index e446f7f4ed..dcfd95506b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/catRef.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/catRef.xml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ $Id$ Verweis auf eine Kategorie referencia de categoría riferimento alla categoria + 分類の参照 specifies one or more defined categories within some taxonomy or text typology. spécifie une ou plusieurs catégories définies dans une taxinomie ou une typologie textuelle. @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ $Id$ défini le jeu de catégories concerné. 관련 범주 집합이 정의된 분류 스키마를 표시한다. 標明該分類架構,其中相關的類目群組已被定義 - 当該分類項目が定義されている分類スキームを示す。 + たとえばtaxonomy要素あるいはその他の資料によって、当該分類項目が定義されている分類スキームを同定する。 gibt das Klassifikationsschema an, in dem die entsprechenden Kategorien definiert sind, z. B. über ein taxonomy-Element oder eine andere Ressource. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/catchwords.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/catchwords.xml index 960b2825e3..e9cbc1b77f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/catchwords.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/catchwords.xml @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ correct ordering of the quires or similar making up a codex, incunable, or other typically by means of annotations at the foot of the page. 일반적으로 페이지의 밑에 표시되며, 제본되지 않은 원고 또는 고판본의 정확한 순서를 보장하는 체계를 기술한다. 描述一疊書頁裝訂成手抄本或書冊時,確保書頁順序無誤的方法,通常是利用頁腳的註記。 - 古典籍において、冊子や初期刊本の折丁の順番を正しくするために使用され - るシステムを示す。一般には、ページの脚に注釈(つなぎことば)を記す。 + 古い冊子本や刊本にみられる、折丁の正しい順序を確認するためのシステムについて記述する。一般には、ページの脚に注記される。 décrit le système utilisé pour s'assurer que les cahiers formant un manuscrit ou un incunable sont dans le bon ordre, typiquement au moyen d'annotations en bas de page. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/category.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/category.xml index 05f1bf9536..f3ce5ea56f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/category.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/category.xml @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ $Id$ category catégorie Kategorie + 分類 contains an individual descriptive category, possibly nested within a superordinate category, within a user-defined taxonomy. contient une catégorie descriptive particulière, @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ $Id$ définie par l’utilisateur. 사용자가 정의한 분류법 안의 개별 기술 범주를 포함한다. 상위 범주 내에 포함될 수 있다. 在使用者定義之分類法當中,此元素包含一項個別的描述性類目,該類目可能位於一個更上層的類目之中。 - 記述的な分類項目を示す。利用者が定義した分類法の元に上位分類項目中に 入れ子にしてもよい。 + 利用者が定義した分類法に基づく、分類上の単一の項目を示す。上位分類の中に入れることもできる。 enthält eine eigenständige, gegebenfalls in eine übergeordnete Kategorie eingebettete, deskriptive Kategorie in einer benutzerdefinierten Taxonomie. contiene una categoría descriptiva individual, posiblemente anidada dentro de una categoría superior, dentro de una taxonomía definida por el @@ -27,6 +28,7 @@ $Id$ innestata in una categoria più generale, all'interno di una tassonomia definita dall'utente. + @@ -123,4 +125,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/cb.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/cb.xml index 1d50ecdd0f..9513db699e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/cb.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/cb.xml @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ column beginning 열 바꿈 分段 + 段の開始 début de colonne inicio de columna inizio di colonna @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ multi-column page. 표준 참조 시스템에서 텍스트의 한 열과 다음 열 사이의 경계를 표지한다. 用標準參照系統來標明文本段落之間的分界。 - テキストの段と段の境界を、標準的な参照システムにより示す。 + 複数段の頁で、テキストの新しい段の開始を示す。 marque le début d'une nouvelle colonne de texte sur une page multi-colonne. indica el inicio de una nueva columna de texto en una página divida en columnas . @@ -68,14 +69,9 @@ des colonnes à l'intérieur de la page. L'élément cb apparaît en haut de la colonne à laquelle il se rapporte.

- +

- 当該要素にあるグローバル属性nは、当該要素cbが - あるすぐ後にある段と関連する番号等を示す。符号化する人は、テキスト - 全体における物理的な段の並びから示された境界を示す番号であるか、ま - たは当該ページ内で振られた番号であるのかなど、段境界に付与される番 - 号付けには、明確で一貫した方針を採るべきである。 - 一般的には、要素cbは、段落の始めに置かれる。 + この要素では、グローバル属性nはこのcb要素の直後から始まる段と関連する数値等の値を示す。テキスト全体における段の通し番号を付けるか、ページ内における番号を付けるかについて、明確で一貫した方針を採用すべきである。cb要素は指している段の冒頭に置かれる。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/certainty.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/certainty.xml index 8df3d9b95b..b8542ee9e1 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/certainty.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/certainty.xml @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ $Id$ with some aspect of the text markup. 텍스트 마크업의 어떤 특성과 관련된 확실성 또는 불확실성의 정도를 가리킨다. 指出標記文本某些部分的確定或不確定的程度。 - 当該マークアップの確信度を示す。 - Indique le degré de certitude ou d'incertitude + 当該マークアップのなんらかの点に関する確実性の程度を示す + indique le degré de certitude ou d'incertitude associé à certains aspects du balisage du texte. Indica el grado de certeza o incertidumbre asociado a algun aspecto del marcaje de texto. indica il grado di certezza o incertezza associato a un determinato aspetto del la codifica del testo @@ -47,7 +47,9 @@ $Id$ certeza certitude certezza + 確実性 signifies the degree of certainty associated with the object pointed to by the certainty element. + このcertainty要素が指す対象に関する確実性の程度を示す。 @@ -59,9 +61,8 @@ $Id$ etc. 요소의 적용가능성, 시작 및 종료 태그의 정확한 위치, 명시적 속성 값 등과 같이 마크업에서 불확실성을 유발하는 정확한 위치를 가리킨다. 指出不確定標記的確切位置:元素的應用性、開始標籤或結束標籤的確切位置、特定屬性的屬性值等。 - 当該確信度が該当する場所の詳細を示す。例えば、要素全体、開始タグ - または終了タグの正確な位置、特定属性の値、など。 - Indique le point précis sur lequel porte + どの側面の確実性かをより具体的に示す。例えば、マークアップが正確か、要素や属性の名前が正確か、要素や属性の内容の正確か、など。 + indique le point précis sur lequel porte l'incertitude de balisage : pertinence de l'élément, position exacte de la balise de début ou de fin, valeur d'un attribut spécifique, etc. indica la posición precisa de la incertidumbre en el marcaje: aplicabilidad del elemento, posición precisa del comienzo y del final de la etiqueta, valor de un atributo específico, etc. @@ -71,22 +72,27 @@ $Id$ uncertainty concerns whether the name of the element or attribute used is correctly applied. + 適用された要素または属性の名前が不確実である uncertainty concerns whether the start of the element is correctly identified. + 要素の開始位置が不確実である uncertainty concerns whether the end of the element is correctly identified. + 要素の終了位置が不確実である uncertainty concerns both the start and the end of the element. + 要素の開始位置と終了位置の両方が不確実である uncertainty concerns the content (for an element) or the value (for an attribute) + (要素の)内容または(属性の)値が不確実である @@ -155,12 +161,9 @@ element.

qu'il faille un identifiant générique placeName plutôt que persName, qui est l'élément encodé.

- +

- 当該属性は、当該要素に対する代替値の確信度を示している。 - 上の例では、符号化する人が当該可能性(.2)を示している。これは当 - 該要素に使用される共通識別子は、persNameではなく - placeNameであるべき可能性の度合いを示している。 + 当該属性は、参照するマークアップのある側面における特定の選択肢の確信度を示すことができる。上記の最初の例では、当該要素の共通識別子が、現在のpersNameではなくplaceNameであるという可能性が 0.2 であることを示そうとしている。

@@ -170,8 +173,8 @@ element.

are assumed in the assignment of a degree of confidence. 신뢰도 할당에서 추정된 조건을 표시한다. 指出在評估確定程度時所設想的情況。 - 当該確信度が成立する条件を示す。 - Indique les conditions présumées lors de + 確信度の割り当ての前提となる条件を与える一つ以上の要素を示す。 + indique les conditions présumées lors de l'attribution d'un degré de confiance. indica las condiciones asumidas en la asignación de un grado de confianza indica le condizioni presunte nell'assegnare un grado di certezza @@ -241,36 +244,10 @@ ambiguity-free system for indicating certainty.

certainty procure actuellement un système complet et sans ambiguïté pour indiquer le degré de certitude.

- - +

- 当該属性値として考えられるものは、他の要素certaintyの - 識別子またはそのリストである。従って、この要素certainty - による連鎖は、確率ネットワークを作ることができる。この確率ネット - ワークは、条件の付かない(属性givenがない)要素 - certaintyをベースに作られる。この要素の鎖は、以下のよう - に解釈することができる。 - ある要素certaintyを前提条件として参照している場合、 - 属性にある確信度は、前提条件の内容ではなく、当該要素に関する記述 - を対象としたものである。例えば、上の例では、初めの要素 - certaintyは、msmとしてある新しい - 筆写者の識別子の確信度を示している。2番目のそれは、新しい筆写者 - がmsmとすれば、 - Essexが個人名であるということの確信度を示 - している。この2番目の要素certaintyにあるのは、msmが新し - 筆写者である確信度が0.6であるということではなく、msmは新しい筆写 - 者であるとしていることに注意して欲しい。このように確率ネットワー - クを作ることが推奨される。 -

-

- 果敢な人は、他の要素や散文的記述を参照し、要素alt, - join, notなどの素性構造向け連結子を使い、 - 複雑な確率ネットワークを作ろうとするかもしれない。しかし、当該要 - 素certaintyが、確信度を明瞭に示す包括的な解決策であると - は、現時点では考えていない。 + 当該属性値として考えられるものは、他のcertainty要素の識別子またはそのリストである。従って、このcertainty要素を繋げて確率ネットワークを作ることができる。この確率ネットワークは、最終的には条件の付かない(given属性がない) certainty要素を起点として作られるだろう。この要素のネットワークの意味は、以下のように解釈することができる。あるcertainty要素を前提条件として参照している場合、 この要素が表す不確実さは前提条件側ではなく、当該要素に由来するものである。例えば、上の例では、最初のcertainty要素は、新しい筆写者がmsmである確信度を示している。2番目のものは、新しい筆写者がmsmである場合に、 Essexが人名である確信度を示している。この2番目のcertainty要素にあるのは、msmが新しい筆写者である確信度が0.6であるということではなく、msmは新しい筆写者であるとしていることに注意して欲しい。このように確率ネットワークを作ることが推奨される。

+

果敢な人は、他の要素や散文的記述を参照し、要素alt, join, noteなどの素性構造向け連結子を使い、 複雑な確率ネットワークを作ろうとするかもしれない。しかし、当該のcertainty要素が、確信度を明瞭に示す包括的な解決策であるとは、現時点では考えていない。

@@ -279,12 +256,9 @@ ambiguity-free system for indicating certainty.

of the markup named by the locus attribute. locus 속성에 의해 명명된 마크업에 할당된 신뢰도를 표시한다. 指出屬性locus所指定的標記部分之確定程度。 - 属性locusで示された対象のに付与される確信度の程度を示 - す。 - Indique le degré de confiance attribué à l'aspect - du balisage que désigne l'attribut locus. - indica el grado de confianza asignado al aspecto del marcaje llamado por el atributo locus - + 属性locusで示された対象のに付与される確信度の程度を示 す。 + indique le degré de confiance attribué à l'aspect du balisage que désigne l'attribut locus. + indica el grado de confianza asignado al aspecto del marcaje llamado por el atributo locus indica il grado di certezza assegnato ad un aspetto della codifica indicato dall'attributo locus. @@ -330,4 +304,4 @@ of the markup named by the locus attribute. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/change.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/change.xml index 9db9fd4b76..8038d8e5c9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/change.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/change.xml @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ - - - - +--> change Änderung + 変更 documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file. résume une modification ou une correction apportée à une version particulière d’un texte électronique partagé entre plusieurs chercheurs. 몇몇 연구자들 사이에 공유된 전자 텍스트의 특정 버전에 대한 특정 변경 또는 수정 사항을 요약한다. 概述多位研究者共享的某版本電子文本當中,某特定的內容變更或修正。 - 研究者間で共有されている電子テキストの特定の版に対して施された変更や 修正を示す。 + 元文書の作成や電子ファイルの改訂においてなされた一つあるいは一連の変更を記述する。 verzeichnet Änderungen oder Korrekturen während der Erstellung eines Basisdokuments oder während der Überarbeitung einer elektronischen Datei. resume un cambio o corrección determinada llevada a cabo @@ -44,11 +42,46 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + target Ziel + 対象 points to one or more elements that belong to this change. verweist auf ein oder mehrere Elemente, die zu dieser Änderung gehören. + この変更の対象となる一つ以上の要素を指す。 @@ -129,8 +162,8 @@ supplied to printer. producciónl.

Se recomienda que los cambios se registren con el primero más reciente.

- -

修正は一貫した並びで記録されるべきである。例えば、最新のものが 最初に書かれる、など。

+ +

who属性は、他の任意の要素を指すことができるが、典型的には、ヘッダ内の他の場所にある、変更に関わった人物とその役割を示すrespStmtまたはperson要素を指定する。最新のものを最初に書くことを推奨する。status属性を、変更が適用された後の文書の状態を示すために使用してもよい。

Das who-Attribut kann dafür verwendet werden, um zu einem beliebigen anderen diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/channel.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/channel.xml index d45b40e793..5a4a5a615e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/channel.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/channel.xml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ $Id$ canal principal canal principal canale primaio + 元の媒体 describes the medium or channel by which a text is delivered or experienced. For a written text, this might be print, manuscript, email, etc.; for a spoken one, radio, telephone, face-to-face, etc. @@ -52,12 +53,14 @@ for a spoken one, radio, telephone, face-to-face, etc. oral parlato hablado + 発話 written écrit scritto escrito + 書記 spoken to be written @@ -67,6 +70,7 @@ for a spoken one, radio, telephone, face-to-face, etc. parlato per essere scritto hablado para ser escrito (p.ej. dictado) e.g. dictation + 書き起こし 예, 받아쓰기 為寫而說 (例如聽寫)   p.ej. dictado @@ -81,6 +85,7 @@ for a spoken one, radio, telephone, face-to-face, etc. script) scritto per essere parlato escrito para ser hablado (p.ej. guión) + 台本 e.g. a script 예, 스크립트 為說而寫 (例如稿子)   @@ -94,12 +99,14 @@ for a spoken one, radio, telephone, face-to-face, etc. modes mixtes misto mixto + 混合 unknown or inapplicable inconnu ou non applicable sconosciuto o non rilevante desconocido + 不明または適用外 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/char.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/char.xml index 5b4c5486fd..f4c5d107c5 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/char.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/char.xml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ $Id$ caractère carácter carattere + 文字 provides descriptive information about a character. 문자에 관한 기술 정보를 제공한다. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/climate.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/climate.xml index 02dc66dc13..a60a1b6573 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/climate.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/climate.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> climate climat contains information about the physical climate of a place. @@ -57,6 +54,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/collection.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/collection.xml index 90b8e72962..d15255849a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/collection.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/collection.xml @@ -14,10 +14,8 @@ $Id$ manuscripts or other objects, not necessarily located within a single repository. 하나의 장서고 내에 반드시 위치할 필요는 없지만 원고의 모음집 이름을 포함한다. 包含手稿集合的名稱,手稿未必皆位於單一收藏點。 - 手書き資料のコレクション名を示す。必ずしも一ヶ所に保管されている必要 - はない。 - Contient le nom d'une collection de manuscrits, - ceux-ci ne se trouvant pas nécessairement dans le même lieu de conservation. + 手書き資料のコレクション名を示す。必ずしも一ヶ所に保管されている必要 はない。 + contient le nom d'une collection de manuscrits, ceux-ci ne se trouvant pas nécessairement dans le même lieu de conservation. contiene el nombre de una colección de manuscritos, no necesariamente colocados en un único depósito. contiene il nome di una raccolta di manoscritti non necessariamente collocati in un unico deposito @@ -44,4 +42,4 @@ manuscripts or other objects, not necessarily located within a single repository - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/constraintSpec.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/constraintSpec.xml index 04455bddd5..ca2aad8f6f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/constraintSpec.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/constraintSpec.xml @@ -9,8 +9,7 @@ $Id$ constraint on schema - contains a formal constraint, typically expressed in a rule-based schema language, to which a construct must conform in order to be considered valid + contains a formal constraint, typically expressed in a rule-based schema language, to which a construct must conform in order to be considered valid @@ -48,8 +47,7 @@ $Id$ Relationship between scheme attribute and contents: Schematron 1.x - - Rules + Rules in the Schematron 1.* language must be inside a constraintSpec with a value other than 'schematron' or 'isoschematron' on the scheme attribute @@ -58,15 +56,15 @@ $Id$ Relationship between scheme attribute and contents: ISO Schematron - - Rules - in the ISO Schematron language must be inside a constraintSpec - with the value 'schematron' on the scheme attribute + + Rules + in the ISO Schematron language must be inside a constraintSpec + with the value 'schematron' on the scheme attribute + - An ISO Schematron constraint specification for a macro should not have an 'assert' or 'report' element without a parent 'rule' element @@ -84,21 +82,42 @@ $Id$ - + + supplies the name of the language in which the constraints are defined + + + + The @scheme attribute of <constraintSpec> is required when the @mode is . + + + ISO Schematron - +

These Guidelines no longer recommend, and the current TEI stylesheets no longer support, the use of Schematron 1.x within constraintSpec. Thus the value schematron is used to indicate that ISO Schematron is used within the constraintSpec.

+

The scheme attribute is required when the value + of mode is add or + replace. The scheme attribute is + permitted when the value of mode is + delete, but these Guidelines make no reccomendation + for what a processor should do if its value does not match + that of the constraintSpec being deleted.

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/conversion.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/conversion.xml index bdb3676264..016a233242 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/conversion.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/conversion.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Dual-licensed under CC-by and BSD2 licences See the file COPYING.txt for details $Date$ $Id$ ---> +--> defines how to calculate one unit of measure in terms of another. @@ -14,7 +14,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + indicates a source unit of measure that is to be converted into another unit indicated in toUnit. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/country.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/country.xml index bda5a1ea9f..673cc04cc7 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/country.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/country.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> country pays contains the name of a geo-political unit, such as a nation, country, colony, or @@ -36,6 +33,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Denmark diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/creation.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/creation.xml index d93854c6bf..d996fd6126 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/creation.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/creation.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> creation création Entstehung @@ -35,6 +32,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/custEvent.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/custEvent.xml index 8ad197f563..52b3ab5565 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/custEvent.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/custEvent.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> custodial event 보관 사건 @@ -30,6 +27,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Photographed by David Cooper on 12 Dec 1964 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/damage.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/damage.xml index 875a24ad5a..570c0f827e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/damage.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/damage.xml @@ -67,8 +67,7 @@ appropriate for which circumstance.

損傷 がある部分を示すこともできる。

-要素damage, gap, del, unclear, -suppliedは、このような使用をされる。これらのどの要素が相 + 要素damagegapdelunclearsuppliedは、このような使用をされる。これらのどの要素が相 応しいかについての詳細はを参照のこと。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/dataFacet.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/dataFacet.xml index edcdcba305..e6625f0a15 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/dataFacet.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/dataFacet.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Restricts the value of the strings used to represent values of a datatype, - according to XML Schemas: Part 2: Datatypes. + according to XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@

This element is only allowed when the parent dataRef refers with - name to a datatype from the specification XML Schemas: Part 2: Datatypes. + name to a datatype from the specification XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.

-
\ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/dataRef.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/dataRef.xml index 6ab7c2d383..0ec03f9ac7 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/dataRef.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/dataRef.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Data facets can only be specified for references to datatypes specified by - XML Schemas: Part 2: Datatypes — that is, for there to be a 'dataFacet' child there must be a @name attribute. + XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition — that is, for there to be a 'dataFacet' child there must be a @name attribute. Data facets and restrictions cannot both be expressed on the same data reference — that is, the @restriction attribute cannot be used when a 'dataFacet' element is present. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Restrictions can only be specified for references to datatypes specified by - XML Schemas: Part 2: Datatypes — that is, for there to be a @restriction attribute there must be a @name attribute, too. + XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition — that is, for there to be a @restriction attribute there must be a @name attribute, too. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ the name of a datatype in the list provided by - XML Schemas: Part 2: Datatypes + XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Only one of the attributes key, name, and ref may be used on any given instance of dataRef.

-

Neither a restriction attribute not a dataFacet child element may be used unless the dataRef refers to a datatype from the specification XML Schemas: Part 2: Datatypes with a name attribute.

+

Neither a restriction attribute nor a dataFacet child element may be used unless the dataRef refers to a datatype from the specification XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition with a name attribute.

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/dataSpec.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/dataSpec.xml index 88589c1b07..45038fd7c8 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/dataSpec.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/dataSpec.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $Date$ $Id$ --> - + datatype specification documents a datatype. @@ -31,6 +31,15 @@ $Id$ + + + + + A datatype specification should not refer to an element or a class. + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/date.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/date.xml index 088efb35cd..6df99c070a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/date.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/date.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $Id$ --> - + date date Datum @@ -25,22 +25,20 @@ + - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + - early February 1980 @@ -61,11 +59,9 @@ - septembre - mcmxc + septembre mcmxc septembre - 11 - septembre, neuf heures moins douze GMT + 11 septembre, neuf heures moins douze GMT @@ -103,4 +99,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/death.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/death.xml index 35e85ad5bb..e61e7384cb 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/death.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/death.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> death décès contains information about a person's death, such as its date and place. @@ -30,7 +27,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/del.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/del.xml index 751660e79b..1f04fabb6a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/del.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/del.xml @@ -130,8 +130,7 @@ delは使うべきではない。この場合には、要素gapを使 い、転記できない単一のテキスト部分を示すべきである。この際、属性 reasonにより転記ができない理由が削除であることを示すこ とができる。全てが読めるわけではないという場合には、要素 unclearを使い、確信が持てないが読めるひとつのテキスト部分 を示すべきである。詳しくは、を参照のこと。 - また、要素delと要素gap, damage, unclear, - suppliedとの関係については、 を参照のこと(damageとsuppliedは元資料を転記 + また、要素delと要素gapdamageunclearsuppliedとの関係については、 を参照のこと(damageとsuppliedは元資料を転記 するための追加モジュールを使用する際に使うことができる)。

要素delは、編集者や符号化する人による削除部分に使用される べきではない。この場合は、要素corrまたは要素gap が使われるべきである。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/delSpan.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/delSpan.xml index 0e667f9bb6..9f1a06edb9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/delSpan.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/delSpan.xml @@ -119,8 +119,7 @@ the resumption of the text. ...

ことができる。全てが読めるわけではないという場合には、要素 unclearを使い、確信が持てないが読めるひとつのテキスト部分 を示すべきである。詳しくは、を参照のこと。 - また、要素delSpanと要素gap, damage, - unclear, suppliedとの関係については、 + また、要素delSpanと要素gapdamageunclearsuppliedとの関係については、 を参照のこと。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/dimensions.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/dimensions.xml index 4158d31615..da74e64b90 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/dimensions.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/dimensions.xml @@ -24,26 +24,21 @@ $Id$ - - - - - - - - - + + + + -The element may appear once only + The element may appear once only -The element may appear once only + The element may appear once only -The element may appear once only + The element may appear once only @@ -66,7 +61,7 @@ gathering, or a separately bound part) las dimensiones se relacionan con una o más hojas (p.ej. una sola hoja, un conjunto, o un intervalo) 葉の状態を示す。例えば、一葉、葉の丁合(折丁)、独立した一枚を まとめたもの、など。 - Les dimensions concernent une ou + les dimensions concernent une ou plusieurs feuilles (par exemple une feuille unique, un ensemble de feuilles ou une partie reliée séparément). le dimensioni si riferiscono a uno o più fogli (per esempio un foglio, una raccolta, o una parte rilegata separatamente) @@ -77,9 +72,9 @@ preparation for writing. 글쓰기를 준비하기 위해 줄 그은 종이 부분과 관련된 차원 頁面上劃好線以備書寫的範圍大小。 las dimensiones se refieren al área de una hoja que se ha preparado para la escritura. - 書記の準備として罫が引かれている領域を示す。 - - Les dimensions concernent la zone de + 書記の準備として罫が引かれている領域を示す。 + + les dimensions concernent la zone de la réglure d'une feuille. le dimensioni si riferiscono alla porzione di un foglio sulla quale sono state disegnate delle righe al fine di scriverci @@ -92,7 +87,7 @@ from the ruled area, or where the ruling is not measurable). las dimensiones se refieren al área de una hoja que ha sido agujereada en la preparación para la escritura (utilizado donde esto difiere significativamente del área lineada, o donde la lineación no es mensurable). 罫を引く準備として開けられた穴がある領域を示す。これは、罫付 き領域とも、罫が読み取れない領域とも異なる。 - Les dimensions concernent la zone + les dimensions concernent la zone d'une feuille qui a été piquée pour préparer la réglure (à utiliser lorsqu'elle diffère significativement de la zone réglée ou lorsque la réglure n'est pas mesurable). @@ -106,8 +101,8 @@ writing, to the bottom of the minims on the bottom line of writing. 頁面上已書寫文字的範圍大小,高度由最頂行文字的頂端測量至最底行文字的底端。 las dimensiones se refiere al área de una hoja que ha sido escrita, con la altura medida desde la línea superior de escritura a la parte inferior de la última línea de la escritura. 書記領域を示す。先頭文字行から最終文字行までの高さ。 - - Les dimensions concernent la zone + + les dimensions concernent la zone écrite de la feuille, dont la hauteur est mesurée depuis le haut des blancs sur la ligne d'écriture supérieure jusqu'au dernier des blancs sur la dernière ligne écrite. @@ -119,9 +114,8 @@ sur la dernière ligne écrite. 手稿中圖畫的尺寸大小 las dimensiones relativas a las miniaturas del manuscrito 当該手書き資料の彩飾図の大きさを示す。 - - Les dimensions concernent les -miniatures contenues dans le manuscrit. + + les dimensions concernent les miniatures contenues dans le manuscrit. le dimensioni si riferiscono alle miniature contenute nel manoscritto @@ -129,10 +123,8 @@ miniatures contenues dans le manuscrit. 미제본 원고 또는 원고를 포함하는 제본과 관련된 차원 手抄本或手稿裝訂的尺寸大小 las dimensiones se refieren a la encuadernación que contiene el códice o el manuscrito - 冊子や写本全体の大きさを示す。 - - Les dimensions concernent la reliure -qui contient le codex ou le manuscrit. + 冊子や写本全体の大きさを示す。 + les dimensions concernent la reliure qui contient le codex ou le manuscrit. le dimensioni si riferiscono alla rilegatura nella quale è contenuto il codice o manoscritto @@ -141,9 +133,8 @@ manuscript is stored. 원고가 보관된 박스 또는 용기와 관련된 차원 手稿所儲存的箱子或其他容器的尺寸大小 las dimensiones se refieren a la caja o a cualquier otro contenedor en qué se conserva el manuscrito. - 当該写本を入れるケースの大きさを示す。 - - Les dimensions concernent la boîte ou + 当該写本を入れるケースの大きさを示す。 + les dimensions concernent la boîte ou autre conteneur dans lequel le manuscrit est conservé. le dimensioni si riferiscono alla scatola o ad altro contenitore nel quale è custodito il manoscritto @@ -244,4 +235,4 @@ the rest of the monument by 345 mm. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/district.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/district.xml index 3b65a1d2b8..cc2b2aa76d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/district.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/district.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> district district contains the name of any kind of subdivision of a settlement, such as a parish, ward, or other administrative or geographic unit. @@ -30,6 +27,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/div4.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/div4.xml index f15c375a4a..a36839d6b7 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/div4.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/div4.xml @@ -11,22 +11,18 @@ $Id$ level-4 text division 4 층위 텍스트 구역 區段層次四 - division du texte de niveau 4 - Textgliederungsebene -4 + division du texte de niveau 4 + Textgliederungsebene -4 división textual de cuarto nivel partizione testuale di livello 4 contains a fourth-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 네 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第四層分段。 前付、本文、後付中の第4位のテキスト部分を示す。 - contient une subdivision de quatrième niveau dans - le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. - "> enthält die vierte Gliederungsebene von - Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. - contiene una subdivisión del cuarto nivel en el paratexto - inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. - contiene una sezione di quarto livello del peritesto - iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + contient une subdivision de quatrième niveau dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die vierte Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del cuarto nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di quarto livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale @@ -136,4 +132,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/div5.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/div5.xml index 2acedefe9f..578b7b5840 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/div5.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/div5.xml @@ -11,22 +11,18 @@ $Id$ level-5 text division 5 층위 텍스트 구역 區段層次五 - division du texte de niveau 5 - Textgliederungsebene -5 + division du texte de niveau 5 + Textgliederungsebene -5 división textual de quinto nivel partizione testuale di livello 5 contains a fifth-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 다섯 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第五層分段。 前付、本文、後付中の第5位のテキスト部分を示す。 - contient une subdivision de cinquième niveau dans le - texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. - "> enthält die fünfte Gliederungsebene von - Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. - contiene una subdivisión del quinto nivel en el paratexto - inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. - contiene una sezione di quinto livello del peritesto - iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + contient une subdivision de cinquième niveau dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die fünfte Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del quinto nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di quinto livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale @@ -159,4 +155,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/div6.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/div6.xml index 69da6676a2..c64d65ff3a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/div6.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/div6.xml @@ -11,22 +11,18 @@ $Id$ level-6 text division 6 층위 텍스트 구역 區段層次六 - division du texte de niveau 6 - Textgliederungsebene -6 + division du texte de niveau 6 + Textgliederungsebene -6 división textual de sexto nivel partizione testuale di livello 6 contains a sixth-level subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. 텍스트의 전면부, 본문 또는 후면부의 여섯 번째 층위 하위 구역을 포함한다. 文本的正文前資訊、正文及正文後資訊的第六層分段。 前付、本文、後付中の第6位のテキスト部分を示す。 - contient une subdivision de sixième niveau dans le texte - préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. - enthält die sechste Gliederungsebene von Vorspann - (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. - contiene una subdivisión del sexto nivel en el paratexto - inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. - contiene una sezione di sesto livello del peritesto - iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale + contient une subdivision de sixième niveau dans le texte préliminaire, dans le corps d’un texte ou dans le texte postliminaire. + enthält die sechste Gliederungsebene von Vorspann (front), Kerntext oder Nachspann (back) eines Textes. + contiene una subdivisión del sexto nivel en el paratexto inicial, en el cuerpo del texto o en el paratexto final. + contiene una sezione di sesto livello del peritesto iniziale, del corpo del testo, o del peritesto finale @@ -132,4 +128,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/divGen.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/divGen.xml index c067f75a54..f563e704c6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/divGen.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/divGen.xml @@ -225,4 +225,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/docDate.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/docDate.xml index 5585a7733e..4d1ac7b53f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/docDate.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/docDate.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $Date$ $Id$ --> - + document date 문서 날짜 文件日期 @@ -15,15 +15,12 @@ $Id$ Datierung des Dokuments fecha del documento data del documento - contains the date of a document, as given -on a title page or in a dateline. + contains the date of a document, as given on a title page or in a dateline. 대개 제목 페이지에 제시되는 문서의 날짜를 포함한다. 包含文件日期, 同於 (通常) 在題名頁上顯示的日期。 文書の日付を示す。一般にはタイトルページに書かれている。 - contient la date d’un document telle qu’elle est - (généralement ) donnée sur une page de titre. - enthält die Datierung des Dokuments, wie auf der Titelseite oder in einer Datumszeile - angegeben. + contient la date d’un document telle qu’elle est (généralement ) donnée sur une page de titre. + enthält die Datierung des Dokuments, wie auf der Titelseite oder in einer Datumszeile angegeben. contiene la fecha del documento, tal y como, normalmente, aparece en el frontispicio. contiene la data del documento così come riportata di norma nel frontespizio @@ -31,54 +28,12 @@ on a title page or in a dateline. + + - - - when - wann - gives the value of the date in standard form, i.e. YYYY-MM-DD. - 표준형식으로 날짜의 값을 제시한다. 예, YYYY-MM-DD. - proporciona el valor de una fecha en el formato estándar, es decir AAAA-MM-DD. - 当該日付を標準形式、例えば、YYYY-MM-DDで示す。 - donne la date dans une forme standard, -c'est-à-dire. YYYY-MM-DD. - assegna un valore alla data nel formato standard aaaa-mm-gg - gibt den Wert des Datums in einer standardisierten Form an, z. B. YYYY-MM-DD. - - -

For simple dates, the when attribute should give - the Gregorian or proleptic Gregorian date in one of the formats specified in XML - Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.

-
- -

Pour les dates dont la forme est simple, il est recommandé que l'attribut - when donne la date dans le calendrier grégorien ou grégorien - proleptique au format AAAA-MM-JJ spécifié par le standard XML Schema - Part 2.

-
- -

- 簡単な例は、属性whenの値として、グレゴリオ暦を - XML Schema Part 2で定義された形式 - (YYYY-MM-DD)で示す。 -

-
- -

Für einfache Datierungen sollte das when-Attribut ein gregorianisches oder - proleptisches gregorianisches Datum in dem spezifizierten Format XML Schema - Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition enthalten.

-
- - Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1987 @@ -100,16 +55,17 @@ c'est-à-dire. YYYY-MM-DD.

Cf. the general date element in the core tag set. -This specialized element is provided for convenience in marking and -processing the date of the documents, since it is likely to require -specialized handling for many applications. It should be used only for -the date of the entire document, not for any subset or part of it.

+ This specialized element is provided for convenience in marking + and processing the date of the documents, since it is likely to + require specialized handling for many applications. It should be + used only for the date of the entire document, not for any subset + or part of it.

Voir l'élément générique date dans le module core. L'élément - spécifique docDate est fourni à toutes fins utiles pour encoder et traiter - la date des documents, puisque celle-ci requiert une gestion particulière pour de - nombreux besoins.

+ spécifique docDate est fourni à toutes fins utiles pour encoder et traiter + la date des documents, puisque celle-ci requiert une gestion particulière pour de + nombreux besoins.

@@ -125,8 +81,7 @@ the date of the entire document, not for any subset or part of it.

Datum des gesamten Dokuments verwendet werden, nicht für Datierungen von Abschnitten oder Teilen.

- - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/editor.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/editor.xml index 1e8d0ff869..d566c65068 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/editor.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/editor.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> contains a secondary statement of responsibility for a bibliographic item, for example the name of an individual, institution or organization, (or of several such) acting as editor, compiler, @@ -37,6 +34,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/education.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/education.xml index 9c6779c362..5867523916 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/education.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/education.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> education éducation contains a description of the educational experience of a person. @@ -29,7 +26,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/event.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/event.xml index 7560ac08ea..be3b90ba68 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/event.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/event.xml @@ -7,48 +7,131 @@ $Id$ --> - - event + + event + Ereignis évènement - contains data relating to any kind of significant event associated with a person, place, or organization. - 개인, 장소, 또는 조직과 관련된 중요한 사건에 해당하는 데이터를 포함한다. + contains data relating to anything of significance that happens in time. 任何未必是口說的或溝通上的現象或發生情況,例如偶然的噪音或其他影響溝通的事件。 + enthält Daten mit Bezug zu etwas Bemerkenswertem, das in der Zeit geschieht. + contiene datos relacionados con cualquier tipo de evento significativo asociado con una persona, lugar u organización. + contient des données liées à tout type d'évènement significatif dans l'existence d'une personne, d'un lieu, d'un objet ou d'une organisation. + contiene dati a proposito di un qualsiasi tipo di evento significativo associato con una persona, luogo o organizzazione. 人生における特定の重要事象の解説を示す。 - contient des données liées à tout type d'évènement significatif dans l'existence d'une personne, d'un - lieu ou d'une organisation. - cualquier fenómeno o evento no necesariamente vocal o comunicativo, como ruidos accidentales u otros - fenómenos que inciden en la comunicación en acto. - qualsiasi fenomeno o evento non necessariamente vocale o comunicativo, come rumori accidentali o altri - fenomeni che incidano sulla comunicazione in atto + 개인, 장소, 또는 조직과 관련된 중요한 사건에 해당하는 데이터를 포함한다. - + + - - - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + + + + 1618 Defenestration of Prague + https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q13365740 + + + Jaroslav Bořita z Martinic + https://d-nb.info/gnd/116810998 + + + Vilém Slavata z Chlumu a Košumberka + https://d-nb.info/gnd/1018376615 + + + Filip Fabricius + https://d-nb.info/gnd/133946118 + + + Prague + + + Thirty Years’ War + https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q2487 + + Battle of Rocroi + https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q728480 + https://d-nb.info/gnd/4202901-6 + + Rocroi + 49.926111 4.522222 + + + + + + @@ -85,7 +168,67 @@ + + + + + Nr. 1 Ministerrat, Wien, 1. April 1848 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Kolowrat + Ficquelmont + Taaffe + Pillersdorf + Sommaruga + KolowratBdE. 2. 4. + Franz KarlBdE. 2. 4. + + + + Wien + Vienna + + 48.208199 16.37169 + + https://sws.geonames.org/2761369 + + + + + + + - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/eventName.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/eventName.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec724ecbc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/eventName.xml @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + + + + + name of an event + Name eines Ereignisses + contains a proper noun or noun phrase used to refer to an event. + enthält einen Eigennamen in Form eines Nomens oder einer Nominalphrase, der verwendet wird, um auf ein Ereignis zu verweisen. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Zweiter Weltkrieg + World War II + https://d-nb.info/gnd/4079167-1 + https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q362 + + Überfall auf Polen + Invasion of Poland + https://d-nb.info/gnd/4175002-0 + https://id.loc.gov/authorities/sh85148341 + + + Gdańsk + 54.350556, 18.652778 + + + + + Deutsch-Sowjetischer Krieg + Великая Отечественная война + https://d-nb.info/gnd/4076906-9 + https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q189266 + + + + + + + +

Mit dem Überfall auf Polen + begann der Zweite Weltkrieg, der in manchen Nachfolgestaaten + der Sowjetunion auch als Großer Vaterländischer Krieg + (Великая Отечественная война) bekannt ist.

+
+
+ + +

On Monday, she was writing about the + 1618 Defenestration of Prague which initiated the + long war.

+
+
+ + + + TEI 2019: What is text, really? TEI and beyond + TEI 2019 + + The abstract leading to the eventName element is available at https://gams.uni-graz.at/o:tei2019.141. + Other related documents are available through https://gams.uni-graz.at/tei2019, as well as in the + TEI 2019 Zenodo community. + + + + + Raunig + Elisabeth + + + + + Scholger + Martina + + + + + Scholger + Walter + + + + + Steiner + Elisabeth + + + + + Vogeler + Georg + + + + + Universität Graz + +
+ ReSoWi Gebäude + Universitätsstraße 15 + 8010 + Graz + Österreich +
+ 15.451651587656 47.078215112534 +
+
+ + + +
+
+
+ + + +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/extent.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/extent.xml index 517801910c..5e6e23863b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/extent.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/extent.xml @@ -10,19 +10,15 @@ $Id$ extent étendue - describes the approximate size of a text stored on some carrier medium or of some other object, digital or non-digital, specified in any convenient units. - décrit la taille approximative d’un texte stocké sur son - support, numérique ou non numérique, exprimé dans une unité quelconque appropriée. - 전달 매체, 즉, 디지털 또는 비디지털로 저장된 텍스트의, 다양한 단위로 명시되는, 대략적 규모를 - 기술한다. + describes the approximate size of a text stored on some carrier medium or of some other object, digital or non-digital, specified in any convenient units. + décrit la taille approximative d’un texte stocké sur son support, numérique ou non numérique, exprimé dans une unité quelconque appropriée. + 전달 매체, 즉, 디지털 또는 비디지털로 저장된 텍스트의, 다양한 단위로 명시되는, 대략적 규모를 기술한다. 描述電子文件儲存在某一承載媒介時的約略大小,標以任何適用的單位。 電子・非電子テキストのおよその大きさを任意の単位で示す。 beschreibt die ungefähre Größe des elektronischen Textes, die er auf einem Datenträger einnimmt; kann auch für andere digitale oder nicht digitale Objekte verwendet werden; die Angabe erfolgt in entsprechenden Maßeinheiten. - describe el tamaño aproximado de un texto almacenado en - algún medio, digital o no, especificándolo en alguna unidad funcional. - descrive la grandezza approssimativa di un documento - elettronico così come immagazzinata su supporto, secondo una qualsiasi unità funzionale. + describe el tamaño aproximado de un texto almacenado en algún medio, digital o no, especificándolo en alguna unidad funcional. + descrive la grandezza approssimativa di un documento elettronico così come immagazzinata su supporto, secondo una qualsiasi unità funzionale. @@ -54,6 +50,16 @@ material ungefähr 10MB
+ +

Das measure-Element kann dazu verwendet werden, um normalisierte oder + maschinenlesbare Versionen der Größen-Angaben bereitzustellen.

+ + + Ungefähr vier Megabyte + Textumfang 245 Seiten + + +
198 pages @@ -68,13 +74,10 @@ material 10片3.5吋磁碟片 - -

Das measure-Element kann dazu verwendet werden, um normalisierte oder maschinenlesbare Versionen der Größen-Angaben bereitzustellen.

-
-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/facsimile.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/facsimile.xml index 50639378e1..9553f47c11 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/facsimile.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/facsimile.xml @@ -39,23 +39,24 @@ ou encodé. - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - - + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/faith.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/faith.xml index a2ca6c6a80..681a7b4d3a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/faith.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/faith.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> faith religion specifies the faith, religion, or belief set of a person. @@ -29,7 +26,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/finalRubric.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/finalRubric.xml index db28b6f348..92e7129406 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/finalRubric.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/finalRubric.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ $Id$ テキスト部分の終わりを示す文字列を示す。その著者やタイトルを含むこと がある。一般には、テキスト中にある朱書きや、大きさや種類の異なる字体 など、異なる視覚効果で示されている。 - Contient les derniers mots d'une section de texte, + contient les derniers mots d'une section de texte, qui incluent souvent la mention de son auteur et de son titre, et sont généralement différenciés du texte lui-même par l'utilisation d'une encre rouge, par une taille ou un style d'écriture particuliers, ou par tout autre moyen visuel. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ d'amours est toute enclose. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/floruit.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/floruit.xml index 5343f926ac..a9da6728e2 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/floruit.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/floruit.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> floruit période d'activité contains information about a person's period of activity. @@ -27,6 +24,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/funder.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/funder.xml index 53333b4fc1..bbeb4e49a1 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/funder.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/funder.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> funding body financeur 재정 지원 조직체 @@ -37,6 +34,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + The National Endowment for the Humanities, an independent federal agency diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/gap.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/gap.xml index 584743eff6..0596868f14 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/gap.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/gap.xml @@ -243,8 +243,7 @@ circunstancia.

-

コアモジュールの要素gap, unclear, delは、 転記モジュールの要素damage, - suppliedと連携するこ とができる。どのタグを使用すべきかについては、詳細については、 を参照のこと。

+

コアモジュールの要素gapuncleardelは、 転記モジュールの要素damagesuppliedと連携するこ とができる。どのタグを使用すべきかについては、詳細については、 を参照のこと。

Die Elemente gap, unclear und del aus dem Core-Modul sind eng verwandt mit den diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/gen.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/gen.xml index e7ea29f7f7..51fd950c97 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/gen.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/gen.xml @@ -85,8 +85,7 @@ $Id$

文字データや句レベルの要素をとるかもしれない。よくあるのは、 - 男性, 女性, - 中性など。 + 男性女性中性など。

当該要素は、gram type="gender"と同義である。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/gender.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/gender.xml index 4c352afcda..b7776cdc2f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/gender.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/gender.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> gender specifies the gender identity of a person, persona, or character. especifica la identidad de género de una persona. @@ -24,7 +21,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + supplies a coded value for gender identity @@ -53,10 +83,10 @@ $Id$

年齢や性別など他の文化的特質と同様に、この概念が異なる文化的文脈で記述される方法は様々である。 - 属性の正規化は,相互運用性あるいはプロジェクト内部の分類法の一貫性のために,その多様性を単純化する付随的な手段としてのみ提供されるものであり、それが不適切であったり有用でない場合には,使用されるべきではない。 - 要素の内容は,意図する概念をより詳細に記述するために利用できる。

+ 属性の正規化は、相互運用性あるいはプロジェクト内部の分類法の一貫性のために、その多様性を単純化する付随的な手段としてのみ提供されるものであり、それが不適切であったり有用でない場合には、使用されるべきではない。 + 要素の内容は、意図する概念をより詳細に記述するために利用できる。

-
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/geoDecl.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/geoDecl.xml index 81aea460ac..44c2d7271d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/geoDecl.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/geoDecl.xml @@ -13,8 +13,7 @@ $Id$ declaración de las coordenadas geográficas déclaration de coordonnées géographiques. dichiarazione di coordinate geografiche - documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of - the geo element elsewhere within the document. + documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of the geo element elsewhere within the document. 문서 내 어디서든지 geo 요소의 내용으로 표현된 지리적 좌표로 사용된 표기법과 자료를 기재한다. documenta la anotación y los datos usados para los @@ -57,7 +56,7 @@ $Id$ a pair of numbers to be interpreted as latitude followed by longitude according to the World Geodetic System. 세계 측지 시스템에 따라 한 쌍의 숫자는 위도, 경도를 나타낸다. - couple de nombres destinés à être interprétés + couple de nombres destinés à être interprétés comme la latitude suivie de la longitude selon le Système Géodésique Mondial. un par de números que se interpretarán como latitud siguió por la longitud según el sistema geodésico del mundo. @@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ $Id$ sistema di riferimento delle coordinate MGRS the values supplied are geospatial entity object codes, based on 값은 만국 횡메르카토르 시스템 좌표에 기초하여 지리공간적 개체 부호를 제시한다. - Les valeurs fournies sont des codes objet + les valeurs fournies sont des codes objet d'entités geospatiales, fondées sur les coordonnées de la grille de projection transversale universelle de Mercator, (UTM). los valores proporcionados son códigos objeto de @@ -107,7 +106,7 @@ $Id$ the value supplied is to be interpreted as latitude followed by longitude according to the European Datum coordinate system. 값은 유럽 자료 좌표 시스템에 따라 위도, 경도를 나타낸다. - La valeur fournie doit être interprétée comme la + la valeur fournie doit être interprétée comme la latitude suivie de la longitude selon le système de coordonnées de données européen. el valor suministrado debe ser interpretado como latitud seguida por la longitud según el sistema de coordenadas del European Datum. @@ -126,4 +125,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/geogFeat.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/geogFeat.xml index 1555573a23..a5017b24c6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/geogFeat.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/geogFeat.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> geographical feature name 지리적 특성명 nom de caractéristique géographique @@ -35,6 +32,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + The vale of White Horse diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/geogName.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/geogName.xml index ddf9b64ba9..ad00164f35 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/geogName.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/geogName.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> geographical name 지리명 地理名稱 @@ -32,6 +29,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/gram.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/gram.xml index b99afa0285..509c218607 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/gram.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/gram.xml @@ -14,13 +14,11 @@ $Id$ information grammaticale información gramatical informazioni grammaticali - within an entry in a dictionary or a terminological data file, contains grammatical - information relating to a term, word, or form. - 사전 또는 전문용어 데이터 파일의 표제 항목 내부에 용어, 단어 또는 형태와 관련된 문법 정보를 - 포함한다. + within an entry in a dictionary or a terminological data file, contains grammatical information relating to a term, word, or form. + 사전 또는 전문용어 데이터 파일의 표제 항목 내부에 용어, 단어 또는 형태와 관련된 문법 정보를 포함한다. 在字典辭條或專有名詞檔案中,包含某一術語、單字或字彙形式的相關文法資訊。 辞書や用語集のデータ中にある、用語、単語、形式に関する文法情報を示す。 - contient de l'information grammaticale relative à un + contient de l'information grammaticale relative à un terme, un mot ou une forme dans une entrée de dictionnaire ou dans un fichier de données terminologiques. dentro de una entrada de un diccionario, o en un archivo @@ -251,4 +249,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/iType.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/iType.xml index def4a0a847..56a7f59f04 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/iType.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/iType.xml @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ $Id$ type sera invariant, n 3 etc.

-

文字データと句レベル要素を示すかもしれない。例えば、 invariant, n +

文字データと句レベル要素を示すかもしれない。例えば、 invariantn 3など。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/idno.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/idno.xml index 0fd05e2b94..6e78cc3fba 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/idno.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/idno.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> identifier identifiant 식별 숫자 @@ -53,7 +50,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + categorizes the identifier, for example as an ISBN, Social Security number, etc. classe un numéro dans une catégorie, par exemple diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/institution.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/institution.xml index d94cfa646a..03d07c38ab 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/institution.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/institution.xml @@ -15,12 +15,11 @@ $Id$ library, with which a manuscript or other object is identified, generally its holding institution. 식별된 원고를 보유하고 있는 대학교 또는 대학 도서관과 같은 조직의 이름을 포함한다. 包含一個組織名稱,例如大學或圖書館,手稿屬於該組織,通常是手稿所在地。 - 手書き資料を特定する、一般にはそれを所蔵する大学や図書館といった組織 - の名前を示す。 - Contient le nom d'un organisme (comme une université + 手書き資料を特定する、一般にはそれを所蔵する大学や図書館といった組織 の名前を示す。 + contient le nom d'un organisme (comme une université ou une bibliothèque), avec lequel un manuscrit est identifié ; en général c'est le nom de l'institution qui conserve ce manuscrit. - contiene el nombre de una organización (una universidad o una biblioteca por ejemplo) donde se encuentra el manuscrito.*** + contiene el nombre de una organización (una universidad o una biblioteca por ejemplo) donde se encuentra el manuscrito. contiene il nome di un'organizzazione (per esempio un'università o una biblioteca) nella quale si trova il deposito del manoscritto @@ -42,4 +41,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/lang.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/lang.xml index 92d4475738..a5825ef522 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/lang.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/lang.xml @@ -18,12 +18,9 @@ $Id$ 어원적 또는 기타 언어적 논의에서 언급된 언어의 이름 在詞源學或其他語言學相關訊息中所提到的語言。 語源学または他の言語学上の論議で現れる言語名を示す。 - nom de la langue mentionnée des informations de nature - linguistique (étymologique ou autre) - el nombre de una lengua mencionada en una información - etimológica o lingüística de cualquier tipo. - il nome di una lingua menzionata nell'etimologia o in - altra discussione linguistica. + nom de la langue mentionnée des informations de nature linguistique (étymologique ou autre) + el nombre de una lengua mencionada en una información etimológica o lingüística de cualquier tipo. + il nome di una lingua menzionata nell'etimologia o in altra discussione linguistica. @@ -90,4 +87,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/langKnowledge.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/langKnowledge.xml index c6bf2181f8..b3ca2bc8ec 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/langKnowledge.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/langKnowledge.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> language knowledge 언어 지식 conocimiento del lenguaje @@ -42,7 +39,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/langKnown.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/langKnown.xml index ec18ec2269..a2bfb78124 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/langKnown.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/langKnown.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> language known 언어 능력 語言能力 @@ -30,7 +27,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + supplies a valid language tag for the language concerned. 관련 언어에 대한 유효한 언어 태그를 제공한다. 用有效的語言標籤來表示所指語言。 @@ -66,6 +96,18 @@ French
+ + + + + + Mixtepec-Mixtec + English + Spanish + + + + Anglais britannique diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/langUsage.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/langUsage.xml index 66f23a8595..93481ceb62 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/langUsage.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/langUsage.xml @@ -15,10 +15,8 @@ $Id$ Sprachgebrauch lengua empleada lingua utilizzata - describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. -represented within a text. - décrit les langues, variétés de -langues, registres, dialectes, etc. présents à l’intérieur d’un texte. + describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. + décrit les langues, variétés de langues, registres, dialectes, etc. présents à l’intérieur d’un texte. 텍스트 내에 나타나는 언어, 특수 언어, 레지스터, 방언 등을 기술한다. 描述文件中使用的語言、次要語言、語域、方言等。 テキスト中にある言語、特殊言語、社会的方言、方言などを示す。 @@ -72,4 +70,4 @@ langues, registres, dialectes, etc. présents à l’intérieur d’un texte. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/language.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/language.xml index 86ad5812d0..bda6f92ad7 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/language.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/language.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ $Id$ Identifikator Supplies a language code constructed as defined in BCP 47 which is used to identify the - language documented by this element, and which is referenced by the global + language documented by this element, and which may be referenced by the global xml:lang attribute. fournit un code de langue issu de la recommandation BCP 47 (ou son @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ $Id$ - specifies the approximate percentage (by volume) of the text which uses this language. + specifies the approximate percentage of the text which uses this language. précise approximativement le pourcentage du volume de texte utilisant cette langue. 이 언어를 사용하는 텍스트의 대략적 백분율(분량)을 명시한다. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ $Id$ modern American English - Azerbaijani in Arabic script + Azerbaijani in Arabic script Pig Latin @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ $Id$ Anglais américain moderne - Azerbaijanais en caractères arabes + Azerbaijanais en caractères arabes verlan @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ $Id$ 現代美語 - 阿拉伯文手寫的亞塞拜然語 + 阿拉伯文手寫的亞塞拜然語 一種行話,將字頭的子音調至字尾,再多加一個音節 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/licence.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/licence.xml index 626608d35f..23392114ca 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/licence.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/licence.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> contains information about a licence or other legal agreement applicable to the text. contient des informations @@ -23,6 +20,39 @@ définissant les droits d'utilisation. + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/listEvent.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/listEvent.xml index 1b2ceb184a..ced312e626 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/listEvent.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/listEvent.xml @@ -32,11 +32,14 @@ - - - - - + + + + + + + + @@ -81,4 +84,4 @@ raiders and saved the town from capture. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/listRelation.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/listRelation.xml index e2f799465a..b8b4d6563d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/listRelation.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/listRelation.xml @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ $Id$ --> + provides information about relationships identified amongst people, places, and + organizations, either informally as prose or as formally expressed relation links. donne des informations sur les relations qui existent entre des personnes, des lieux, ou des organisations, soit de manière informelle en prose, soit de manière formelle. - provides information about relationships identified amongst people, places, and - organizations, either informally as prose or as formally expressed relation links. 비공식적으로 산문체 또는 공식적으로 표현된 관계 연결을 통하여 사람, 장소, 그리고 조직 사이에 식별되는 관련성에 관한 정보를 제공한다. 描述一項語言互動中參與者之間的關係或社交關聯。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/location.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/location.xml index 9d058dec70..2a2cd16bd2 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/location.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/location.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> location localisation defines the location of a place as a set of geographical coordinates, in terms of other named geo-political entities, or as an @@ -41,6 +38,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/locus.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/locus.xml index 3b6959b10e..5dabd4ee0b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/locus.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/locus.xml @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ $Id$ 표준화된 형식의 위치에서 시작 지점을 명시한다. 用正規格式指明該位置的起始點。 正規化された形で、当該場所の始点を示す。 - Spécifie, sous une forme normalisée, le point de + spécifie, sous une forme normalisée, le point de départ de la localisation. indica el punto de inicio de una localización en una forma estándard. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ $Id$ 표준화된 형식으로 종료 지점을 명시한다. 用正規格式指明該位置的結束點。 正規化された形で、当該場所の終点を示す。 - Spécifie, sous une forme normalisée, la borne de fin + spécifie, sous une forme normalisée, la borne de fin pour la localisation. indica el punto final de una localización en una forma estándard. @@ -193,4 +193,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/locusGrp.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/locusGrp.xml index fd7890e188..366114db64 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/locusGrp.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/locusGrp.xml @@ -12,16 +12,13 @@ $Id$ groupe d'emplacements groups a number of locations which together form a distinct but discontinuous item within a manuscript, manuscript part, or other object. - - regroupe un certain nombre d'emplacements qui forment ensemble un item identifiable bien que discontinu dans un manuscrit ou une partie de manuscrit selon une foliotation spécifique. + regroupe un certain nombre d'emplacements qui forment ensemble un item identifiable bien que discontinu dans un manuscrit ou une partie de manuscrit selon une foliotation spécifique. - - - + @@ -29,7 +26,7 @@ $Id$ système identifies the foliation scheme in terms of which all the locations contained by the group are specified by pointing to some foliation element - defining it, or to some other equivalent resource. + defining it, or to some other equivalent resource. désigne le système de foliotation selon lequel les emplacements contenus dans le groupe sont définis. @@ -52,4 +49,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/mapping.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/mapping.xml index eae23c48e0..6cc9808dc1 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/mapping.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/mapping.xml @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ $Id$ for uppercase equivalences, lowercase for lowercase equivalences, and simplified for simplified characters. The g elements contained by this element can point to either another - char or glyphelement or contain a character + char or glyph element or contain a character that is intended to be the target of this mapping.

@@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ and simplified for simplified characters. The - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/material.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/material.xml index c782369bf4..403b4f0cf2 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/material.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/material.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ $Id$ 원고(또는 원고의 일부)를 구성하는 자료를 기술하는 단어 또는 구를 포함한다. 用一個字詞描述手稿 (或手稿部分) 的組成材料。 手書き資料を構成する素材を表す語句を示す。 - Contient un mot ou une expression décrivant le ou les matériau(x) + contient un mot ou une expression décrivant le ou les matériau(x) utilisé(s) pour fabriquer un manuscrit (ou une partie d'un manuscrit). contiene una palabra o sintagma que describe el material del que se compone un manuscrito (o parte del manuscrito). contiene una parola o un'espressione che descrive il materiale di cui è composto un manoscritto (o una sua parte) @@ -33,38 +33,38 @@ $Id$ function or use of the material in relation to the object as a whole. - + - - covering - material of a codex - - - sewing at the - head or tail of the codex spine to strengthen the binding, - often decorative - - - removable - protective cover for a set of one or more codices - - - the surface for writing - - - a ribbon or - string used to bind or close a codex or rolled scroll - + + covering + material of a codex + + + sewing at the + head or tail of the codex spine to strengthen the binding, + often decorative + + + removable + protective cover for a set of one or more codices + + + the surface for writing + + + a ribbon or + string used to bind or close a codex or rolled scroll + -

The sample values here are for descriptive bibliography. - Other sets of sample values might include armrests, - legs, tabletop, pan, and - back for furniture; or wall, - floor, window, column, - ceiling, roof, stairs, - chimney for architecture.

+

The sample values here are for descriptive bibliography. + Other sets of sample values might include armrests, + legs, tabletop, pan, and + back for furniture; or wall, + floor, window, column, + ceiling, roof, stairs, + chimney for architecture.

@@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/meeting.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/meeting.xml index cd99cfebb7..dcde91d528 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/meeting.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/meeting.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> contains the formalized descriptive title for a meeting or conference, for use in a bibliographic description for an item derived from such a meeting, or as a heading or preamble to publications emanating from it. @@ -33,6 +30,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/metDecl.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/metDecl.xml index fa314a66ca..16cb3e411e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/metDecl.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/metDecl.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ $Id$ documents the notation employed to represent a metrical pattern when this is specified as the value of a met, real, or rhyme attribute on any structural element of a metrical text (e.g. lg, l, or seg). - documente la notation utilisée pour noter un modèle + documente la notation utilisée pour noter un modèle métrique lorsque celui-ci est spécifié comme la valeur des attributs met , real, ou rhyme, qui s’appliquent à tout élément de la structure d’un texte versifié (par exemple lg, l, ou seg). @@ -258,4 +258,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/model.identSynonyms.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/model.identSynonyms.xml index c1aa250e06..c3b8d13d06 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/model.identSynonyms.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/model.identSynonyms.xml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $Id$ groups elements which provide an explanation, equivalency, or alternative name for a markup construct. 마크업 구성에 대한 대체명, 설명 또는 기술을 제시하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. 匯集的元素提供某一標籤的替代名稱、解釋或描述。 - 代替名またはマークアップ構造を示す要素をまとめる. + 代替名またはマークアップ構造を示す要素をまとめる。 regroupe des éléments qui proposent un nom alternatif, une explication, ou une description pour n'importe quelle structure de codage agrupa los elementos que proporcionan un nombre, diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/model.inter.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/model.inter.xml index fefa2be5ec..18aaa6b9a6 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/model.inter.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/model.inter.xml @@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ $Id$ 문단 같은 요소 내에서 또는 그 사이에서 나타날 수 있는 요소를 모아 놓는다. 匯集中間層次的元素:可出現於段落內與段落之間,或方塊性層次內與層次間。 句相当レベルの要素内または間に出現可能な要素をまとめる。 - regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à l’intérieur ou entre des - composants semblables au paragraphe. + regroupe des éléments qui peuvent apparaître à l’intérieur ou entre des composants semblables au paragraphe. agrupa elementos de la clase intermedia (internivel): tales elementos pueden aparecer bien al interno bien entre párrafos u entre otros elementos de tipo división de texto. @@ -43,4 +42,4 @@ class chunks.

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/msDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/msDesc.xml index 7ca73b1dd6..f15468cf8c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/msDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/msDesc.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $Date$ $Id$ --> - + manuscript description 원고 기술 @@ -34,21 +34,50 @@ $Id$ + - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Only one is allowed as a child of . + + + + @@ -217,12 +246,15 @@ $Id$ -

Although the msDesc has primarily been designed with a view to encoding manuscript descriptions, it may also be - used for other objects such as early printed books, fascicles, epigraphs, or any text-bearing objects that require substantial description. - If an object is not text-bearing or the reasons for describing the object is not primarily the textual content, the more general object may be - more suitable.

+

Although the msDesc has primarily been designed with a + view to encoding manuscript descriptions, it may also be used for + other objects such as early printed books, fascicles, epigraphs, + or any text-bearing objects that require substantial description. + If an object is not text-bearing or the reasons for describing the + object is not primarily the textual content, the more general + object may be more suitable.

-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/msFrag.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/msFrag.xml index 55fe5157f4..683ad8e813 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/msFrag.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/msFrag.xml @@ -23,109 +23,116 @@ $Id$ enthält Informationen zu einem Handschriftenfragment einer fragmentierten Handschrift, das heute als Einzeldokument oder eingebunden in eine Handschrift aufbewahrt wird. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Codex Suprasliensis + + - Codex Suprasliensis + Ljubljana + Narodna in univerzitetna knjiznica + MS Kopitar 2 - - - Ljubljana - Narodna in univerzitetna knjiznica - MS Kopitar 2 - - - Contains ff. 10 to 42 only - - - - - Warszawa - Biblioteka Narodowa - BO 3.201 - - - - - Sankt-Peterburg - Rossiiskaia natsional'naia biblioteka - Q.p.I.72 - - - - - - - - - - Letter of Carl Maria von Weber to Caroline Brandt. Dresden, 21st to 23rd May 1817 - - -

The second part of the letter (Weberiana Cl.II A a 2, 9) was given to Friedrich Jähns by Caroline von Weber, - the widow of Carl Maria von Weber. Jähns then handed this fragment over to the Berlin state library in 1881, - whereas the first part (Mus.ep. Weber, C. M. v. 96) remained with the family estate and found its way into the library not until 1956. - Yet, the identification was already obvious to Jähns who noted Zu No. 50. 21. Mai 1817 gehörig - at the top of his fragment.

-
- - - D - Berlin - Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin Preußischer Kulturbesitz - Mus.ep. Weber, C. M. v. 96 - - - - -

One double leaf, four written pages without address.

-
-
-
-
- - - D - Berlin - Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin Preußischer Kulturbesitz - Weberiana Cl.II A a 2, 9 - - - - -

One leaf, two written pages including address.

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

source: http://www.weber-gesamtausgabe.de/A041180

-
- - - - \ No newline at end of file + + Contains ff. 10 to 42 only + + + + + Warszawa + Biblioteka Narodowa + BO 3.201 + + + + + Sankt-Peterburg + Rossiiskaia natsional'naia biblioteka + Q.p.I.72 + + +
+
+
+ + + + + Letter of Carl Maria von Weber to Caroline Brandt. Dresden, 21st to 23rd May 1817 + + +

The second part of the letter (Weberiana Cl.II A a 2, 9) was given to Friedrich Jähns by Caroline von Weber, + the widow of Carl Maria von Weber. Jähns then handed this fragment over to the Berlin state library in 1881, + whereas the first part (Mus.ep. Weber, C. M. v. 96) remained with the family estate and found its way into the library not until 1956. + Yet, the identification was already obvious to Jähns who noted Zu No. 50. 21. Mai 1817 gehörig + at the top of his fragment.

+
+ + + D + Berlin + Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin Preußischer Kulturbesitz + Mus.ep. Weber, C. M. v. 96 + + + + +

One double leaf, four written pages without address.

+
+
+
+
+ + + D + Berlin + Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin Preußischer Kulturbesitz + Weberiana Cl.II A a 2, 9 + + + + +

One leaf, two written pages including address.

+
+
+
+
+
+
+

source: http://www.weber-gesamtausgabe.de/A041180

+
+ + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/msIdentifier.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/msIdentifier.xml index 6ec7843f93..6fa7e4a4d2 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/msIdentifier.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/msIdentifier.xml @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ the manuscript or similar object being described.
기술되고 있는 원고를 식별하기 위해 필요한 정보를 포함한다. 包含識別敘述中的手稿所需要的資訊。 解説されている手書き資料を特定するために必要な情報を示す。 - Contient les informations requises pour identifier le - manuscrit en cours de description. + contient les informations requises pour identifier le manuscrit en cours de description. contiene la información necesaria para identificar el manuscrito que se examina. contiene l'informazione necessaria a identificare il manoscritto esaminato @@ -30,27 +29,17 @@ the manuscript or similar object being described.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + - - - - - - - + + + + + @@ -100,4 +89,4 @@ the manuscript or similar object being described. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/msPart.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/msPart.xml index 54fc09e491..9399926215 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/msPart.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/msPart.xml @@ -33,15 +33,21 @@ $Id$ + - - - - - - - + + + + + + + @@ -97,12 +103,12 @@ $Id$ - - - MS 6 - - - + + + MS 6 + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/name.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/name.xml index 421483425b..13deaf9f82 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/name.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/name.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> name, proper noun 이름, 고유명사 名稱,特定名稱 @@ -35,6 +32,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Thomas Hoccleve @@ -54,8 +84,7 @@ lorsque le module TEI concernant les noms et dates est inclus.

-

TEI名前モジュールが使われる場合には、人々、場所、組織を示す固有名 詞は、それぞれ要素persName, placeName、 - orgNameを使い示されるかもしれない。

+

TEI名前モジュールが使われる場合には、人々、場所、組織を示す固有名 詞は、それぞれ要素persNameplaceNameorgNameを使い示されるかもしれない。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/namespace.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/namespace.xml index 731c51cb08..b829366ced 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/namespace.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/namespace.xml @@ -27,9 +27,7 @@ $Id$ - - - + @@ -42,7 +40,7 @@ $Id$ Namensraums an. el nombre formal completo del namespace concerniente. l'intero nome formale del namespace in questione. - + @@ -71,4 +69,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/nationality.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/nationality.xml index 36067bcabe..d588aed471 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/nationality.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/nationality.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> nationality nationalité contains an informal description of a person's present or past nationality or citizenship. @@ -32,7 +29,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/normalization.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/normalization.xml index 98da91945c..42727bba0b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/normalization.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/normalization.xml @@ -10,10 +10,8 @@ $Id$ normalization normalisation - indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out - in converting it to electronic form. - indique l'extension de la normalisation ou de la - régularisation effectuée sur le texte source dans sa conversion vers sa forme électronique. + indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. + indique l'extension de la normalisation ou de la régularisation effectuée sur le texte source dans sa conversion vers sa forme électronique. 전자 형식으로 변환할 때 수행된 원본 텍스트의 표준화 또는 규칙화의 정도를 표시한다. 指出來源文件轉換成電子文本時規格化或標準化的程度。 元資料が電子形式に変換される施される正規化の程度を示す。 @@ -29,9 +27,7 @@ $Id$ - - - + - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + @@ -161,7 +168,7 @@ $Id$ -

+

The object element is a recent addition to the TEI P5 Guidelines as of version 3.5.0 and as such may be more prone to further revision in the next few releases as its use develops. This may be particularly evident where its diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/objectName.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/objectName.xml index 6ccb58d6a5..4afb2ee24d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/objectName.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/objectName.xml @@ -4,8 +4,7 @@ Dual-licensed under CC-by and BSD2 licences See the file COPYING.txt for details $Date$ $Id$ ---> - +--> name of an object Name eines Objekts contains a proper noun or noun phrase used to refer to an object. @@ -21,14 +20,46 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + +

The Minster Lovell Jewel is probably the most similar to the Alfred Jewel and was found in Minster - Lovell in Oxfordshire and is kept at the Ashmolean Museum. + Lovell in Oxfordshire and is kept at the Ashmolean Museum.

@@ -36,4 +67,4 @@ $Id$ -
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/occupation.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/occupation.xml index 23278a5a6f..09501d3f59 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/occupation.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/occupation.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> occupation activité contains an informal description of a person's trade, profession or occupation. @@ -30,7 +27,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/offset.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/offset.xml index cb887c24aa..a4940b9d5f 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/offset.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/offset.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> offset distance relative marks that part of a relative temporal or spatial expression which indicates the direction of the offset between the two place names, dates, or @@ -33,6 +30,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/orgName.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/orgName.xml index 29d5d48ac7..d5dcca0617 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/orgName.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/orgName.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> organization name 조직명 組織名稱 @@ -32,6 +29,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + About a year back, a question of considerable interest was agitated in the Pennsyla. Abolition Society [...] diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/origDate.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/origDate.xml index b7c3842d63..d6ca446f25 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/origDate.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/origDate.xml @@ -7,39 +7,36 @@ $Date$ $Id$ --> - + origin date 생성 날짜 fecha origen date de la création data di origine - contains any form of date, used to - identify the date of origin for a manuscript, manuscript part, or other object. + contains any form of date, used to identify the date of origin for a manuscript, manuscript part, or other object. 원고 또는 원고의 일부의 생산 날짜를 식별하는 날짜 형식을 포함한다. 包含任何格式的日期,用以確認手稿或手稿部分的來源日期。 手書き資料が生まれた日付を特定するたための日付を示す。 - Contient une date, dans une forme libre, utilisée - pour dater la création d'un manuscrit ou d'une partie d'un manuscrit. + contient une date, dans une forme libre, utilisée pour dater la création d'un manuscrit ou d'une partie d'un manuscrit. contiene cualquier tipo de fecha utilizada para indicar la fecha de origen de un manuscrito o de una de sus partes. contiene una data espressa in una forma qualsiasi utilizzata per indicare la data di origine di un manoscritto o di una sua parte + - - - - - - - - + + + + + + @@ -59,4 +56,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/origPlace.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/origPlace.xml index 6fcb1db1fe..286a02d69b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/origPlace.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/origPlace.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> origin place 생산 장소 @@ -19,7 +16,7 @@ place of origin for a manuscript, manuscript part, or other object. 원고 또는 원고의 일부를 생산한 장소를 식별하는 장소 이름 형식을 포함한다. 包含任何格式的地名,用以確認手稿或手稿部分的來源地點。 手書き資料が生まれた場所を特定するための場所を示す。 - Contient un nom de lieu, dans une forme libre, + contient un nom de lieu, dans une forme libre, utilisé pour désigner l'endroit où a été produit un manuscrit ou une partie d'un manuscrit. contiene cualquier tipo de nombre de lugar utilizado para indicar el lugar de origen de un manuscrito o de una de sus partes. @@ -35,6 +32,39 @@ place of origin for a manuscript, manuscript part, or other object. + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Birmingham @@ -59,4 +89,4 @@ printing.

-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/origin.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/origin.xml index fe1243e59c..80ef7fcd00 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/origin.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/origin.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> origin origine contains any descriptive or other information @@ -27,6 +24,39 @@ concerning the origin of a manuscript, manuscript part, or other object. + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/path.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/path.xml index 06bf2aaa93..8f9ec73136 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/path.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/path.xml @@ -24,15 +24,14 @@ element. - + + Since a path> represents a line with distinct start and + end points, the last coordinate should not be the same as the + first coordinate. + - @@ -83,4 +82,4 @@ element. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/persName.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/persName.xml index 9c9f425344..e670a2d5a9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/persName.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/persName.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> personal name 개인 이름 個人名稱 @@ -42,6 +39,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/persPronouns.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/persPronouns.xml index 0052c3615e..6f4b4f59f5 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/persPronouns.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/persPronouns.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> personal pronouns indicates the personal pronouns used, or assumed to be used, by the individual being described. @@ -22,7 +19,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + evidence indicates support @@ -83,8 +113,7 @@ $Id$ The sample values list shown here is intended to be reflective of English usage. There is nothing restricting users from defining lists reflective of other languages, - e.g. elle, il, and ils. + e.g. elle, il, and ils.

@@ -102,9 +131,7 @@ $Id$ Specimen FMNH PR 2081. Legendary Fossil. Apex - Predator. National Treasure. Murderbird. + Predator. National Treasure. Murderbird. SUEtheTrex, Twitter biography. . Accessed March 25th, 2020. @@ -133,4 +160,4 @@ $Id$ -
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/placeName.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/placeName.xml index e9cbaa6219..48ee8c47a9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/placeName.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/placeName.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> place name nom de lieu contains an absolute or relative place name. @@ -29,6 +26,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/population.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/population.xml index 9ab8db8c04..410b82b6bf 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/population.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/population.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> population population contains information about the population of a place. @@ -43,6 +40,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/precision.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/precision.xml index 927440688e..8fecf29376 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/precision.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/precision.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> indicates the numerical accuracy or precision associated with some aspect of the text markup. @@ -27,7 +24,40 @@ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + characterizes the precision of the element or attribute pointed to by the precision element. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/principal.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/principal.xml index 2a5ec35580..edd5a71ba7 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/principal.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/principal.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> principal researcher chercheur principal 책임 연구자 @@ -34,6 +31,39 @@ creation of an electronic text. + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Gary Taylor diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/profileDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/profileDesc.xml index fa62de300e..af13139cee 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/profileDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/profileDesc.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ $Id$ provides a detailed description of non-bibliographic aspects of a text, specifically the languages and sublanguages used, the situation in which it was produced, the participants and their setting. - fournit une description détaillée des aspects + fournit une description détaillée des aspects non bibliographiques du texte, notamment les langues utilisées et leurs variantes, les circonstances de sa production, les collaborateurs et leur statut. 분명하게 언어와 특수 언어가 사용된 텍스트, 텍스트가 생산된 상황, 참여자, 배경에 관한 비서지적 @@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ elements of profileDesc unless these are documenting multiple texts. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/projectDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/projectDesc.xml index a8dbd1328c..d40aecf0c9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/projectDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/projectDesc.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ $Id$ describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. - décrit en détail le but ou l’objectif visé dans + décrit en détail le but ou l’objectif visé dans l’encodage d’un fichier électronique, ainsi que toute autre information pertinente sur la manière dont il a été construit ou recueilli. 전자 파일이 부호화된 목적을 상세히 기술하며, 아울러 그것이 수집된 절차에 관한 기타 관련 정보를 @@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/provenance.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/provenance.xml index 75162d0a2c..90e6b89607 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/provenance.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/provenance.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> provenance provenance contains any descriptive or other information @@ -29,6 +26,39 @@ concerning a single identifiable episode during the history of a manuscript, man + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Listed as the property of Lawrence Sterne in 1788. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/publicationStmt.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/publicationStmt.xml index 57bcd1e905..5316a8b5de 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/publicationStmt.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/publicationStmt.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ $Id$ declaración de la publicación dichiarazione sulla pubblicazione groups information concerning the publication or distribution of an electronic or other text. - regroupe des informations concernant la publication ou + regroupe des informations concernant la publication ou la diffusion d’un texte électronique ou d’un autre type de texte. 전자 또는 기타 텍스트의 출판 또는 배포에 관한 정보를 모아 놓는다. 匯集電子文件或其他類型文件的出版或發行相關資訊。 @@ -159,4 +159,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/publisher.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/publisher.xml index 268a88c0af..7e850b1891 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/publisher.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/publisher.xml @@ -1,14 +1,12 @@ - - - - +--> publisher + editorial éditeur Verlag provides the name of the organization responsible for the publication or distribution of a diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/q.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/q.xml index b58951736b..9b0e344e18 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/q.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/q.xml @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ foreign fremdartig + foreign words palabras extranjeras mots étrangers parole straniere diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/recording.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/recording.xml index fa0df13ef9..a5efb58380 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/recording.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/recording.xml @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ a public broadcast. I've put the remark above in to replicate what was here: the original duration of the recording. - 録音・録画の時間. + 録音・録画の時間。 durée originale de l’enregistrement. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/refState.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/refState.xml index e5cf4c68f6..1106b17904 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/refState.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/refState.xml @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ $Id$ suministra la cadena de delimitación que sigue el componente de referencia. 参照構成要素の開始を表すデリミタを示す。 - Fournit une suite de caractères de délimitation après + fournit une suite de caractères de délimitation après le composant de référence. fornisce una stringa di delimitazione in base alla componente di riferimento @@ -112,4 +112,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/region.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/region.xml index 5e1b03d580..1dc01d63d3 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/region.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/region.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> region région contains the name of an administrative unit such as a state, province, or county, larger @@ -32,6 +29,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/relation.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/relation.xml index e7bd234389..51c10ca188 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/relation.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/relation.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> relationship 관련성 人際關係 @@ -58,7 +55,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + supplies a name for the kind of relationship of which this is an instance. 이것이 실례인 관련성 종류에 대한 이름을 제공한다. 提供該關係的確切名稱。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/rendition.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/rendition.xml index c5c48660e1..3b345f24fb 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/rendition.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/rendition.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ $Id$ rendu supplies information about the rendition or appearance of one or more elements in the source text. - donne des informations sur le rendu ou sur l'apparence + donne des informations sur le rendu ou sur l'apparence d'un ou de plusieurs éléments dans le texte source. 원본 텍스트에서 요소의 모양에 대한 정보를 제공한다. 提供關於一個或多個元素預定呈現方式的資訊。 @@ -124,4 +124,4 @@ the target element - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/repository.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/repository.xml index 417d5590c0..476584b959 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/repository.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/repository.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ $Id$ 包含該手稿收藏所在地的名稱,可能是某機構的一部分。 手書き資料が収められている収蔵館の名前を示す。恐らく、団体の名前の一 部である。 - Contient le nom d'un dépôt dans lequel des manuscrits + contient le nom d'un dépôt dans lequel des manuscrits sont entreposés, et qui peut faire partie d'une institution. contiene el nombre de un depósito, parte o no de una institución, en el que se conservan los manuscritos. contiene il nome di un deposito, parte o meno di un'istituzione, nel quale sono conservati i manoscritti @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/residence.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/residence.xml index 053c6ab9f3..a284f06693 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/residence.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/residence.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> residence 거주 住所 @@ -33,7 +30,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/resp.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/resp.xml index daf1becf04..5db6d520a0 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/resp.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/resp.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> responsibility 책임성 @@ -36,6 +33,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/respons.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/respons.xml index 35a0486edc..73a5496334 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/respons.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/respons.xml @@ -30,12 +30,10 @@ markup of particular element(s). - - - - - - + + + + @@ -44,31 +42,30 @@ markup of particular element(s). 책임성이 할당된 명시적인 마크업을 표시한다. 指出標記責任所屬的特定部分。 当該責任を示すマークアップが何についてのものかを示す。 - Indique l'aspect spécifique du balisage sur - lequel porte la responsabilité. + indique l'aspect spécifique du balisage sur lequel porte la responsabilité. indica el aspecto específico del marcaje por el cual la responsabilidad está siendo asignada indica l'aspetto specifico della codifica per il qaule è attribuita la responsabilità responsibility is being assigned concerning the name of the element - or attribute used. + or attribute used. responsibility is being assigned concerning the start of the element - concerned. + concerned. responsibility is being assigned concerning the end of the element - concerned. + concerned. responsibility is being assigned concerning the location of the element - concerned. + concerned. responsibility is being assigned concerning the content (for an element) or - the value (for an attribute) + the value (for an attribute) @@ -199,4 +196,4 @@ statement, or change log.

-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/revisionDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/revisionDesc.xml index 5673804d6d..ef4590e766 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/revisionDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/revisionDesc.xml @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ $Id$ descripción de la revisión descirzione della revisione summarizes the revision history for a file. - fournit un résumé de l’historique des révisions d’un - fichier. + fournit un résumé de l’historique des révisions d’un fichier. 하나의 파일에 대한 수정 이력을 요약한다. 概述檔案的修訂歷史。 ファイルの改訂履歴を示す。 @@ -30,11 +29,9 @@ $Id$ - - - - - + + + @@ -88,4 +85,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/rhyme.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/rhyme.xml index fafcfbe6e9..bfc72d8e28 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/rhyme.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/rhyme.xml @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ - +--> + + marks the rhyming part of a metrical line. 운율 행의 운 부분을 표시한다. 標記韻律詩行的押韻部分。 韻文行の押韻部分を示す。 - Marque la partie rimante d'une ligne métrique. + marque la partie rimante d'une ligne métrique. marca una parte del esquema métrico de un verso segnala la stringa in rima all'interno di un verso @@ -28,7 +31,7 @@ $Id$ 운 문자열이 예시된 운 스키마 부분을 식별하는 표지를 제시한다. 提供一個標籤,識別此韻腳為押韻組合的哪一部份。 当該押韻が起こる韻スキーム部分を特定するラベルを示す。 - Donne une étiquette pour identifier à quelle shéma + donne une étiquette pour identifier à quelle shéma métrique correspond cette alternance de rimes. proporciona una etiqueta (normalmente una sola letra) que identifica qué parte del esquema métrico ejemplifica esta cadena de caracteres en cuestión. @@ -123,4 +126,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/samplingDecl.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/samplingDecl.xml index da3f2f8b07..edfe009fa1 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/samplingDecl.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/samplingDecl.xml @@ -15,9 +15,8 @@ $Id$ Angabe der Auswahlverfahren declaración de muestra dichiarazione di campionatura - contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in sampling texts in the - creation of a corpus or collection. - contient une description en texte libre du raisonnement + contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in selecting texts, or parts of a text, for inclusion in the resource. + contient une description en texte libre du raisonnement et des méthodes utilisés pour l'échantillonnage des textes dans la création d’un corpus ou d’une collection. 코퍼스 또는 텍스트 집단 구축에서 표본 추출에 사용된 원리와 방법에 대한 산문체 기술을 포함한다. @@ -90,4 +89,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/seal.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/seal.xml index abbf006779..7a86a8cff3 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/seal.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/seal.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> seal sceau contains a description of one seal or similar applied to the object described @@ -32,7 +29,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + contemporary contemporain specifies whether or not the seal is contemporary with the diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/secFol.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/secFol.xml index bf1a71a13d..5abad24f53 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/secFol.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/secFol.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ $Id$ 고유한 확인소를 제공하기 위해 미제본 원고의 고정 위치(일반적으로 두 번째 장의 시작)에서 얻어진 단어 또는 단어군 從手抄本中固定位置所拿開的一個或多個字 (通常在第二張書頁的開頭) ,目的是提供一個專有的識別符號。 ユニークな識別子を示すために、冊子中の特定点にある単語を示す。 - Le mot ou les mots repris d'un point précisément + le mot ou les mots repris d'un point précisément connu d'un codex (comme le début du second feuillet) pour identifier celui-ci de façon univoque. la palabra o palabras extraídas de un punto preciso de un códex (normalmente el inicio del segundo folio) con el fin de identificar lo mismo en modo unívoco. @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/settlement.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/settlement.xml index 3111f3ddb3..dbe0208625 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/settlement.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/settlement.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> settlement lieu de peuplement contains the name of a settlement such as a city, town, or village identified as a single geo-political or administrative unit. @@ -30,6 +27,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/sex.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/sex.xml index 428cb0e6bc..ecf477a80b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/sex.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/sex.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> sex sexe specifies the sex of an organism. @@ -28,7 +25,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + supplies a coded value for sex @@ -37,7 +67,7 @@ $Id$

Values for this attribute may be locally defined by a project, or they may refer to an external standard.

- +

Les valeurs de cet attribut peuvent être définies localement par un projet ou peuvent faire référence à un standard externe.

@@ -78,4 +108,4 @@ $Id$ -
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/signatures.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/signatures.xml index 39a01448b1..a85faf4f06 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/signatures.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/signatures.xml @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ $Id$ 미제본 원고 내의 장 또는 절 표시를 포함한다. 包含手抄本中一張或一疊書頁內簽名的敘述。 冊子における葉または折丁の記号に関する情報を示す。 - Contient une étude des signatures trouvées sur un - feuillet ou sur un cahier dans un manuscrit. + contient une étude des signatures trouvées sur un feuillet ou sur un cahier dans un manuscrit. contiene el registro de las signaturas del folio o del cuaderno pertenecientes al códex. contiene il registro delle segnature del foglio o del quaderno appartenenti al codice @@ -67,4 +66,4 @@ a later hand, for quire 16 (f. 113). -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/socecStatus.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/socecStatus.xml index cccc7d4b37..51c75f12c1 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/socecStatus.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/socecStatus.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> socio-economic status statut socio-économique 사회-경제적 지위 @@ -33,7 +30,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + identifies the classification system or taxonomy in use, for example by pointing to a locally-defined taxonomy element or by supplying a URI for an externally-defined system. identifie le système de classification ou la taxinomie utilisés. 사용 중인 분류 체계 또는 분류법을 식별한다. diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/sourceDoc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/sourceDoc.xml index ae5c3526ff..1954c104ce 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/sourceDoc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/sourceDoc.xml @@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources. + +dossier génétique(生成文書)、あるいは資料のコレクションの一部を潜在的に形成し得る単一の資料文書の翻刻やその他の表現を含む。 + @@ -56,4 +59,4 @@ the encoder wishes to distinguish these two modes of transcription.

-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/space.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/space.xml index d66d83f429..06930970fe 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/space.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/space.xml @@ -23,13 +23,11 @@ $Id$ - - - - - - - + + + + + @@ -59,7 +57,7 @@ $Id$ the space is vertical. 공간이 수직이다. - l'espace est vertical. + l'espace est vertical. 空白是垂直的。 el espacio es vertical. 当該空白は、縦長。 @@ -124,4 +122,4 @@ used to mark normal inter-word space or the like.

-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/speaker.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/speaker.xml index fff7df6b65..929d53dfbc 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/speaker.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/speaker.xml @@ -88,12 +88,20 @@
+ +

This element may be used to transcribe which character is + speaking in a dramatic text as indicated by the source text; the + who attribute of an sp element may be used to + point to another element (typically a role) which + provides information about the character speaking. Either or both + may be used.

+

Cet élément est utilisé pour indiquer quel personnage prend la parole dans une pièce de - théâtre ; l'attribut who est utilisé pour pointer vers un autre élément qui fournit des + théâtre ; l'attribut who est utilisé pour pointer vers un autre élément qui fournit des informations sur ce personnage. L'un et ou l'autre peuvent être utilisés.

-
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/sponsor.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/sponsor.xml index 4cfee89a8b..8b637f6e59 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/sponsor.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/sponsor.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> sponsor commanditaire Förderer @@ -31,6 +28,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Association for Computers and the Humanities diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/stamp.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/stamp.xml index cc1bb9030d..4e993a006e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/stamp.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/stamp.xml @@ -1,22 +1,17 @@ - - - - +--> stamp cachet - contains a word or phrase describing a -stamp or similar device. + contains a word or phrase describing a stamp or similar device. 스탬프 또는 유사한 도구를 기술하는 단어 또는 구를 포함한다. 包含一個字詞,描述一個印記或是類似圖案。 印などにある語句を示す。 - Contient un mot ou une expression décrivant un cachet ou - une marque du même genre. + contient un mot ou une expression décrivant un cachet ou une marque du même genre. contiene una parola o un sintagma che descrive un timbro o simile contiene una palabra o sintagma que describe un sello o una técnica similar. @@ -28,6 +23,39 @@ stamp or similar device. + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + Apologyticu TTVLLIANI AC IGNORATIA IN XPO IHV @@ -56,4 +84,4 @@ manii imperii Bodleian stamp - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/standOff.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/standOff.xml index e8dcfe4e8d..3436e774c9 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/standOff.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/standOff.xml @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Functions as a container element for linked data, contextual information, and stand-off annotations embedded in a TEI document. + + リンクト・データや文脈情報、TEI文書に埋め込まれたスタンドオフ・アノテーションをコンテナ化する要素として機能する。 + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/state.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/state.xml index 6810d9de9b..5c1846f337 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/state.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/state.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> state statut contains a description of some status or quality attributed to a person, place, or organization often at some specific time or for a specific date range. @@ -52,6 +49,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/supplied.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/supplied.xml index dddc33dc96..cf10b33aa8 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/supplied.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/supplied.xml @@ -73,8 +73,7 @@ element is appropriate for which circumstance.

- 要素damage, gap, del, unclear, - suppliedと共に使用されるかもしれない。これらのどの要素を + 要素damagegapdelunclearsuppliedと共に使用されるかもしれない。これらのどの要素を 使用するかについての詳細は、を参照のこと。

diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/supportDesc.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/supportDesc.xml index c353a295b1..60e6e55ce5 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/supportDesc.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/supportDesc.xml @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ $Id$ 원고의 텍스트 부분에 대한 물리적 서류를 기술하는 요소를 모아 놓는다. 匯集描述手稿書寫部分的物質載體元素。 手書き資料のテキスト部分を作る物理的な素材を示す要素をまとめる。 - Regroupe les éléments décrivant le support physique - du texte du manuscrit. + regroupe les éléments décrivant le support physique du texte du manuscrit. agrupa los elementos que describen el soporte físico de la parte escrita de un manuscrito. raggruppa gli elementi che descrivono il supporto fisico della parte scritta di un manoscritto @@ -27,25 +26,13 @@ $Id$ - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + @@ -86,4 +73,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/tag.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/tag.xml index d8edcb90b2..7ab9d5d2b3 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/tag.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/tag.xml @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ $Id$ a comment, with delimiters <!-- and --> is intended - Un commentaire délimité par les signes + un commentaire délimité par les signes <!-- et --> est prévu. indica un commento delimitato dai segni <!-- e --> @@ -158,4 +158,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/tagsDecl.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/tagsDecl.xml index f15960fb49..0b8997623a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/tagsDecl.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/tagsDecl.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ $Id$ declaración del etiquetado dighiarazione sulla marcatura provides detailed information about the tagging applied to a document. - donne l’information détaillée sur le balisage appliqué à un document . + donne l’information détaillée sur le balisage appliqué à un document . 문서에 적용된 태깅에 관한 정보를 상세하게 제공한다. 提供關於應用在XML文件中的標誌的詳細資訊。 タグ付けに関する詳細な情報を示す。 @@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ $Id$ -
\ No newline at end of file +
diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/taxonomy.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/taxonomy.xml index 522d506a73..3badf02763 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/taxonomy.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/taxonomy.xml @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ $Id$ tassonomia strutturata. + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.certainty.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.certainty.xml index 64bdbb2bf9..2797de8577 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.certainty.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.certainty.xml @@ -10,33 +10,30 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details 확실성 정도를 표현하는 속성 값의 범위를 정의한다. 定義表示正確度的屬性值範圍 確信度を示す属性値の程度を示す。 - Définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut exprimant un - degré de certitude - define la gama de valores de atributos que exprimen un - grado de certeza. - definisce la gamma di valori di attributi che esprimono - un grado di certezza + définit la gamme des valeurs d'attribut exprimant un degré de certitude + define la gama de valores de atributos que exprimen un grado de certeza. + definisce la gamma di valori di attributi che esprimono un grado di certezza - - - - - - - + + + + + + + -

Certainty may be expressed by one of the predefined symbolic values high, - medium, or low. The value - unknown should be used in cases where the encoder - does not wish to assert an opinion about the matter. -

-

確信度は、high, medium, lowのうち の1つが選択される。より詳細に示したい場合には、 teidata.probabilityを単独または追加と して使用することができる。

+

確信度は、highmediumlowのうち の1つが選択される。より詳細に示したい場合には、 teidata.probabilityを単独または追加と して使用することができる。

-

Le degré de certitude peut être exprimé par l'une des valeurs symboliques prédéfinies - high, medium, ou low.

-
- \ No newline at end of file +

Le degré de certitude peut être exprimé par l'une des valeurs symboliques prédéfinies + high, medium, ou low.

+ + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.language.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.language.xml index e7fea7b6d5..260e1d749b 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.language.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.language.xml @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details The IANA-registered code for the language. This is almost always the same as the ISO 639 2-letter language code if there is one. The list of available registered language - subtags can be found at . It is recommended + subtags can be found at . It is recommended that this code be written in lower case. The ISO 15924 code for the script. These codes consist of 4 letters, and it is recommended they be written with an initial capital, the other three letters in lower case. The canonical list of codes is maintained by the Unicode Consortium, and is - available at . The IETF + available at . The IETF recommends this code be omitted unless it is necessary to make a distinction you need. Either an ISO 3166 country code or a UN M.49 region code that is registered with IANA @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details language element must be present in the TEI header.

-

There are two exceptions to the above format. First, there are language tags in the IANA registry that +

There are two exceptions to the above format. First, there are language tags in the IANA registry that do not match the above syntax, but are present because they have been grandfathered from previous specifications.

Second, an entire language tag can consist of only a private use subtag. These tags start @@ -115,16 +115,16 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

当該属性値は、 BCP 47 で定義されている言語タグになる。 現行のBCPには、RFC4646とRFC4647の内容が含まれている。 今後は、他のIETF文書も採用されるかもしれない。

-

BCP 47にある言語タグは、ハイフン (-, U+002D)で区切られた一連の +

BCP 47にある言語タグは、ハイフン (-、U+002D)で区切られた一連の 下位タグから構成されている。下位タグは、以下の順番 らなる。下位タグは、初めの1つは必須で、あとは選択的である。 variantとextensionは複数回、他は1回のみ出現出現する。この下位タグ のグループは繰り返し可能である。 IANAの言語コード。この殆どは、該当言語が既にあれば、ISO 639の2文字 (以下、この場合の文字はラテン文字)言語コードと同じである。利用可能 - な言語下位タグのリストは + な言語下位タグのリストは にある。言語コードは、小文字で書かれることが推奨されている。 ISO 15924による文字を示すコード。4文字から構成され、冒頭文字は大文 字で、残り3文字は小文字で書かれることが推奨されている。このコード - は、ユニコードコンソーシアムで管理され、 か + は、ユニコードコンソーシアムで管理され、 か ら入手することができる。IETFでは、不要であれば当該コードを省略する ことを推奨している。 ISO 3166またはUN M.49による国または地域コード。このコードはIANAに 登録されている(但し全てではない。例えば、UNコードには経済圏や、 ISO @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

-

上記記述形式には、2つの例外がある。ひとつは、ここにある言語タグは、 +

上記記述形式には、2つの例外がある。ひとつは、ここにある言語タグは、 IANAにある統語規則に違反しているものがある。 これはIANAでは昔の規定を継承しているからであ る。

ふたつめは、言語タグを、下位タグprivateだけで構成することができる ことである。x-で始まるタグの内容は、IETFにある規定に も当該TEIガイドラインにある規定にも従う必要はない。他の言語タグと 同様に、このタグを使用した場合には、TEIヘダーにある要素 @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

W3Cの国際化活動では、BCP 47の解説を以下に用意している。 - HTMLとXMLで使用される言語タグ.

+ HTMLとXMLで使用される言語タグ。

Les valeurs pour cet attribut sont les étiquettes de langue définies @@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details Code de langue enregistré par l'IANA. Il est presque toujours identique au code de langue alphabétique ISO 639-2, s'il y en a un. La liste des sous-étiquettes de langue - enregistrées est disponible à : . Il est recommandé + enregistrées est disponible à : . Il est recommandé d'écrire ce code en minuscules. Code ISO 15924 pour l'écriture. Ces codes sont constitués de 4 lettres, et il est recommandé d'écrire la première lettre en majuscule, les trois autres en minuscules. La liste canonique des codes est maintenue par le Consortium Unicode, et elle est disponible - à : . L'IETF recommande + à : . L'IETF recommande d'omettre ce code, sauf s'il est nécessaire pour établir une distinction. Soit un code de pays ISO 3166, soit un code de région UN M.49 enregistré par @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

Il y a deux exceptions au format ci-dessus. Premièrement, il y a des codes de langue dans - le registre de l'IANA + le registre de l'IANA qui ne correspondent pas à la syntaxe ci-dessus, mais qui sont présents car ils ont été hérités de spécifications antérieures.

En second lieu, une étiquette complète de langue peut consister seulement en une sous-étiquette d'usage privé. Ces étiquettes commencent par x- ; il n'est pas diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.namespace.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.namespace.xml index e1fb085e2c..be9efb9202 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.namespace.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.namespace.xml @@ -27,23 +27,23 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details indicare i nomi degli spazi in XML come stabilito dalle raccomandazioni tecniche del W3C per gli spazi dei nomi in XML. - + -

The range of syntactically valid values is defined by RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier + <p>The range of syntactically valid values is defined by <ref target="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3986.txt">RFC 3986 <title>Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax

-

当該データ値は、RFC 2396 Uniform Resource + <p> 当該データ値は、<ref target="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt">RFC 2396 <title>Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) Reference に定義されている。

-

La gamme des valeurs syntaxiquement valides est définie par RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier + <p>La gamme des valeurs syntaxiquement valides est définie par <ref target="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3986.txt">RFC 3986 <title>Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax .

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pattern.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pattern.xml index ffd6b158ac..452be97e57 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pattern.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pattern.xml @@ -52,8 +52,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details 正規表現は、よくパタン/パターンともいわれるもので、 一連の文字列を示すための表現方法である。一般には、簡潔な表現で、 多くのものを表現するために使用される。例えば、3つの文字列 - Handel, Händel, - Haendelを、1つのパタン + HandelHändelHaendelを、1つのパタン H(ä|ae?)ndelで示すことができる(または、 H(ä|ae?)ndelは、3つの文字列のいずれにも マッチする、といえる)。 wikipedia diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pointer.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pointer.xml index 9024919f67..e4caa5e874 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pointer.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.pointer.xml @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ resource, either within the current document or elsewhere.

The range of syntactically valid values is defined by - RFC 3986 + RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax. Note that the values themselves are encoded using - RFC + RFC 3987 Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs) mapping to URIs. For example, @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ resource, either within the current document or elsewhere.

当該属性値は、 - RFC 3986 + RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) Reference に定義されている。

-

La gamme des valeurs valides syntaxiquement est définie parRFC 3986 +

La gamme des valeurs valides syntaxiquement est définie parRFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.prefix.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.prefix.xml index 9e827ce949..9b65e7770d 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.prefix.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.prefix.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

This datatype is used to constrain a string of characters to one that can be used as a URI scheme name according to RFC 3986, RFC 3986, section 3.1. Thus only the 26 lowercase letters a–z, the 10 digits 0–9, the plus sign, the period, and the hyphen are diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.version.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.version.xml index f22e9c7182..2addc9bf52 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.version.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/teidata.version.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

The value of this attribute follows the pattern specified by - the Unicode consortium for its version number (). A version number + the Unicode consortium for its version number (). A version number contains digits and fullstop characters only. The first number supplied identifies the major version number. A second and third number, for minor and sub-minor version numbers, may also be @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details

La valeur de cet attribut devrait suivre le format proposé par - le Consortium Unicode pour identifier les versions (). Un numéro de version + le Consortium Unicode pour identifier les versions (). Un numéro de version ne contient que des chiffres et des points. Le numéro initiale identifie le numéro majeur de la version. Un deuxième et un troisième numéro sont aussi disponibles pour la numérotation diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/terrain.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/terrain.xml index fff5057056..8b1718c18c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/terrain.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/terrain.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> terrain terrain contains information about the physical terrain of a place. @@ -55,6 +52,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/time.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/time.xml index 7f0bd6a132..9431aba531 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/time.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/time.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $Id$ --> - + time temps Zeit @@ -15,17 +15,15 @@ 어떤 형식의, 하루의 시간을 정의하는 구를 포함한다. 包含一組字詞,以任何形式定義時間 時間を表す語句を示す。 - contient une expression qui précise un moment de la - journée sous n'importe quelle forme. - contiene un sintagma que define un momento del día en - cualquier formato. - contiene un sintagma che si riferisce ad un ora del - giorno in qualsiasi formato. + contient une expression qui précise un moment de la journée sous n'importe quelle forme. + contiene un sintagma que define un momento del día en cualquier formato. + contiene un sintagma che si riferisce ad un ora del giorno in qualsiasi formato. beinhaltet eine Phrase, die eine Uhr- oder Tageszeit in einem beliebigen Format bestimmt. + @@ -33,15 +31,12 @@ - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + As he sat smiling, the @@ -60,4 +55,4 @@ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/title.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/title.xml index 4fbaecd3dc..2f0cc50578 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/title.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/title.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> title titre Titel @@ -33,7 +30,40 @@ $Id$ - + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + + + indicates the bibliographic level for a title, that is, whether it identifies an article, book, journal, series, or unpublished material. @@ -225,8 +255,7 @@ doit pas être utilisé.

タイトルが要素analytic中にある場合、属性 levelがあれば、値は必ずaとなる。 タイトルが要素monogr中にある場合、属性 -levelの値は、必ずm, -j, uのいず + levelの値は、必ずmjuのいず れかになる。要素titleが要素series中にある場 合、属性levelの値は必ずsとなる。タイトルが要 素msItem中にある場合、当該属性値は付与されない。 diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/titleStmt.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/titleStmt.xml index a15bbe84cb..d7afe5f04a 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/titleStmt.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/titleStmt.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ $Id$ declaración del título dichiarazione sul titolo groups information about the title of a work and those responsible for its content. - regroupe les informations sur le titre d’une œuvre et + regroupe les informations sur le titre d’une œuvre et les personnes ou institutions responsables de son contenu intellectuel. 저작의 제목 그리고 지적 내용에 대한 책임에 관한 정보를 모아 놓는다. 匯集關於作品標題與作品智慧內容責任歸屬的資訊。 @@ -32,12 +32,8 @@ $Id$ - - - - - - + + @@ -94,4 +90,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/trait.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/trait.xml index 8e3c143d6d..66504a0a6c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/trait.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/trait.xml @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ - - - - +--> trait trait distinctif contains a description of some status or quality attributed to a person, place, or organization typically, but not necessarily, @@ -51,6 +48,39 @@ $Id$ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + +--> unit declarations provides information about units of measurement that are not members of the International System of Units. @@ -16,6 +16,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/unitDef.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/unitDef.xml index 4e279ef628..ae46a30382 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/unitDef.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/unitDef.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ See the file COPYING.txt for details $Date$ $Id$ ---> +--> unit definition contains descriptive information related to a specific unit of measurement. @@ -21,6 +21,39 @@ + + + The calendar attribute will be removed from this element + as it will only be allowed on elements that represent dates with their content. This is because the calendar attribute + (unlike datingMethod defined in + att.datable.custom) defines the calendar system of the date + in the original material defined by the parent element, not the calendar to + which the date is normalized. + indicates one or more systems or calendars to which the + date represented by the content of this element belongs. + 날짜 표현 시스템 또는 달력 표시 형식을 표시한다. + 指明該日期表示所使用的曆法計算系統。 + この要素を含むコンテントにおける日付の暦やシステムを示す。 + indique le système ou le calendrier auquel + appartient la date exprimée dans le contenu de l'élément. + indica el sistema o calendario en que se muestra + una fecha. + indica il sistema o calendario al quale la data + appartiene. + + + + + + + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this element has no textual content. + + + + + @@ -41,4 +74,4 @@ - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/usg.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/usg.xml index c8f334410d..b36d90ac4c 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/usg.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/usg.xml @@ -19,10 +19,8 @@ $Id$ 사전 표제 항목에 용법 정보를 포함한다. 包含辭條中的使用資訊。 辞書項目中にある用例情報を示す。 - contiene la información sobre el uso en la entrada de un - diccionario. - in una voce di dizionario, contiene informazioni - sull'uso. + contiene la información sobre el uso en la entrada de un diccionario. + in una voce di dizionario, contiene informazioni sull'uso. @@ -42,12 +40,9 @@ $Id$ 다양한 종류의 유형을 사용하여 용례 정보를 분류한다. 用合適的分類方法將不同的使用資訊分類。 当該用例情報を分類する。 - classe les informations sur l'usage en utilisant - n'importe quelle typologie adaptée - clasifica la información sobre el uso aplicando una - tipología funcional. - classifica le informazioni sull'uso secondo una - tipologia funzionale. + classe les informations sur l'usage en utilisant n'importe quelle typologie adaptée + clasifica la información sobre el uso aplicando una tipología funcional. + classifica le informazioni sull'uso secondo una tipologia funzionale. @@ -104,7 +99,7 @@ $Id$ 語體 (象徵性、字面原義等) estilo (figurado, literal, etc.) スタイル(比喩的、字義的、など)。 - style (figuratif, littéral, etc.) + style (figuratif, littéral, etc.) stile (figurativo, letterale, ecc.) @@ -117,8 +112,7 @@ $Id$ preference level (chiefly, usually, etc.) 선호 층위(주로, 일반적으로, 등)( 優先程度 (主要、慣用等) - nivel de preferencia (principalmente, - generalmente, etc.) + nivel de preferencia (principalmente, generalmente, etc.) 使用度(主たる、通常、など)。 niveau de sens (principal, courant, etc.) livello di preferenza (principalmente, di solito, @@ -301,4 +295,4 @@ $Id$ - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/Specs/watermark.xml b/P5/Source/Specs/watermark.xml index e0f64eb547..8e4dec88ee 100644 --- a/P5/Source/Specs/watermark.xml +++ b/P5/Source/Specs/watermark.xml @@ -10,13 +10,11 @@ $Id$ watermark filigrane - contains a word or phrase describing a -watermark or similar device. + contains a word or phrase describing a watermark or similar device. 워터마크 또는 유사 도구를 기술하는 단어 또는 구를 포함한다. 包含一個字詞,描述一個浮水印或是類似圖案。 すかし模様などを表す語句を示す。 - Contient un mot ou une expression décrivant un filigrane - ou une marque du même genre. + contient un mot ou une expression décrivant un filigrane ou une marque du même genre. contiene una palabra o sintagma que describe una filigrana o una técnica similar. contiene una parola o espressione che descrive la filigrana o una tecnica simile @@ -24,8 +22,6 @@ watermark or similar device. - @@ -51,4 +47,4 @@ watermark or similar device. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/P5/Source/guidelines-en.xml b/P5/Source/guidelines-en.xml index 40995fbe3b..4a4916a639 100644 --- a/P5/Source/guidelines-en.xml +++ b/P5/Source/guidelines-en.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ $Id$ The TEI Guidelines - . Last updated on + P5 . Last updated on , revision diff --git a/P5/Source/guidelines-fr.xml b/P5/Source/guidelines-fr.xml index 3cbeccfe2b..007c4e187e 100644 --- a/P5/Source/guidelines-fr.xml +++ b/P5/Source/guidelines-fr.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ $Id$ The TEI Guidelines - . Last updated on + P5 . Last updated on , revision diff --git a/P5/Test/antruntest.xml b/P5/Test/antruntest.xml index 96746a11e5..a353610743 100644 --- a/P5/Test/antruntest.xml +++ b/P5/Test/antruntest.xml @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - + diff --git a/P5/Test/detest.odd b/P5/Test/detest.odd index 166a5ff372..ed347586ac 100644 --- a/P5/Test/detest.odd +++ b/P5/Test/detest.odd @@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ + + Add the add_missing_scheme and + replace_missing_scheme tests for + constraintSpec. + Tweaked some comments and wording of content @@ -437,6 +442,20 @@ + + This constraintSpec is invalid because it is + missing scheme in add mode. + + This rule never fires. + + + + This constraintSpec is invalid because it is + missing scheme in replace mode. + + This rule never fires. + + - + - + - + @@ -62,42 +69,54 @@

-

This tests the constraint that every <lg> element should have at least one of <lg>, <lg> or <gap> inside it.

+

This tests the constraint that every lg element + should have at least one of lg, lg or + gap inside it.

Added by MDH.

-
-

Added by MDH. This tests the Schematron constraint that any element with @calendar must have some textual content.

-

-
-
Testing schematron constraints -

sicut erat in freddy principia -cats -

-
-

This has some content which is OK -This one doesn't but -that's also OK. - That last one is illegal - as are that one - and that one

-
+

+ sicut erat in + freddy principia + + + + + cats + + +

+ +
+

Added by MDH. This tests the Schematron constraint that any + element with calendar must have some textual + content.

+

+
-
+
+

This has some content which is OK + This one doesn't but that's also OK. + That one (just to my left) is illegal + as is that one + and that one

+
+ +
Canon 1

hello

A Canon Text

hello

-
-
+
+
Canon 2

hello

@@ -108,34 +127,35 @@ that's also OK. A 2nd Canon Text

hello

-
-
+
+
Canon 3
Canon 4
-
-
+
+
Register 1
Canon 5
-
-
+
+

This sentence contains an illegally nested phrase and should trigger a schematron squawk

-
+
-

Testing multiple occurences of a datatype in a single attribute - value. The following should be valid: - minimum - min +1 unless ≤, in which case max - max -

+

+ Testing multiple occurences of a datatype in a single + attribute value. The following should be valid: + minimum + min +1 unless ≤, in which case max + max +

@@ -184,11 +204,15 @@ that's also OK.
Some transcribed text with subst errors

... are all included. It is - Tthe expressed

-

that he and his Sister Miſs D — who always lived with him, wd. be very principally remembered in her Will.

+ Tthe expressed

+

that he and his Sister Miſs D — + who always lived with him, wd. be very + principally remembered in her Will.

ἐπιτρέψῃ [ἐπετρέψῃ] τῷ ὑποδέκτῃ μὴ ὀχλῆσαι

-

τῶνα συνκυρόντωνα ἐργαστηρίωνα

-

While pondering thus she mus'd, her pinions fann'd

+

τῶνα συνκυρόντωνα + ἐργαστηρίωνα

+

While pondering thus she mus'd, + her pinions fann'd

@@ -223,6 +247,47 @@ that's also OK.
test neither
+
+ test msDesc elements that should not be repeated +

Some manuscript description elements are supposed to occur + a max of only once, even though RelaxNG allows infinite.

+

Added 2023-10-11 19:21 by Syd.

+ + + MEL + BB + mel:bb:ve:08 + riddle of Strider + + occurs only once, thus valid + occurs twice, thus invalid + occurs twice, thus invalid + three occurrences, thus invalid + three occurrences, thus invalid + three occurrences, thus invalid + four occurrences, thus invalid + four occurrences, thus invalid + four occurrences, thus invalid + four occurrences, thus invalid + +

The above msDesc should generate 3 errors, one + each for physDesc, history, and + additional.

+ + + All that is gold does not glitter, + Not all those who wander are lost; + The old that is strong does not wither, + Deep roots are not reached by the frost. + + + From the ashes a fire shall be woken, + A light from the shadows shall spring; + Renewed shall be blade that was broken, + The crownless again shall be king. + + +
Shift should have a new attribute some thingsome more @@ -337,9 +402,7 @@ that's also OK. detest.odd because they would break the build there - See //elementSpec[@ident eq - 'abbr']/listRef in detest.odd + See //elementSpec[@ident eq 'abbr']/listRef in detest.odd no target (2B caught by Schematron) good target absolute URI diff --git a/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_odd_schematron.log b/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_odd_schematron.log index 32b363ee2a..e5813482e5 100644 --- a/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_odd_schematron.log +++ b/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_odd_schematron.log @@ -8,25 +8,33 @@ validateodd: [xslt] Loading stylesheet /TEI/P5/p5odds.message.isosch.xsl [xslt] [xslt] Error: both the versionDate and xml:lang attributes on "remarks" are required when it is a child of "elementSpec". - [xslt] (not( @xml:lang and @versionDate )) + [xslt] (@xml:lang and @versionDate) [xslt] [xslt] Error: both the versionDate and xml:lang attributes on "gloss" are required when it is a child of "elementSpec". - [xslt] (not( @xml:lang and @versionDate )) + [xslt] (@xml:lang and @versionDate) [xslt] [xslt] Error: both the versionDate and xml:lang attributes on "desc" are required when it is a child of "elementSpec". - [xslt] (not( @xml:lang and @versionDate )) + [xslt] (@xml:lang and @versionDate) [xslt] [xslt] Error: both the versionDate and xml:lang attributes on "gloss" are required when it is a child of "attDef". - [xslt] (not( @xml:lang and @versionDate )) + [xslt] (@xml:lang and @versionDate) [xslt] [xslt] Error: both the versionDate and xml:lang attributes on "remarks" are required when it is a child of "elementSpec". - [xslt] (not( @xml:lang and @versionDate )) + [xslt] (@xml:lang and @versionDate) [xslt] In the context of tagset documentation, the listRef element must not self-nest. (tei:listRef) [xslt] In the context of tagset documentation, each ptr or ref element inside a listRef must have a target attribute with only 1 pointer as its value. (@target and not( matches( @target,'\s') )) [xslt] In the context of tagset documentation, each ptr or ref element inside a listRef must have a target attribute with only 1 pointer as its value. (@target and not( matches( @target,'\s') )) [xslt] Rules - [xslt] in the ISO Schematron language must be inside a constraintSpec - [xslt] with the value 'schematron' on the scheme attribute (tei:constraint/sch:* and not( @scheme eq 'schematron')) + [xslt] in the ISO Schematron language must be inside a constraintSpec + [xslt] with the value 'schematron' on the scheme attribute (tei:constraint/sch:* and not( @scheme eq 'schematron')) + [xslt] Rules + [xslt] in the ISO Schematron language must be inside a constraintSpec + [xslt] with the value 'schematron' on the scheme attribute (tei:constraint/sch:* and not( @scheme eq 'schematron')) + [xslt] Rules + [xslt] in the ISO Schematron language must be inside a constraintSpec + [xslt] with the value 'schematron' on the scheme attribute (tei:constraint/sch:* and not( @scheme eq 'schematron')) + [xslt] The @scheme attribute of <constraintSpec> is required when the @mode is not specified. (@scheme) + [xslt] The @scheme attribute of <constraintSpec> is required when the @mode is "replace". (@scheme) [xslt] Since the @default-is-in-list-req attribute is required, it will always be specified. Thus the default value (of "ONE") will never be used. Either change the definition of the attribute so it is not required ("rec" or "opt"), or remove the defaultVal element. (tei:defaultVal) [xslt] Since the @default-NOT-in-list-req attribute is required, it will always be specified. Thus the default value (of "ONE") will never be used. Either change the definition of the attribute so it is not required ("rec" or "opt"), or remove the defaultVal element. (tei:defaultVal) [xslt] In the elementSpec defining @@ -43,4 +51,4 @@ validateodd: [xslt] values (string(tei:defaultVal) = tei:valList/tei:valItem/@ident) BUILD SUCCESSFUL -Total time: 2 seconds +Total time: 3 seconds diff --git a/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_relaxng.log b/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_relaxng.log index 8a1e1935f4..1d50cb2506 100644 --- a/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_relaxng.log +++ b/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_relaxng.log @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ detest.xml -detest.xml:69:13: error: unfinished content of element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^lg +detest.xml:78:13: error: unfinished content of element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^lg required: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^l element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^stage element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^desc element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^label element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^lg -detest.xml:145:10: error: attribute ^truth with invalid value "no" +detest.xml:165:10: error: attribute ^truth with invalid value "no" required: data http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes^boolean -detest.xml:147:10: error: attribute http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace^lang not allowed +detest.xml:167:10: error: attribute http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace^lang not allowed required: after -detest.xml:150:10: error: attribute ^enumerated with invalid value " dog breath" +detest.xml:170:10: error: attribute ^enumerated with invalid value " dog breath" required: data http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes^token -detest.xml:155:10: error: attribute ^name with invalid value "123" +detest.xml:175:10: error: attribute ^name with invalid value "123" required: data http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes^Name -detest.xml:164:10: error: unfinished content of element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^lg +detest.xml:184:10: error: unfinished content of element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^lg required: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^l -detest.xml:189:37: error: invalid data or text not allowed +detest.xml:211:37: error: invalid data or text not allowed required: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^add element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^surplus @@ -33,34 +33,34 @@ required: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^cb element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^fw element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^anchor -detest.xml:207:11: error: attribute ^target with invalid value "#spanTest" +detest.xml:231:11: error: attribute ^target with invalid value "#spanTest" required: data http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes^anyURI -detest.xml:213:11: error: missing attributes of http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^media +detest.xml:237:11: error: missing attributes of http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^media required: attribute ^url -detest.xml:214:11: error: missing attributes of http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^media +detest.xml:238:11: error: missing attributes of http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^media required: attribute ^mimeType -detest.xml:220:51: error: invalid data or text not allowed +detest.xml:244:51: error: invalid data or text not allowed required: after -detest.xml:221:41: error: invalid data or text not allowed +detest.xml:245:41: error: invalid data or text not allowed required: after -detest.xml:222:61: error: invalid data or text not allowed +detest.xml:246:61: error: invalid data or text not allowed required: after -detest.xml:223:25: error: invalid data or text not allowed +detest.xml:247:25: error: invalid data or text not allowed required: after -detest.xml:246:12: error: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^altIdentifier not allowed +detest.xml:311:12: error: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^altIdentifier not allowed required: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^msIdentifier -detest.xml:249:10: error: unfinished content of element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^msPart +detest.xml:314:10: error: unfinished content of element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^msPart required: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^msIdentifier -detest.xml:278:10: error: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^idno not allowed +detest.xml:343:10: error: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^idno not allowed required: after allowed: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ allowed: element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^listRef element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^relatedItem element http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0^citedRange -detest.xml:348:12: error: attribute ^target with invalid value "" +detest.xml:411:12: error: attribute ^target with invalid value "" required: data http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes^anyURI error: some documents are invalid diff --git a/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_schematron.log b/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_schematron.log index 11dfa6d7bf..a7f9a9332e 100644 --- a/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_schematron.log +++ b/P5/Test/expected-results/detest_xml_schematron.log @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ - @calendar indicates one or more - systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, - but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) The abbr element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type (@type) The div element should not be categorized in detail with @subtype unless also categorized in general with @type (@type) @@ -12,13 +9,67 @@ The element indicated by @spanTo (notMeaningful) must follow the current element @schemeVersion can only be used if @scheme is specified. (@scheme and not(@scheme = 'free')) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) lists inside paragraphs not supported (tei:list) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) The content of a "gloss" list should include a sequence of one or more pairs of a label element followed by an item element (tei:label) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) An lg element must contain at least one child l, lg, or gap element. (count(descendant::tei:lg|descendant::tei:l|descendant::tei:gap) > 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) On quotation, either the @marks attribute should be used, or a paragraph of description provided (not(@marks) and not (tei:p)) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) divs of type 'canon' may contain only one 'canonText' (@type='canon' and count (tei:div[@type='canonText']) >1) @@ -42,37 +93,37 @@ If @to is supplied on span, @from must be supplied as well (@to and not(@from)) The @location value "external" is inconsistent with the parallel-segmentation method of apparatus markup. (@location eq 'external' and @method eq 'parallel-segmentation') - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) - A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus - transcribed text should not be present within it. - (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) + A facsimile element represents a text with images, thus + transcribed text should not be present within it. + (child::text()[ normalize-space(.) ne '']) The @spanTo attribute of delSpan is required. (@spanTo) The @spanTo attribute of delSpan is required. (@spanTo) subst must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus (child::tei:add and (child::tei:del or child::tei:surplus)) @@ -81,6 +132,42 @@ subst must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus (ch subst must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus (child::tei:add and (child::tei:del or child::tei:surplus)) subst must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus (child::tei:add and (child::tei:del or child::tei:surplus)) subst must have at least one child add and at least one child del or surplus (child::tei:add and (child::tei:del or child::tei:surplus)) + + Only one physDesc is allowed as a child of msDesc. + (preceding-sibling::*[ name(.) eq $gi ] and not( following-sibling::*[ name(.) eq $gi ] )) + + Only one history is allowed as a child of msDesc. + (preceding-sibling::*[ name(.) eq $gi ] and not( following-sibling::*[ name(.) eq $gi ] )) + + Only one additional is allowed as a child of msDesc. + (preceding-sibling::*[ name(.) eq $gi ] and not( following-sibling::*[ name(.) eq $gi ] )) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) + @calendar indicates one or more + systems or calendars to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs, + but this date element has no textual content. (string-length( normalize-space(.) ) gt 0) In the context of tagset documentation, the listRef element must not self-nest. (tei:listRef) In the context of tagset documentation, each ptr or ref element inside a listRef must have a target attribute with only 1 pointer as its value. (@target and not( matches( @target,'\s') )) In the context of tagset documentation, each ptr or ref element inside a listRef must have a target attribute with only 1 pointer as its value. (@target and not( matches( @target,'\s') )) diff --git a/P5/Test/test-newodd.xml b/P5/Test/test-newodd.xml index 98e0f031e1..1f6e062f39 100644 --- a/P5/Test/test-newodd.xml +++ b/P5/Test/test-newodd.xml @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ - + - testfile for new ODD + testfile for new ODD -

Unpublished as yet

+

Unpublished as yet

-

Made up by Lou

+

Made up by Lou

@@ -20,347 +19,286 @@
- -

Our first schema is a very simple one. It contains three elements - stuff, bit, and bob. As the names - suggest, this is not a TEI schema, and it does not use either the TEI - name space or the TEI class system.

- - - - - - Root element for a very simple schema - - - - - - - - - - - - Empty pointing element in a very simple schema - - - - - - supplies the URI of the thing pointed at - - - - - - - - - - Textual element in a very simple schema - - - - - - - - +

Our first schema is a very simple one. It contains three elements stuff, + bit, and bob. As the names suggest, this is not a TEI schema, and it + does not use either the TEI namespace or the TEI class system.

+ + + + + Root element for a very simple schema + + + + + + + + + + + + Empty pointing element in a very simple + schema + + + + + + supplies the URI of the thing pointed + at + + + + + + + + + Textual element in a very simple + schema + + + + + + + + + - - -

The schema is defined by a schemaSpec containing three - explicit elementSpec elements, conforming to the definition - provided for these elements in the TEI Guidelines. Note that the - content models all make reference to the RELAXNG namespace, but are - otherwise free standing. In particular, they make no use of TEI - element or attribute classes.

- -

Now suppose that we realise that our bit is much the same - as the existing TEI p, our bob is much the same as - the existing TEI ptr, and our stuff is much the same - as the TEI div. Can we rewrite the above ODD to use just a - few TEI elements? -

- - - - - + +

The schema is defined by a schemaSpec containing three explicit + elementSpec elements, conforming to the definition provided for these elements in + the TEI Guidelines. Note that the content models all make reference to the RELAXNG + namespace, but are otherwise free standing. In particular, they make no use of TEI element + or attribute classes.

+ +

Now suppose that we realise that our bit is much the same as the existing TEI + p, our bob is much the same as the existing TEI ptr, and our + stuff is much the same as the TEI div. Can we rewrite the above ODD to + use just a few TEI elements?

+ + + + + - - -

Note the use of the source attribute to indicate the - default source for any elements referenced by our schema - specification. The elementRef element saves us the trouble of - having to define our TEI elements; its effect is to copy into the - schema the whole of the TEI standard element, including its namespace - and class memberships.

- -

Suppose, however, that having got accustomed to our stuff - element, we wish to keep it, but to define its contents to use TEI - elements. We can make a simple schema combining our new element within - the TEI existing framework.

- - - - - Root element for a very simple schema - - - - - - - - - - - - + +

Note the use of the source attribute to indicate the default source for any + elements referenced by our schema specification. The elementRef element saves us + the trouble of having to define our TEI elements; its effect is to copy into the schema the + whole of the TEI standard element, including its namespace and class memberships.

+ +

Suppose, however, that having got accustomed to our stuff element, we wish to keep + it, but to define its contents to use TEI elements. We can make a simple schema combining + our new element within the TEI existing framework.

+ + + + Root element for a very simple schema + + + + + + + + + + + + - - -

Here we did not explicitly state that the elements we want are to be taken from the current TEI P5 version, since that is the default behaviour. Note however that our non-TEI element must specify that it is in the null - name space (or specify a name space of its own).

- -

In the real world it is fairly unusual for schemas to have only a - handful of elements. Partly for this reason, the TEI scheme is defined - as a set of modules, each of which defines a - number of elements. These modules are a convenient way of including - several elements at once: - - - - - - - - - - Each moduleRef here could be replaced by an - elementRef for all the elements stored in that - particular module. The name of the module in which it is to be stored - forms part of the declaration of an element in the TEI source. Element - names are unique across all modules; module names are unique across a - given source scheme. -

- -

It is sometimes convenient to say that one wishes to use all the - elements from a given module, except for a small - number. The attribute exclude may be used for this purpose: + +

Here we did not explicitly state that the elements we want are to be taken from the current + TEI P5 version, since that is the default behaviour. Note however that our non-TEI element + must specify that it is in the null name space (or specify a name space of its own).

+ +

In the real world it is fairly unusual for schemas to have only a handful of elements. + Partly for this reason, the TEI scheme is defined as a set of modules, + each of which defines a number of elements. These modules are a convenient way of including + several elements at once: + + + + + + Each moduleRef here could be replaced by an elementRef for all + the elements stored in that particular module. The name of the module in which it is to be + stored forms part of the declaration of an element in the TEI source. Element names are + unique across all modules; module names are unique across a given source scheme.

+ +

It is sometimes convenient to say that one wishes to use all the elements from a given + module, except for a small number. The attribute exclude may be used + for this purpose:

+ + + + + + +

Another way of achieving the same goal would be to add a new declaration for each element + to be deleted from the schema, as follows.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +

This is a special case of the general mechanism for modifying elements discussed below. An + ODD processor first gathers all the declarations for elements found within a schema + specification, whether by explicit reference or by reference to a module. In the above + example, it will therefore find two declarations for each of mentioned, + quote, and said -- one from the module core, and one from + the schema specification itself. In a second phase of processing, the ODD processor combines + such multiple declarations according to specified rules, for example that if any declaration + specifies mode="delete" the effect is to remove all declarations for that + element.

+ +

An attribute include is also available on moduleRef for the convenience + of those wishing to specify explicitly the elements required from a given module. The same + effect could be achieved by means of an elementRef for each required element, of + course: this redundancy is provided for convenience.

+ +

Note that when a schema is defined by inclusion rather than exclusion of elements it is + important to ensure that any elements required by the content model of another + element are actually present. In the current TEI Guidelines, content models are as far as + possible defined in terms of element classes rather than explicit elements, which mitigates + this problem. Nevertheless, there remain some obligatory elements, for example in the TEI + Header, all of which must therefore be explicitly requested.

+ +

In summary, supposing element x to be provided by module Y, the following combinations are + meaningful: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

- - - - + +

The elementSpec element is used to add a new non-TEI element to a schema. If that + schema uses the TEI architecture as its base, then the schema will include all the + declarations necessary to make use of the TEI class system. In the following example, we + declare a new element diachrony in our own namespace and add it to the existing TEI + dictionary schema:

+ + + + + + + contains the description of the historical + information attached to a dictionary entry, and organized as a hierarchy of possibly + dated and referenced senses. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - -

Another way of achieving the same goal would be to add a new - declaration for each element to be deleted from the schema, as - follows.

- + +

For purposes of TEI conformance, it is required that any new non-TEI element explicitly + indicate that it is not part of the TEI name space, using the ns attribute. To + avoid possible name collisions during schema generation, it is strongly recommended that + such elements also specify a unique prefix, using the prefix attribute.

+ +

In the following example, we add two non-TEI elements, admin and hi, both + taken from the TBX name space. The admin element is added to the TEI + model.hiLike class. Note that it is the non-TEI hi element which + is referenced in its content model, and therefore a prefix must be used to distinguish the + two.

- - - - - - - - + source="http://www.tei-c.org/release/xml/tei/odd/Source/Guidelines/en/guidelines-en.xml" + start="TEI" ident="testSchema-6"> + + + + + Contains information of an administrative + nature for the node (parent element) in question, such as the source of information, or + the project or client for which it applies. + + + + + + + + + + Highlights a segment of text and optionally + points to another element. + + + + - -

This is a special case of the general mechanism for modifying - elements discussed below. An ODD processor first gathers all the - declarations for elements found within a schema specification, whether - by explicit reference or by reference to a module. In the above - example, it will therefore find two declarations for each of - mentioned, quote, and said -- one from the - module core, and one from the schema specification - itself. In a second phase of processing, the ODD processor combines - such multiple declarations according to specified rules, for example - that if any declaration specifies mode="delete" the - effect is to remove all declarations for that element.

- -

An attribute include is also available on - moduleRef for the convenience of those wishing to specify - explicitly the elements required from a given - module. The same effect could be achieved by means of an - elementRef for each required element, of course: this - redundancy is provided for convenience. -

- -

Note that when a schema is defined by inclusion rather than - exclusion of elements it is important to ensure that any elements - required by the content model of another element are actually - present. In the current TEI Guidelines, content models are as far as - possible defined in terms of element classes rather than explicit - elements, which mitigates this problem. Nevertheless, there remain - some obligatory elements, for example in the TEI Header, all of which - must therefore be explicitly requested.

- -

In summary, supposing element x to be provided by module Y, the - following combinations are meaningful: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - -

The elementSpec element is used to add a new non-TEI - element to a schema. If that schema uses the TEI architecture as its - base, then the schema will include all the declarations necessary to - make use of the TEI class system. In the following example, we - declare a new element diachrony in our own namespace and add - it to the existing TEI dictionary schema: - -

- - - - - - - contains the description of the historical - information attached to a dictionary entry, and organized - as a hierarchy of possibly dated and referenced - senses. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

For purposes of TEI conformance, it is required - that any new non-TEI element explicitly indicate that it is not part - of the TEI name space, using the ns attribute. To avoid - possible name collisions during schema generation, it is strongly - recommended that such elements also specify a unique prefix, using - the prefix attribute.

- -

In the following example, we add two non-TEI elements, - admin and hi, both taken from the TBX name - space. The admin element is added to the TEI - model.hiLike class. Note that it is the non-TEI - hi element which is referenced in its content model, and - therefore a prefix must be used to distinguish the two. - -

- - - - - - Contains information of an administrative nature for the node (parent element) - in question, such as the source of information, or the project or client for - which it applies. - - - - - - - - - - Highlights a segment of text and optionally points to another element. - - - - + + + + + + + + + Its not clear a what a p is, but its not a + TEI p + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - Its not clear a what a p is, but its not a TEI p - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + @@ -369,20 +307,19 @@ - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + - +
- - - diff --git a/P5/Test/testAlien.html b/P5/Test/testAlien.html index fdad9fbfb6..c99f07a2c1 100644 --- a/P5/Test/testAlien.html +++ b/P5/Test/testAlien.html @@ -3831,7 +3831,7 @@ this rapid depopulation were the loss of the last <foreign xml:lang="rap">ariki</foreign> or chief (Routledge 1920:205,210) and their connections to - ancestral territorial organization.</p>
NoteThe xml:lang value will be inherited from the immediately enclosing element, or from its parent, and so on up the document hierarchy. It is generally good practice to specify xml:lang at the highest appropriate level, noticing that a different default may be needed for the teiHeader from that needed for the associated resource element or elements, and that a single TEI document may contain texts in many languages.The authoritative list of registered language subtags is maintained by IANA and is available at http://www.iana.org/assignments/language-subtag-registry. For a good general overview of the construction of language tags, see http://www.w3.org/International/articles/language-tags/, and for a practical step-by-step guide, see http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-language-tags.
The value used must conform with BCP 47. If the value is a private use code (i.e., starts with x- or contains -x-), a <language> element with a matching value for its ident attribute should be supplied in the TEI header to document this value. Such documentation may also optionally be supplied for non-private-use codes, though these must remain consistent with their (IETF)Internet Engineering Task Force definitions.
xml:baseprovides a base URI reference with which applications can resolve relative URI references into absolute URI references.
StatusOptional
Datatype
+ ancestral territorial organization.</p>
NoteThe xml:lang value will be inherited from the immediately enclosing element, or from its parent, and so on up the document hierarchy. It is generally good practice to specify xml:lang at the highest appropriate level, noticing that a different default may be needed for the teiHeader from that needed for the associated resource element or elements, and that a single TEI document may contain texts in many languages.The authoritative list of registered language subtags is maintained by IANA and is available at https://www.iana.org/assignments/language-subtag-registry. For a good general overview of the construction of language tags, see http://www.w3.org/International/articles/language-tags/, and for a practical step-by-step guide, see http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-language-tags.
The value used must conform with BCP 47. If the value is a private use code (i.e., starts with x- or contains -x-), a <language> element with a matching value for its ident attribute should be supplied in the TEI header to document this value. Such documentation may also optionally be supplied for non-private-use codes, though these must remain consistent with their (IETF)Internet Engineering Task Force definitions.
xml:baseprovides a base URI reference with which applications can resolve relative URI references into absolute URI references.
StatusOptional
Datatype
 data.pointer
<div type="bibl">  <head>Bibliography</head>  <listBibl xml:base="http://www.lib.ucdavis.edu/BWRP/Works/"> @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ data.enumeratedseparated by whitespace
scopespecifies how widely this hand is used in the manuscript.
StatusOptional
Datatype
 data.enumerated
Legal values are:
sole
only this hand is used throughout the manuscript
major
this hand is used through most of the manuscript
minor
this hand is used occasionally in the manuscript
NoteUsually either script or scriptRef, and similarly, either scribe or scribeRef, will be supplied.

3.20. att.internetMedia

att.internetMedia provides attributes for specifying the type of a computer resource using a standard taxonomy.
Moduletei
Membersatt.media[binaryObject graphic] ptr ref
AttributesAttributes
mimeType(MIME media type) specifies the applicable multimedia internet mail extension (MIME) media type
StatusOptional
Datatype1–∞ occurrences of 
 data.word
separated by whitespace
ExampleIn this example mimeType is used to indicate that the URL points to a TEI XML file encoded in UTF-8.
<ref mimeType="application/tei+xml; charset=UTF-8" - target="http://sourceforge.net/p/tei/code/HEAD/tree/trunk/P5/Source/guidelines-en.xml"/>
NoteThis attribute class provides an attribute for describing a computer resource, typically available over the internet, using a value taken from a standard taxonomy. At present only a single taxonomy is supported, the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Media Type system. This typology of media types is defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force in RFC 2046. The list of types is maintained by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The mimeType attribute must have a value taken from this list.

3.21. att.measurement

att.measurement provides attributes to represent a regularized or normalized measurement.
Moduletei
Membersmeasure measureGrp
AttributesAttributes
unitindicates the units used for the measurement, usually using the standard symbol for the desired units.
StatusOptional
Datatype
target="http://sourceforge.net/p/tei/code/HEAD/tree/trunk/P5/Source/guidelines-en.xml"/>
NoteThis attribute class provides an attribute for describing a computer resource, typically available over the internet, using a value taken from a standard taxonomy. At present only a single taxonomy is supported, the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Media Type system. This typology of media types is defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force in RFC 2046. The list of types is maintained by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The mimeType attribute must have a value taken from this list.

3.21. att.measurement

att.measurement provides attributes to represent a regularized or normalized measurement.
Moduletei
Membersmeasure measureGrp
AttributesAttributes
unitindicates the units used for the measurement, usually using the standard symbol for the desired units.
StatusOptional
Datatype
 data.enumerated
Suggested values include:
m
(metre) SI base unit of length
kg
(kilogram) SI base unit of mass
s
(second) SI base unit of time
Hz
(hertz) SI unit of frequency
Pa
(pascal) SI unit of pressure or stress
(ohm) SI unit of electric resistance
L
(litre) 1 dm³
t
(tonne) 10³ kg
ha
(hectare) 1 hm²
(ångström) 10⁻¹⁰ m
mL
(millilitre)
cm
(centimetre)
dB
(decibel) see remarks, below
kbit
(kilobit) 10³ or 1000 bits
Kibit
(kibibit) 2¹⁰ or 1024 bits
kB
(kilobyte) 10³ or 1000 bytes
KiB
(kibibyte) 2¹⁰ or 1024 bytes
MB
(megabyte) 10⁶ or 1 000 000 bytes
MiB
(mebibyte) 2²⁰ or 1 048 576 bytes
NoteIf the measurement being represented is not expressed in a particular unit, but rather is a number of discrete items, the unit count should be used, or the unit attribute may be left unspecified.Wherever appropriate, a recognized SI unit name should be used (see further http://www.bipm.org/en/publications/si-brochure/; http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/). The list above is indicative rather than exhaustive.
quantityspecifies the number of the specified units that comprise the measurement
StatusOptional
Datatype
 data.numeric
commodityindicates the substance that is being measured
StatusOptional
Datatype1–∞ occurrences of 
 data.word
separated by whitespace
NoteIn general, when the commodity is made of discrete entities, the plural form should be used, even when the measurement is of only one of them.
NoteThis attribute class provides a triplet of attributes that may be used either to regularize the values of the measurement being encoded, or to normalize them with respect to a standard measurement system.
<l>So weren't you gonna buy <measure quantity="0.5unit="gal" @@ -4026,9 +4026,9 @@ data.duration.iso = token { pattern = "[0-9.,DHMPRSTWYZ/:+\-]+" }
Example
<time dur-iso="PT0,75H">three-quarters of an hour</time>
Example
<date dur-iso="P1,5D">a day and a half</date>
Example
<date dur-iso="P14D">a fortnight</date>
Example
<time dur-iso="PT0.02S">20 ms</time>
NoteA duration is expressed as a sequence of number-letter pairs, preceded by the letter P; the letter gives the unit and may be Y (year), M (month), D (day), H (hour), M (minute), or S (second), in that order. The numbers are all unsigned integers, except for the last, which may have a decimal component (using either . or , as the decimal point; the latter is preferred). If any number is 0, then that number-letter pair may be omitted. If any of the H (hour), M (minute), or S (second) number-letter pairs are present, then the separator T must precede the first ‘time’ number-letter pair.For complete details, see ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats — Information interchange — Representation of dates and times.

4.4. data.duration.w3c

data.duration.w3c defines the range of attribute values available for representation of a duration in time using W3C datatypes.
Moduletei
Used by
Declaration
 data.duration.w3c = xsd:duration
Example
<time dur="PT45M">forty-five minutes</time>
Example
<date dur="P1DT12H">a day and a half</date>
Example
<date dur="P7D">a week</date>
Example
<time dur="PT0.02S">20 ms</time>
NoteA duration is expressed as a sequence of number-letter pairs, preceded by the letter P; the letter gives the unit and may be Y (year), M (month), D (day), H (hour), M (minute), or S (second), in that order. The numbers are all unsigned integers, except for the S number, which may have a decimal component (using . as the decimal point). If any number is 0, then that number-letter pair may be omitted. If any of the H (hour), M (minute), or S (second) number-letter pairs are present, then the separator T must precede the first ‘time’ number-letter pair.For complete details, see the W3C specification.

4.5. data.enumerated

data.enumerated defines the range of attribute values expressed as a single XML name taken from a list of documented possibilities.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
 data.enumerated = data.word
NoteAttributes using this datatype must contain a single word matching the pattern defined for this datatype: for example it cannot include whitespace but may begin with digits. Typically, the list of documented possibilities will be provided (or exemplified) by a value list in the associated attribute specification, expressed with a <valList> element.

4.6. data.language

data.language defines the range of attribute values used to identify a particular combination of human language and writing system. [6.1. Language Identification]
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
-data.language = xsd:language | ""
NoteThe values for this attribute are language ‘tags’ as defined in BCP 47. Currently BCP 47 comprises RFC 4646 and RFC 4647; over time, other IETF documents may succeed these as the best current practice.A ‘language tag’, per BCP 47, is assembled from a sequence of components or subtags separated by the hyphen character (-, U+002D). The tag is made of the following subtags, in the following order. Every subtag except the first is optional. If present, each occurs only once, except the fourth and fifth components (variant and extension), which are repeatable.
language
The IANA-registered code for the language. This is almost always the same as the ISO 639 2-letter language code if there is one. The list of available registered language subtags can be found at http://www.iana.org/assignments/language-subtag-registry. It is recommended that this code be written in lower case.
script
The ISO 15924 code for the script. These codes consist of 4 letters, and it is recommended they be written with an initial capital, the other three letters in lower case. The canonical list of codes is maintained by the Unicode Consortium, and is available at http://unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-codes.html. The IETF recommends this code be omitted unless it is necessary to make a distinction you need.
region
Either an ISO 3166 country code or a UN M.49 region code that is registered with IANA (not all such codes are registered, e.g. UN codes for economic groupings or codes for countries for which there is already an ISO 3166 2-letter code are not registered). The former consist of 2 letters, and it is recommended they be written in upper case. The list of codes can be found at http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/country_codes/iso-3166-1_decoding_table.htm. The latter consist of 3 digits; the list of codes can be found at http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49.htm.
variant
An IANA-registered variation. These codes are used to indicate additional, well-recognized variations that define a language or its dialects that are not covered by other available subtags.
extension
An extension has the format of a single letter followed by a hyphen followed by additional subtags. These exist to allow for future extension to BCP 47, but as of this writing no such extensions are in use.
private use
An extension that uses the initial subtag of the single letter x (i.e., starts with x-) has no meaning except as negotiated among the parties involved. These should be used with great care, since they interfere with the interoperability that use of RFC 4646 is intended to promote. In order for a document that makes use of these subtags to be TEI-conformant, a corresponding <language> element must be present in the TEI header.

There are two exceptions to the above format. First, there are language tags in the IANA registry that do not match the above syntax, but are present because they have been ‘grandfathered’ from previous specifications.
Second, an entire language tag can consist of only a private use subtag. These tags start with x-, and do not need to follow any further rules established by the IETF and endorsed by these Guidelines. Like all language tags that make use of private use subtags, the language in question must be documented in a corresponding <language> element in the TEI header.
Examples include
sn
Shona
zh-TW
Taiwanese
zh-Hant-HK
Chinese written in traditional script as used in Hong Kong
en-SL
English as spoken in Sierra Leone
pl
Polish
es-MX
Spanish as spoken in Mexico
es-419
Spanish as spoken in Latin America

The W3C Internationalization Activity has published a useful introduction to BCP 47, Language tags in HTML and XML.

4.7. data.name

data.name defines the range of attribute values expressed as an XML Name.
Moduletei
Used by
giElement:
Declaration
+data.language = xsd:language | ""
NoteThe values for this attribute are language ‘tags’ as defined in BCP 47. Currently BCP 47 comprises RFC 4646 and RFC 4647; over time, other IETF documents may succeed these as the best current practice.A ‘language tag’, per BCP 47, is assembled from a sequence of components or subtags separated by the hyphen character (-, U+002D). The tag is made of the following subtags, in the following order. Every subtag except the first is optional. If present, each occurs only once, except the fourth and fifth components (variant and extension), which are repeatable.
language
The IANA-registered code for the language. This is almost always the same as the ISO 639 2-letter language code if there is one. The list of available registered language subtags can be found at https://www.iana.org/assignments/language-subtag-registry. It is recommended that this code be written in lower case.
script
The ISO 15924 code for the script. These codes consist of 4 letters, and it is recommended they be written with an initial capital, the other three letters in lower case. The canonical list of codes is maintained by the Unicode Consortium, and is available at https://unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-codes.html. The IETF recommends this code be omitted unless it is necessary to make a distinction you need.
region
Either an ISO 3166 country code or a UN M.49 region code that is registered with IANA (not all such codes are registered, e.g. UN codes for economic groupings or codes for countries for which there is already an ISO 3166 2-letter code are not registered). The former consist of 2 letters, and it is recommended they be written in upper case. The list of codes can be found at http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/country_codes/iso-3166-1_decoding_table.htm. The latter consist of 3 digits; the list of codes can be found at http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49.htm.
variant
An IANA-registered variation. These codes are used to indicate additional, well-recognized variations that define a language or its dialects that are not covered by other available subtags.
extension
An extension has the format of a single letter followed by a hyphen followed by additional subtags. These exist to allow for future extension to BCP 47, but as of this writing no such extensions are in use.
private use
An extension that uses the initial subtag of the single letter x (i.e., starts with x-) has no meaning except as negotiated among the parties involved. These should be used with great care, since they interfere with the interoperability that use of RFC 4646 is intended to promote. In order for a document that makes use of these subtags to be TEI-conformant, a corresponding <language> element must be present in the TEI header.

There are two exceptions to the above format. First, there are language tags in the IANA registry that do not match the above syntax, but are present because they have been ‘grandfathered’ from previous specifications.
Second, an entire language tag can consist of only a private use subtag. These tags start with x-, and do not need to follow any further rules established by the IETF and endorsed by these Guidelines. Like all language tags that make use of private use subtags, the language in question must be documented in a corresponding <language> element in the TEI header.
Examples include
sn
Shona
zh-TW
Taiwanese
zh-Hant-HK
Chinese written in traditional script as used in Hong Kong
en-SL
English as spoken in Sierra Leone
pl
Polish
es-MX
Spanish as spoken in Mexico
es-419
Spanish as spoken in Latin America

The W3C Internationalization Activity has published a useful introduction to BCP 47, Language tags in HTML and XML.

4.7. data.name

data.name defines the range of attribute values expressed as an XML Name.
Moduletei
Used by
giElement:
Declaration
 data.name = xsd:Name
NoteAttributes using this datatype must contain a single word which follows the rules defining a legal XML name (see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#dt-name): for example they cannot include whitespace or begin with digits.

4.8. data.namespace

data.namespace defines the range of attribute values used to indicate XML namespaces as defined by the W3C Namespaces in XML Technical Recommendation.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
-data.namespace = xsd:anyURI
NoteThe range of syntactically valid values is defined by RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax

4.9. data.numeric

data.numeric defines the range of attribute values used for numeric values.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
+data.namespace = xsd:anyURI
NoteThe range of syntactically valid values is defined by RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax

4.9. data.numeric

data.numeric defines the range of attribute values used for numeric values.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
 data.numeric =
    xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
NoteAny numeric value, represented as a decimal number, in floating point format, or as a ratio.To represent a floating point number, expressed in scientific notation, ‘E notation’, a variant of ‘exponential notation’, may be used. In this format, the value is expressed as two numbers separated by the letter E. The first number, the significand (sometimes called the mantissa) is given in decimal format, while the second is an integer. The value is obtained by multiplying the mantissa by 10 the number of times indicated by the integer. Thus the value represented in decimal notation as 1000.0 might be represented in scientific notation as 10E3.
A value expressed as a ratio is represented by two integer values separated by a solidus (/) character. Thus, the value represented in decimal notation as 0.5 might be represented as a ratio by the string 1/2.

4.10. data.outputMeasurement

data.outputMeasurement defines a range of values for use in specifying the size of an object that is intended for display.
Moduletei
Used by
Declaration
 data.outputMeasurement =
@@ -4044,7 +4044,7 @@
   url="http://www.tei-c.org/logos/TEI-600.jpg"/>
 </figure>
NoteThese values map directly onto the values used by XSL-FO and CSS. For definitions of the units see those specifications; at the time of this writing the most complete list is in the CSS3 working draft.

4.11. data.pattern

data.pattern (regular expression pattern) defines attribute values which are expressed as a regular expression.
Moduletei
Used by
Declaration
 data.pattern = token
Note
A regular expression, often called a pattern, is an expression that describes a set of strings. They are usually used to give a concise description of a set, without having to list all elements. For example, the set containing the three strings Handel, Händel, and Haendel can be described by the pattern H(ä|ae?)ndel (or alternatively, it is said that the pattern H(ä|ae?)ndel matches each of the three strings)
Wikipedia

4.12. data.pointer

data.pointer defines the range of attribute values used to provide a single URI, absolute or relative, pointing to some other resource, either within the current document or elsewhere.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
-data.pointer = xsd:anyURI
NoteThe range of syntactically valid values is defined by RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax. Note that the values themselves are encoded using RFC 3987 Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs) mapping to URIs. For example, https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/% is encoded as https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/%25 while http://موقع.وزارة-الاتصالات.مصر/ is encoded as http://xn--4gbrim.xn----rmckbbajlc6dj7bxne2c.xn--wgbh1c/

4.13. data.probability

data.probability defines the range of attribute values expressing a probability.
Moduletei
Used by
Declaration
+data.pointer = xsd:anyURI
NoteThe range of syntactically valid values is defined by RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax. Note that the values themselves are encoded using RFC 3987 Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs) mapping to URIs. For example, https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/% is encoded as https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/%25 while http://موقع.وزارة-الاتصالات.مصر/ is encoded as http://xn--4gbrim.xn----rmckbbajlc6dj7bxne2c.xn--wgbh1c/

4.13. data.probability

data.probability defines the range of attribute values expressing a probability.
Moduletei
Used by
Declaration
 data.probability = xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" }
NoteProbability is expressed as a real number between 0 and 1; 0 representing certainly false and 1 representing certainly true.

4.14. data.replacement

data.replacement defines attribute values which contain a replacement template.
Moduletei
Used by
Declaration
 data.replacement = text

4.15. data.temporal.w3c

data.temporal.w3c defines the range of attribute values expressing a temporal expression such as a date, a time, or a combination of them, that conform to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition specification.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
 data.temporal.w3c =
@@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@
  | xsd:dateTime
NoteIf it is likely that the value used is to be compared with another, then a time zone indicator should always be included, and only the dateTime representation should be used.

4.16. data.text

data.text defines the range of attribute values used to express some kind of identifying string as a single sequence of unicode characters possibly including whitespace.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
 data.text = string
NoteAttributes using this datatype must contain a single ‘token’ in which whitespace and other punctuation characters are permitted.

4.17. data.truthValue

data.truthValue defines the range of attribute values used to express a truth value.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
 data.truthValue = xsd:boolean
NoteThe possible values of this datatype are 1 or true, or 0 or false.This datatype applies only for cases where uncertainty is inappropriate; if the attribute concerned may have a value other than true or false, e.g. unknown, or inapplicable, it should have the extended version of this datatype: data.xTruthValue.

4.18. data.version

data.version defines the range of attribute values which may be used to specify a TEI or Unicode version number.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
-data.version = token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" }
NoteThe value of this attribute follows the pattern specified by the Unicode consortium for its version number (http://unicode.org/versions/). A version number contains digits and fullstop characters only. The first number supplied identifies the major version number. A second and third number, for minor and sub-minor version numbers, may also be supplied.

4.19. data.versionNumber

data.versionNumber defines the range of attribute values used for version numbers.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
+data.version = token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" }
NoteThe value of this attribute follows the pattern specified by the Unicode consortium for its version number (https://unicode.org/versions/). A version number contains digits and fullstop characters only. The first number supplied identifies the major version number. A second and third number, for minor and sub-minor version numbers, may also be supplied.

4.19. data.versionNumber

data.versionNumber defines the range of attribute values used for version numbers.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
 data.versionNumber =
    token { pattern = "[\d]+[a-z]*[\d]*(\.[\d]+[a-z]*[\d]*){0,3}" }

4.20. data.word

data.word defines the range of attribute values expressed as a single word or token.
Moduletei
Used by
data.enumeratedElement:
Declaration
 data.word = token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
NoteAttributes using this datatype must contain a single ‘word’ which contains only letters, digits, punctuation characters, or symbols: thus it cannot include whitespace.

4.21. data.xTruthValue

data.xTruthValue (extended truth value) defines the range of attribute values used to express a truth value which may be unknown.
Moduletei
Used by
Element:
Declaration
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook1.odd b/P5/Test/testdocbook1.odd
index 8f6d6a5846..762e2561fe 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook1.odd
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook1.odd
@@ -25,12 +25,14 @@
       
       
 	
-	  
-	    
-	  
-	  
-	    
-	  
+	  
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	  
 	
       
     
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook2.odd b/P5/Test/testdocbook2.odd
index d642ab695c..f9fcfaf2dc 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook2.odd
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook2.odd
@@ -24,12 +24,14 @@
       
       
 	
-	  
-	    
-	  
-	  
-	    
-	  
+	  
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	  
 	
       
     
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook2.xml b/P5/Test/testdocbook2.xml
index 6b00d4c048..75f0af9235 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook2.xml
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook2.xml
@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@
     
     
       OUCS has been assigned private enterprise number 11023 by
-      IANA. 
+      IANA. 
       (The full list of assignments is available at
-      
-	http://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers
+      
+	https://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers
       ). This number is used as the base for a hierarchy in
 	the OID (object identifier) space used for SNMP and
 	X.500/LDAP. For more information about object identifiers, see
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook3.odd b/P5/Test/testdocbook3.odd
index 3d2b8d4571..d4b14b2f60 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook3.odd
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook3.odd
@@ -24,12 +24,14 @@
       
       
 	
-	  
-	    
-	  
-	  
-	    
-	  
+	  
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	  
 	
       
     
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook3.xml b/P5/Test/testdocbook3.xml
index 11184376b3..f627c0e9e5 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook3.xml
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook3.xml
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@
     
     
       OUCS has been assigned private enterprise number 11023 by
-      IANA. 
+      IANA. 
       (The full list of assignments is available at
-      
-	http://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers
+      
+	https://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers
       ). This number is used as the base for a hierarchy in
 	the OID (object identifier) space used for SNMP and
 	X.500/LDAP. For more information about object identifiers, see
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook4.odd b/P5/Test/testdocbook4.odd
index 769fd31e4f..eb05c74eea 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook4.odd
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook4.odd
@@ -50,12 +50,14 @@
     
     
       
-	
-	  
-	
-	
-	  
-	
+	
+	  
+	    
+	  
+	  
+	    
+	  
+	
       
     
     
diff --git a/P5/Test/testdocbook5.odd b/P5/Test/testdocbook5.odd
index e397e9d8e3..2857696996 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testdocbook5.odd
+++ b/P5/Test/testdocbook5.odd
@@ -25,15 +25,17 @@
       
       
 	
-	  
-	    
-	  
-	  
-	    
-	  
-	  
-	    
-	  
+	  
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	    
+	      
+	    
+	  
 	
       
     
diff --git a/P5/Test/testnym.odd b/P5/Test/testnym.odd
index 4a6f2edb72..410c353dfe 100644
--- a/P5/Test/testnym.odd
+++ b/P5/Test/testnym.odd
@@ -179,15 +179,17 @@ proposal described here.

- - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Utilities/TEI-to-tei_customization.xslt b/P5/Utilities/TEI-to-tei_customization.xslt index aec26e86e4..a7c9400eb7 100644 --- a/P5/Utilities/TEI-to-tei_customization.xslt +++ b/P5/Utilities/TEI-to-tei_customization.xslt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ > - + - - - - - The content of <altIdent> should be an XML Name (w/o a namespace prefix), - unless a child of <valItem> (and even then, it's not a bad idea :-) - - + + +
@@ -1473,6 +1525,7 @@ + diff --git a/P5/Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl b/P5/Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl index 115997654f..062e87a355 100644 --- a/P5/Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl +++ b/P5/Utilities/guidelines-latex.xsl @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - - - -false -true -true -\hspace*{1em} -11pt,twoside - -.\ -\ -1 -DejaVu Sans Mono -DejaVu Sans Mono -DejaVu Sans Mono -Linux Libertine O -Noto Sans CJK SC -Noto Sans CJK KR -Noto Sans CJK JP + + + + false + true + true + \hspace*{1em} + 11pt,twoside + + .\ + \ + 1 + DejaVu Sans Mono + DejaVu Sans Mono + DejaVu Sans Mono + Linux Libertine O + Noto Sans CJK SC + Noto Sans CJK KR + Noto Sans CJK JP book @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ \def\sectionmark#1{\markright { \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection. \ % \fi - #1}} + #1}} \def\egxmlcite#1{\raisebox{12pt}[0pt][0pt]{\parbox{.95\textwidth}{\raggedleft #1}}} \def\oddindex#1{{\bfseries\hyperpage{#1}}} \def\exampleindex#1{{\itshape\hyperpage{#1}}} @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ - + @@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ - \endfirsthead - \multicolumn{ - - }{c}{ - - (cont.)}\\\hline \endhead + \endfirsthead + \multicolumn{ + + }{c}{ + + (cont.)}\\\hline \endhead \caption{ @@ -338,20 +338,20 @@ \par - \begin{small}\begin{tabular} - - \end{tabular}\end{small}\par + @rend='valList' or @rend='attDef'"> + \begin{small}\begin{tabular} + + \end{tabular}\end{small}\par - \begin{tabular} - - \end{tabular} + \begin{tabular} + + \end{tabular} - \begin{longtable} - - \end{longtable} \par + \begin{longtable} + + \end{longtable} \par @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ \include{Guidelines-index} - + \cleardoublepage \pdfbookmark[0]{Index}{INDEX} \hypertarget{INDEX}{} @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ - + @@ -460,9 +460,9 @@ } + href="Guidelines-{@xml:id}.tex" + method="text" + encoding="UTF-8"> @@ -472,9 +472,9 @@ \include{Guidelines-toc} + href="Guidelines-toc.tex" + method="text" + encoding="UTF-8"> \tableofcontents @@ -484,9 +484,9 @@ \include{Guidelines-titlepage} + href="Guidelines-titlepage.tex" + method="text" + encoding="UTF-8"> \begin{titlepage} \begin{center} \vfill @@ -537,5 +537,3 @@ - - diff --git a/P5/Utilities/guidelines-print.xsl b/P5/Utilities/guidelines-print.xsl index 26fe9fee5a..28b98cc9bc 100644 --- a/P5/Utilities/guidelines-print.xsl +++ b/P5/Utilities/guidelines-print.xsl @@ -1,47 +1,45 @@ - - - - - -true --1 -false -Simple -guidelines.css -Text Encoding Initiative Consortium -true - - - - + version="3.0" + exclude-result-prefixes="#all" + xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:dbk="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:rng="http://relaxng.org/ns/structure/1.0" + xmlns:tei="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" + xmlns:teix="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples" + xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:a="http://relaxng.org/ns/compatibility/annotations/1.0" + xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:xd="http://www.pnp-software.com/XSLTdoc" + xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" + xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> + + + + + + true + -1 + false + Simple + guidelines.css + Text Encoding Initiative Consortium + true + + + + - - - - + + diff --git a/P5/Utilities/guidelines.xsl.model b/P5/Utilities/guidelines.xsl.model index a454270283..691e2491e8 100644 --- a/P5/Utilities/guidelines.xsl.model +++ b/P5/Utilities/guidelines.xsl.model @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - - - - - - + + + + + + @@ -132,10 +124,9 @@ 2 false -

- + > - - - + + + - - - + + + @@ -727,19 +718,12 @@ -

-

P5: - -

-

- -

+
+

TEI:

+

- - diff --git a/P5/Utilities/guidelines_model_2_executable.xslt b/P5/Utilities/guidelines_model_2_executable.xslt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b4a1b38e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/P5/Utilities/guidelines_model_2_executable.xslt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ***************************************************************** + WARNING: This is a derived file. You probably do not want to edit + this file, but rather ./{$input} instead. + ***************************************************************** + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/P5/Utilities/namespaces.xslt b/P5/Utilities/namespaces.xslt index 6dcf0110fe..befe1938f2 100644 --- a/P5/Utilities/namespaces.xslt +++ b/P5/Utilities/namespaces.xslt @@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ + + + + + + + Summary of construct names used herein: + $NSns = namespace nodes + $NSgrps = namespace nodes, grouped + $tmp:ns = temporary namespace elements + $tmp:nss = temporary namespaces elements + $tmp:nsus = temporary namespace URI elements + --> + + First, create a sequence of elements, one for each + namespace (node, declared on , or declared on + tei:*/@ns) in the input. Each element contains the + needed info about the namespace: its prefix (on @pfx), the + actual namespace URI (on @uri), and a combination of the two + for use as a sorting or grouping key (on @both). + --> - - - - + + + + + Next, group the nodes into sets based on both the namespace URI + and the prefix assigned, and generate a single + element for each such set, which element contains the needed + information about this set (or group) of namespaces: their + prefix (on @pfx), their namespace URI (on @uri), and the count + of namespaces (i.e. of ) that have that particular + combination of prefix and namespace URI. + --> + + Next, group the nodes into sets based on only the namespace + URI, and generate a single element for each such set, + which element contains the needed information about this set + (or group) of namespaces: their prefixes (on @pfx), their + namespace URI (on @uri), and the count of namespaces + (i.e. ) that have that particular combination namespace + URI. + --> @@ -83,6 +93,7 @@ + @@ -102,16 +113,16 @@ - Namespaces in P5 + Namespaces in {$inputFileName}